Home
R&S FSW-K82/-K83 CDMA User Manual
Contents
1. S s Configuring Code Domain Analysis SENSe CDPower LCODe MASK Mask Defines the long code mask of the mobile in hexadecimal form Note For the default mask value of 0 the long code offset see is not taken into con sideration Parameters Mask Range HO to H4FFFFFFFFFF RST HO Example INST SEL MC2K Activate cdma2000 MS by default CDP relative is displayed in screen A and Result Summary in screen B INIT CONT OFF Select single sweep TRIG SOUR EXT Select external trigger source CDP LCOD MASK HF Define long code mask INIT WAI Start measurement with synchronization Manual operation See Long Code Mask on page 60 SENSe CDPower LCODe MODE Mode This command selects the mode of the long code generation Parameters Mode STANdard The cdma2000 standard long code generator is used ESG101 The Agilent ESG option 101 long code is used in this case only signals from that generator can be analysed RST STANdard Manual operation See Long Code Generation on page 61 SENSe CDPower LCODe OFFSet lt CodeOffset gt Defines the long code offset including the PN offset This offset is applied at the next trigger pulse which cannot occur until a setup time of 300 ms has elapsed This command is ignored if SENSe CDPower LCODe MODE is set to 0
2. 41 48 Channel Detection and Channel Types eene enn 43 4 9 Test Setup for CDMA2000 Tests ccccccce seeeeeee cess ener eee eeeeeeeeeeseeessesneaneeeseeeeeeeeeeens 45 4 10 CDA Measurements in MSRA Operating Mode eee 47 5 UO Data Import and Export eeeeeeseseee eene nennen nennen nnn 50 5 1 Import Export Functions eroe terea EXER x KRRRER EXEXERRERRR REN KRRRERR EENS EEN 50 6 e e M 52 6 1 Result Display 0er ette cene tene rite ents Ea LLLI eae DL ELE 52 6 2 Code Domain Analysis 11 eec cene eie ceda 53 6 3 RF Measuremernlts een ter renun ttn Irun neon nt dan R una RE Ia aun bana ab en aano Rma Eau uia 102 P o c M 107 7 1 Code Domain Analysis Settings cccccsesseeeeccreseesneeeseneneeseeesensneseeeeeseneneesneneeees 107 E N User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 3 R amp SS9FSW K82 K83 Contents 7 2 7 3 7 4 8 1 10 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 11 11 1 11 2 11 3 11 4 11 5 11 6 11 7 11 8 11 9 11 10 11 11 11 12 11 13 11 14 A 1 A 2 A 3 AT ICUIIITC 109 Hr 111 Markat ce 112 Optimizing and Troubleshooting the Measurement 119 Error e DE 119 How
3. String Parameter Text Parame Evaluation ter XTIM CDP BSTReam BITStream Bitstream XTIM CDP COMP CONStellation CCONst Composite Constellation XPOW CDEPower CDEPower Code Domain Error Power XTIM CDP COMP EVM CDEVm Composite EVM XPOW CDP RATio CDPower Code Domain Power XTIM CDP MACCuracy CEVM Composite EVM XTIM CDP ERR CTABle CTABle Channel Table XTIM CDP ERR PCDomain PCDerror Peak Code Domain Error XTIM CDP PVSYmbol PSYMbol Power vs Symbol XTIM CDP ERR SUMMary RSUMmary Result Summary XPOW CDP RATio SCONst Symbol Constellation XTIM CDP SYMB EVM SEVM Symbol EVM SENSe CDPower LEVel ADJust This command adjusts the reference level to the measured channel power This ensures that the settings of the RF attenuation and the reference level are optimally adjusted to the signal level without overloading the R amp S FSW or limiting the dynamic range by an S N ratio that is too small Note that this command is retained for compatibility reasons only For new R amp S FSW programs use SENSe ADJust LEVel on page 194 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 251 Commands for Compatibility SENSe CDPower PRESet This command resets the CDMA2000 channel to its predefined settings Any RF mea surement is aborted and the measurement type is reset to Code Domain Analysis Note that this command is retained for comaptibility reasons only For new remote control programs use the SYST
4. 7 4 4 Marker Positioning Functions The following functions set the currently selected marker to the result of a peak search These functions are available as softkeys in the Marker To menu which is displayed when you press the MKR gt key O Markers in Code Domain Analysis measurements In Code Domain Analysis measurements the markers are set to individual symbols codes slots or channels depending on the result display Thus you can use the markers to identify individual codes for example Search Next Pesk i e ceseecexat edic ven end ecuador bn P aee kh eder a Cb ce Ext E Sn nu a 117 Search Next ie Vir EI DEE 118 Peak OBS OE EE 118 Lehr E E santa deadavasuudecsdaadaseet dc Pan NTC qund 118 Marker TO PICH DEE 118 M rker To TOPIC EE 118 Search Next Peak Sets the selected marker delta marker to the next lower maximum of the assigned trace If no marker is active marker 1 is activated Remote command CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MAXimum NEXT on page 242 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MAXimum NEXT on page 244 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 117 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Analysis BREET Markers Search Next Minimum Sets the selected marker delta marker to the next higher minimum of the selected trace If no marker is active marker 1 is activated Remote command CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MINimum NEXT on page 243 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m g
5. nadae 118 FPOSILONING m caidas 117 Positioning remote sad Querying position remote ssssss 217 SEANCH Ed ul E Settings remote ae Setting to PICA siio arrancar erica Setting to TDPICH State Table Table evaluation method ssuusss 34 NEE 114 Marker table CONTIQUIIND E 115 Evaluation Method rrr tener 34 Maximizing Windows remote ooooooccccnnncccccccnoncnnnannnnnnannananannnos 201 Maximum COE 81 Measurement channel Activating remote ss esse 138 Creating remote ruere terrere 139 Deleting remote nenne 140 Duplicating remote BE Querying remote ssss 140 Renaming remote eere 141 Replacing remote ia Measurement examples c cece cece eeeneeeeeneeeeees 124 en Center frequency deviation ve SU Composite EVM assesseer nuanian 129 Frequency CIO E 126 PCDE AA Enie Eae a ESNE SEM ea ct Signal channel power SynchronizatiOn ucri inrer trek ntn eee Trggered Rer AE Trigger offset oos Wrong PN offset E Measurements Results remote sese 215 RE etos Selecting Selecting remote Ae 142 Starting remote Se WY DOS Measurement time Auto Settings E 100 Microbutton PODES taria 69 Minimum Marker positioning
6. HR i Code Domain Analysis Settings Base Spreading TEE 108 Compensate IO Onset enee dd 108 Timing and phase offset calculation 2 7 12 agere teneis cea nnt ended 108 Code Power DISplay ea rt e eor SEENEN 108 Pilot Power Display MS application only 2 1 cnt 108 eege c 108 Code Display Ee EET 109 Base Spreading Factor Changes the base spreading factor which also changes the scale for code based result displays If you set the base spreading factor too low e g to 64 for channels with a base spreading factor of 128 code class 7 an alias power is displayed in the Code Domain Power and Code Domain Error Power diagrams For more information see chapter 4 3 Code Display and Sort Order on page 38 Remote command SENSe CDPower SFACtor on page 198 Compensate IQ Offset If enabled the UO offset is eliminated from the measured signal This is useful to deduct a DC offset to the baseband caused by the DUT thus improving the EVM Note however that for EVM measurements according to standard compensation must be disabled Remote command SENSe CDPower NORMalize on page 196 Timing and phase offset calculation Activates or deactivates the timing and phase offset calculation of the channels to the pilot channel If deactivated or if more than 50 active channels are in the signal the calculation does not take place and dashes are displayed instead of values as resul
7. P 45 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 274 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Index Ier EE A3 File format AA apai iri 260 Files I Q data binary XML eeseeeee 264 UO parameter XML esseeeeenen 261 Filters Cut off frequency s es eeren 60 62 144 High pass remote des 151 High pass RF input oooccccccccnnnininananoconononnnnananannnncnnns 64 Multi carrier signals 41 59 61 145 Roll off factor s i 59 62 144 YIG FOMOlE E 151 Filter types Multtz Gamlet io 59 61 145 Format Data remote eee nenne 218 F PDCCH FePDCH C aii EPICA catan raid Free Run Trigger softkey oooooonnocccinonooccccononccconnnancccnnnananccino 83 Frequency Configuration remote sss 166 Configuration softkey sss 73 Frequency error Measurement examples ssssesesss 126 Results remote cccccceeeeeeececeeeeetenteeeeteeeeees 215 VS PCG m 229 Frequency EE 74 Frontend ele le Configuring remote Fullscale level Analog Baseband B71 remote control 161 Analog Baseband GB 80 Full scale level Digital IQ ceni eh ar 65 Digital 1 Q remote sese 154 155 Unit digital UO remote ssseeess 155 H Hadamard Code table iana anaa na Fette ih dee 256 S
8. Value Description Range Unit lt PCG gt Number of the PCG lt PTOTal gt Total power Lo ch dBm lt PPICh gt Pilot power 0 dBm lt RHO gt RHO 0 1 lt MACCuracy gt Composite EVM lt PCDerror gt Peak Code dB Domain Error lt ACTive gt Number of active channels lt FERRor gt Frequency error Hz lt FERPpm gt Frequency error ppm lt TFRame gt Trigger to Frame Returns a 9 if the trigger is set to Free Run lt CERRor gt Chip rate error ppm lt IQOFfset gt IQ offset lt lQlMbalance gt IQ imbalance User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 230 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements SS A A A AAA el Retrieving Results Value Description Range Unit lt SRATe gt Symbol rate ksps lt CHANnel gt Channel number lt SFACtor gt Spreading factor of the channel lt TOFFset gt Timing offset returns a 9 if the timing phase offset measurement is switched off or the number of active channel exceeds 50 unit s lt POFFset gt Phase offset returns a 9 if the timing phase offset measurement is switched off or the number of active channel exceeds 50 unit rad lt CDPRelative gt Relative to total 2 0 dBm or pilot power channel power lt CDPabsolute gt Absolute channel 0 dB power lt EVMRms gt Error vector mag nitude RMS lt EVMPeak gt Error vector mag nitude peak
9. sse 98 Continuous Sweep oooooccccccococcccncccnnncnanannncnnnnnanancnnnnnns 98 DiglConf e Digital e E 84 Display Gornflg EE 15 52 Evaluation Range doom E Tee hans External 83 Free Run Frequency CONTO sriep acisini i 73 IF POWT E 84 Import id Input Source Config coooooccccccncccnccnccocanananacccnnccanana nono 62 IQ EXPO e P 50 IQ Import A Lower Level Hysteresis 100 Marker Config Meastime Auto aide s Meastime Manual seseee 100 np ondaa Ti 118 Next Min sieges eae K NN 117 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 Norm Delt a 1 2 2 rernm erri 114 Outputs CONG TEE 69 Peak PICH Preamp a caveat audited eie ates Ref Level Ref evel Offset inei 76 79 RF Atten Auto EE 77 RF Atten Manual s sn di Scale CONO EE Select Marker Signal Capture 7 Signal Description esses 57 Single Sweep Sweep Config Sweep count TWDPICH p nda ia Trace Config m Trigger Config eege ios Trigger Offset tiet tete ect Upper Level Hysteresis 100 Sort order Bit R6V rse estie id 38 Codes m Hadatmard NET 38 Span Men T 53 Special channels ACKCH dia 45 Transmit diversity essen 44 Specifics for Configuration samlanda iaaa aa E 57 Spectrum Emission Mask see SEM insista 30 Spreading factor risainia 20 36 37 Base I
10. esee 174 e Configuring the Trigger Output ccc ccc cee e nescence ee eneatee eerte 180 EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 173 R amp SSFSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements DEE S Configuring Code Domain Analysis 11 5 4 1 Configuring the Triggering Conditions TRIGger SEQuenceEBBPowerdHOLbBolf 2 Eed aetema ne aa 174 TRIGSger SEQuence D TIMa eee dece eee enero th x cnet Ea ne re baa enne 174 TRiGger SEQuence HOLDOM TIME EE 175 TRIGger SEQuence IFPowerHOLEDAOft iscenie dra 175 TRlGoert GtOuencelltbower HvGTeresls senes 175 TRIGger SEQuence LEVel BBPOWED cececeeeeeeeeeeee cece eeeeeeeeae ae aaa eaaaaaaaeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeees 176 TRIGger SEQuence LE EVelpEXTerrnaleport 2 cutie nnne 176 TRiGger SEQuence LEVELI F POWOF 2 oen Reine i eei EE iren eo agen dene See 176 TRlGoert GtOuencell EVel JObower nennen nnne nnne nnns 177 TRIGE SEQuence LEVE REPeWeL totes eroe atto eta dk ddr Fen tex denn dum ee vetet hens 177 TRIGger SEQuENce LEVE VIDEO nic c 177 Bie ee E le 177 TRIGSer SEQuence SOW RCS liada idad diana di 178 TRIGger SEQuence TIMERINTENAL ccoo era tte htt tenen mettere 180 TRIGger SEQuence BBPower HOLDoff Period This command defines the holding time before the baseband power trigger event The command requires the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 or the Analog Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B71
11. sss 118 NEXU Aland Softkey as x VAIS Em MKR gt raras 117 Modulation ee Le 23 Bits per symbol 2 38 Inverted UO remote seen 162 Inverted VQ coord tere 68 Symbol constellation 38 TP ir tada 17 MS Mobile station 4 2 nnde entrer 11 MSRA Analysis interval sesssssses 87 88 182 Operating mode ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeetees 47 MSRA applications Capture offset genet repere 86 88 Capture offset remote sss 248 MSR ACLR Results remote sss 234 MSRA Master Data coverage seirer cti te atin 48 Multi carrier Algorithim etre ti 59 61 146 Carrier detection 59 61 146 e A 59 61 145 Fite m 41 Filter types 59 61 145 MOG a 41 59 61 Multiple Measurement channels 0c0ccceceeeeeeeeeeees 12 52 Multiple ZOON diia 101 N Next Minimum Marker positioning cesse 118 SEH e 118 Next Peak Marker positioning ce 117 SOfKOy uae ec Medusa ee tute 117 Noise i Em 70 O OBW COMASZOOO EC Configuring cdma2000 Occupied bandwidth Seo OBW eebe 31 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 276 R amp S FSW K82 K83 EW EE 86 Frequency Reference level eiii iii 76 79 Optimizing A issia 119 Options Electronic attenuation B25 oooooocccccnnnic
12. O Read out the modulation type with the command CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtion CDPower BTS RESult on page 215 11 9 3 16 11 9 3 17 Symbol Constellation When the trace data for this evaluation is queried the real and the imaginary branches of each symbol are transferred lt Re o gt Imo lt Rey gt lt Imy gt lt Re gt Im The number of values depends on the number of symbols and therefore the spreading factor With transmit diversity activated the number of values is reduced to half For details see Number of bits per symbol on page 38 Symbol EVM When the trace data for this evaluation is queried one EVM value per symbol is returned The number of values depends on the number of symbols and therefore the spreading factor With transmit diversity activated the number of values is reduced to half For details see Number of bits per symbol on page 38 ERA SSS User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 231 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements 11 9 3 18 11 9 3 19 11 9 4 Retrieving Results Symbol Magnitude Error When the trace data for this evaluation is queried the magnitude error in of each symbol at the selected PCG is transferred The number of the symbols depends on the spreading factor of the selected channel NOFSymbols 10 2 9 CodeClass Symbol Phase Error When the trace data for this evaluation is queried the phase
13. Code Domain Analysis This parameter has no effect on the R amp S FSW hardware or on the captured data or on data processing It is simply a manipulation of the final results in which absolute frequency values are displayed Thus the x axis of a spectrum display is shifted by a constant offset if it shows absolute frequencies but not if it shows frequencies relative to the signal s center frequency A frequency offset can be used to correct the display of a signal that is slightly distorted by the measurement setup for example The allowed values range from 100 GHz to 100 GHz The default setting is O Hz Remote command SENSe FREQuency OFFSet on page 168 Amplitude Settings Amplitude settings determine how the R amp S FSW must process or display the expected input power levels Amplitude settings for input from the Analog Baseband interface R amp S FSW B71 are described in chapter 6 2 5 3 Amplitude Settings for Analog Baseband Input on page 78 To configure the amplitude settings Amplitude settings can be configured via the AMPT key or in the Amplitude dialog box gt To display the Amplitude dialog box do one of the following e Select Input Frontend from the Overview and then switch to the Amplitude tab e Select the AMPT key and then the Amplitude Config softkey Amplitude Reference Level Input Settings Value 0 0 dBm Preamplifier Offset 0 0 dB Input Coupling Unit I d Auto
14. 52 SEM Bandclasses ssscecerieranirerrenrsasensss 104 105 199 259 cdma2000 EC 30 Configuring cdma2000 sees 104 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Index Measurement examples ssssssses 125 Results remote sse 218 Sequencer bt Aborting remote sese 212 Activating remote ss esses 212 Mode remote ep A TO Sets Captured WE 88 183 DETINIION EE 36 Evaluation range n eeren 88 110 195 Selecting S 88 110 195 SLOPE 88 183 Settings OVEIVIEW ici da 55 Show inactive channels sseene 20 Signal capturing Remote commands ssessssse 182 SOfIKOy xn to dien ee eine 87 Signal channel power Measurement examples ssssesesses 124 Signal description BTS TSMOtE eins cai BTS Configuration a CONTIQUIING e MS remote E MS Configuration m e Remote commands oocococcccccnonccccnnncccnnnnncnncnnna naci n ie Signal source A TO 152 Single sweep Ge 98 Elle EE EE 101 Slope le e 85 177 Softkeys Amplitude Config esee 75 Auto All Auto Level i ice tii roce l ger 76 80 99 Bandclasses iode proie eet 104 105 Capture Offset s e g ainai Channel Detection nnne tnn Code Domain Settings Continue Single Sweep
15. Note that this command is maintained for compatibility reasons only Use the TRIGger SEQuence IFPower HOLDoff on page 175 command for new remote control programs Parameters Period Range 150 ns to 1000s RST 150 ns Example TRIG SOUR BBP Sets the baseband power trigger source TRIG BBP HOLD 200 ns Sets the holding time to 200 ns TRIGger SEQuence DTIMe lt DropoutTime gt Defines the time the input signal must stay below the trigger level before a trigger is detected again For input from the Analog Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B71 using the baseband power trigger BBP the default drop out time is set to 100 ns to avoid unintentional trigger events as no hysteresis can be configured in this case Parameters lt DropoutTime gt Dropout time of the trigger Range O sto 10 0s RST Os User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 174 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements SS CC ar a ae Se M Configuring Code Domain Analysis Manual operation See Trigger Source on page 83 See Drop Out Time on page 85 TRIGger SEQuence HOLDoff TIME lt Offset gt Defines the time offset between the trigger event and the start of the sweep data cap turing Parameters SE RST Os Example TRIG HOLD 500us Manual operation See Trigger Source on page 83 See Trigger Offset on page 85 TRIGger SEQuence IFPower HOLDoff Period This command defines the holding time before the
16. Example 1 SOURce EBOX RST SOURce EBOX IDN Result Rohde amp Schwarz DiglConf 02 05 436 Build 47 Example 2 SOURCe EBOX USER CLOCk REFerence FREQuency 5MHZ Defines the frequency value of the reference clock Remote commands exclusive to digital UO data input and output INPUt DI CDE MiGs eem 153 INPUUDIQ RANGelUPRen AUTO uno i 154 INPUt DIOARANGE COU Pl EE 155 INPuCDIORANGet Uppert 155 INPURDIQFRANGEEUPPGN KE EE 155 INP Ut DIG cap CEP 156 Oe e VR E 156 QUT PUE RN 156 OUTRE ENEE Pm 156 INPut DIQ CDEVice This command queries the current configuration and the status of the digital UO input from the optional Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 For details see the section Interface Status Information for the Digital Baseband Inter face R amp S FSW B17 in the R amp S FSW UO Analyzer User Manual Return values lt ConnState gt Defines whether a device is connected or not 0 No device is connected 1 A device is connected lt DeviceName gt Device ID of the connected device lt SerialNumber gt Serial number of the connected device I User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 153 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements A AAA AAA A A A A A A A A A A A Configuring Code Domain Analysis lt PortName gt Port name used by the connected device lt SampleRate gt Maximum or currently used sample rate of the connected device in Hz dep
17. In CDMA2000 applications the following common suffixes are used in remote commands and not described for each command individually Suffix Value range Description lt n gt 1 16 Window lt t gt 1 CDA Trace 6 RF lt m gt 1 4 CDA Marker 1 16 RF lt ch gt 1 18 TX channel Channel in RF measurements 1 11 ALT channel lt k gt 1 8 Limit line Line in RF measurements 1 2 Display line 11 3 Activating the Measurement Channel CDMA2000 measurements require a special application on the R amp S FSW The mea surement is started immediately with the default settings User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 138 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements A A A A A A A A ee Activating the Measurement Channel INSTrRument CRESte DUPLICAE iicet treo ette ONS AEN ee 139 INSTrumentCGRESte NEWS 2 ere tL ici 139 NS Tee o codi ica 139 INSTrumentiDBLete accionada a aia iaa i dai edad 140 INS Tramenb EIS T2 e oar Mete a eet 140 INS TG ee ee 141 INS trumem SELEG TEE 142 SYSTem PRESet CHANnel EXEQCute cesses eene hne nennen nnns 142 INSTrument CREate DUPLicate This command duplicates the currently selected measurement channel i e starts a new measurement channel of the same type and with the identical measurement settings The name of the new channel is the same as the copied channel extended by a con secutive number e g Spectrum g
18. SOURce on page 178 External Trigger 1 2 3 Trigger Source Trigger Source Data acquisition starts when the TTL signal fed into the specified input connector on the front or rear panel meets or exceeds the specified trigger level See Trigger Level on page 84 Note The External Trigger 1 softkey automatically selects the trigger signal from the TRIGGER INPUT connector on the front panel For details see the Instrument Tour chapter in the R amp S FSW Getting Started manual External Trigger 1 Trigger signal from the TRIGGER INPUT connector on the front panel External Trigger 2 Trigger signal from the TRIGGER INPUT OUTPUT connector on the front panel Note Connector must be configured for Input in the Outputs con figuration see Trigger 2 3 on page 70 External Trigger 3 Trigger signal from the TRIGGER 3 INPUT OUTPUT connector on the rear panel Note Connector must be configured for Input in the Outputs con figuration see Trigger 2 3 on page 70 Remote command TRIG SOUR EXT TRIG SOUR EXT2 TRIG SOUR EXT3 See TRIGger SEQuence SOURce on page 178 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 83 R amp S9FSW K82 K83 Configuration e a E U E E NN NN Code Domain Analysis Digital I Q Trigger Source Trigger Source For applications that process l Q data such as the I Q Analyzer or optional applications and only if the Digital Baseband Inte
19. User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 35 R amp SSFSW K82 K83 Measurement Basics PCGs and Sets 4 Measurement Basics CDMA20009 is based on code division multiplex access CDMA where all users share the same 1 25 MHz wide channel but use individual pseudo noise PN sequences for differentiation CDMA2000 was specified by 3GPP2 3rd Generation Partnership Project 2 The fol lowing link provides access to 3GPP2 specifications http www 3gpp2 org Public html specs index cfm Some background knowledge on basic terms and principles used in CDMA2000 tests and measurements is provided here for a better understanding of the required configu ration settings e EE KE 36 Channels Codes and EE 36 e Code Display and Sort OTI ie ecce eot d Rotae eee aae erased ein 38 e Scrambling via PN Offsets and Long Codes AAA 40 e Code Mapping and BEEN e 40 e Radio Ree e UI Le D EE 41 e Transmission with Multiple Carriers and Multiple Antennas 41 e Channel Detection and Channel Types eeeceeeeeeiaeeee eene tica 43 e Test Setup tor CDMA2000 Tests ere e e ror tno Fine adas 45 e CDA Measurements in MSRA Operating Mode AA 47 4 1 PCGs and Sets The user data is transmitted in individual data packages each of which may have different transmission settings such as the power level The data in one such package for which the power remains constant is called a power control group or PCG A PCG has a duration of 1 25 ms or 15
20. 000000 100000 010000 110000 011000 411000 000100 100100 010100 110100 001100 101100 011100 111100 000010 100010 010010 110010 001010 101010 011010 111010 000110 100110 010110 110110 001110 101110 011110 111110 000001 100001 010001 110001 001001 101001 011001 111001 000101 100101 010101 110101 001101 101101 011101 111101 00011 100011 010011 110011 001011 101011 011011 111011 00111 10111 010111 110111 001111 101111 011111 111111 Fig 1 1 Codetable for base spreading factor 64 Reference Code Tables Reference Code Tables 1000000 54 eaj m ej a 0 3 mm1 10 umi 11 LED 1014 12 001100 13 001101 14 001110 15 001111 16 0010000 17 0010001 18 0010010 19 0010011 20 0010100 21 0010101 22 010110 23 10111 24 0011000 25 Int 1001 26 0011010 21 0011011 28 0011100 29 0011101 30 0011110 31 011111 32 0100000 33 0100001 3 0100010 35 0100011 36 0100100 37 0100101 38 0100110 39 0100111 1011000 0111000 1111000 000100 1000100 0100100 1100100 0010100 1010100 0110100 1110100 0001100 1001100 0101100 1101100 0011100 1011100 0111100 1111100 0000010 1000010 0100010 1100010 0010010 1010010 0110010 so 1110010 iit unito 10 1001010 T4 0101010 42 1101010 106 0011010 26 1011010 so 0111010 58 1111010 122 0000110 6 1000110 70 0100110 38 4100110 102 0010110 22 1010110 96 0110110 se 1110110 113 D
21. 2560 values The values are calculated as the square root of the square difference between the received signal and the reference signal for each chip normalized to the square root of the average power at the selected PCG Frequency Error vs PCG When the trace data for this evaluation is queried one pair of PCG and error value is transferred for each PCG lt PCG number gt lt value in Hz gt Mag Error vs Chip When the trace data for this evaluation is queried a list of magnitude error values of all chips at the selected PCG is returned 2560 values The values are calculated as the magnitude difference between the received signal and the reference signal for each chip in and are normalized to the square root of the average power at the selected PCG Power vs PCG When the trace data for this evaluation is queried one pair of PCG and level values is transferred for each PCG lt PCG number level value in dB The number of value pairs corresponds to the number of captured PCGs Peak Code Domain Error The command returns 2 values for each PCG in the following order PCG number level value in dB The number of value pairs corresponds to the number of captured PCGs Phase Discontinuity vs PCG When the trace data for this evaluation is queried one pair of PCG and value is trans ferred for each PCG PCG numbers lt value in deg E N User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 229 R amp SS9FSW K82 K83 R
22. Radio Configuration on page 41 Power Contains the measured relative code domain power The unit is dB The fields are filled with values after you press the Meas button see Creating a New Channel Table from the Measured Signal Measure Table on page 93 Remote command BTS application CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle DATA on page 188 MS application CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle DATA on page 190 Status Indicates the channel status Codes that are not assigned are marked as inactive chan nels Remote command BTS application CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle DATA on page 188 MS application CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle DATA on page 190 Domain Conflict Indicates a code domain conflict between channel definitions e g overlapping channels MS Channel Details Channel details are configured in the Channel Table dialog box which is displayed when you select the New Copy or Edit buttons for a predefined channel table in the Channel Detection dialog box EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 95 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration Code Domain Analysis Channel Table Setting Add Channel Name EACHOP Comment Enhanced Access Channel Operation Delete Channel Channel Walsh Sym Rate i Measure Table Ch SF ksps Sort Table Chantel KE 96 Channel Number Ch Epiit id bano odas 96 Symbol RO ui ias 97 Eet eer sioe iridia i aaa a a aaa ibnaass 97 NN 97 CH
23. SSES User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 81 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration Code Domain Analysis Trigger Source Trigger In Out Source Drop Out Time Offset Slope Rising Falling Hysteresis Holdoff External triggers from one of the TRIGGER INPUT OUTPUT connectors on the R amp S FSW are configured in a separate tab of the dialog box Trigger Source Trigger In Out Trigger 2 Input Output Type User Defined Level Tow Send Trigger JL Pulse Length 100 0 us _ Trigger 3 inpar For step by step instructions on configuring triggered measurements see the main R amp S FSW User Manual r r rr Qo E rr rrr co al User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 82 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration AAA AAA i AAA Code Domain Analysis E IA A 85 A 15 SS 86 THAI UA aaa 86 L Output Type traia EE 86 A EE 86 L Pulse Length ao As 87 L Send Mogo naci ees 87 Trigger Source The trigger settings define the beginning of a measurement Trigger Source Trigger Source Defines the trigger source If a trigger source other than Free Run is set TRG is displayed in the channel bar and the trigger source is indicated Remote command TRIGger SEQuence SOURce on page 178 Free Run Trigger Source Trigger Source No trigger source is considered Data acquisition is started manually or automatically and continues until stopped explicitely Remote command TRIG SOUR IMM see TRIGger SEQuence
24. ences eee 169 DiSblavlfWiNDow nzTRACevtSCALelbRLEVel nnn 170 DISPlay WINDow n TRACe Y SCALe RLEVel OFFSet sees 170 lee EX e D 170 dy zie eril EE 171 CALCulate lt n gt UNIT POWer Unit This command selects the unit of the y axis The unit applies to all measurement windows Parameters Unit DBM V A W DBPW WATT DBUV DBMV VOLT DBUA AMPere RST dBm User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 168 R amp SS9FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements PEENGNSSNEEMPMCCNCMMMEMENCC cCD nn MrP Configuring Code Domain Analysis Example CALC UNIT POW DBM Sets the power unit to dBm DISPlay WINDow n TRACe Y SCALe AUTO ONCE Automatic scaling of the y axis is performed once then switched off again Usage SCPI confirmed Manual operation See Auto Scale Once on page 81 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe Y SCALe MAXimum Value This command defines the maximum value of the y axis for the selected result display Parameters Value numeric value RST depends on the result display The unit and range depend on the result display Example DISP TRAC Y MIN 60 DISP TRAC Y MAX 0 Defines the y axis with a minimum value of 60 and maximum value of 0 Manual operation See Y Maximum Y Minimum on page 81 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe Y SCALe MINimum Value This command d
25. lt mean power gt lt peak power gt lt crest factor gt CALC STAT RES2 ALL Reads out the three measurement results of trace 2 Example of answer string 5 56 19 25 13 69 i e mean power 5 56 dBm peak power 19 25 dBm crest factor 13 69 dB Query only See CCDF on page 32 General Analysis The following commands configure general result analysis settings concerning the trace and markers for CDA measurements For RF measurements see the Remote Commands Analysis chapter in the R amp S FSW User Manual e Traces e Markers E N User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 236 R amp SS9FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements A _ GC C FT JH n HF H 11 10 1 General Analysis Traces The trace settings determine how the measured data is analyzed and displayed on the screen In cdma2000 applications only one trace per window can be configured for Code Domain Analysis DISPlay WINDow n gt TRACS lt S MODE ociosos ridad Eel Te te Reader nu RR Dez cR ERES plein E 237 DiSPlay AWINDow lt n gt TRACe lt st gt STATE nono 238 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt MODE Mode This command selects the trace mode In case of max hold min hold or average trace mode you can set the number of single measurements with SENSe SWEep COUNt Note that synchronization to the end of the measurement
26. ssssssssssssss 217 RF attenuation Auto SOftKGy isos iaa Manual softkey m aime Connector remote cooocccccccccccccccccccnnnnonononccccnncnnnnnns Overload protection remote Sie ue E RF measurements EE 107 Analysis remote A 200 cdma2000 Configuring ge 2 Configuring remote sse 199 tel rulle ET 122 Results 28 Results remote sess 233 S lecting EE 102 TIPOS dE 28 RF Power Trigger level remote ssessessessss 177 RF signal power Sg RHO ACIP qoc nss ii ir iia Measurement examples sssessssss 130 Results remote sse 215 Roll off factor RRC filler nete edens 59 62 144 RRC filter Multi Cartiet cocoa airis 145 RRC Filter Cut off frequency ceceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 60 62 144 MUNtECAIMIGR cocoa cnr rcr 59 61 Roll off factor cocos diia cade 59 62 144 RUN CONT Ke iras eebe eege 98 RUN SINGLE O 98 S SCH OO 45 Indic ge 88 Configuring in channel table 94 97 Digital UO T Digital 1 Q remote eren 156 Saving la genae EE 50 Scaling Amplitude range automatically 81 Configuration softkey 294 pco 81 Scrambling WEE A0 Select Marker Ru cM 113 KIWI T
27. 0 1 RST 1 for TRACe1 0 for TRACe 2 to 6 Example DISP TRAC3 ON Usage SCPI confirmed Markers Markers help you analyze your measurement results by determining particular values in the diagram In cdma2000 applications only 4 markers per window can be configured for Code Domain Analysis e Individual Marker Gettnge AAA 238 e General EIE ngo 241 e Marker Search and Positioning Settings eese erc etre ise 241 Individual Marker Settings GAL Dulatespns MARKerems9sAOEE 22 etate reet teo teer SNE eege Seege dee ves 238 CALGulatesnz MARKersm STATe 2e atit aii en tne Rennen nordica dias 238 GAL CUlate mcsMARKOFSIWSIX coccion canadian anida iaa decada 239 CALCUIatesha DEL TamarkenAO PP ia diia 239 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt STAT ccccccccececeseseeeeeeeeeececeeeeeeecesesenanenaanaeanetenees 239 CALC lale lt cn gt DEL TAmanker EE 240 CAL Culate nz DEL Tamarkercmz SREL ative eene nennen enne 240 CAL Cilate lt n RT ae MAN WEE 240 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt AOFF This command turns all markers off Example CALC MARK AOFF Switches off all markers Usage Event Manual operation See All Markers Off on page 115 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt STATe State This command turns markers on and off If the corresponding marker number is currently active as a deltamarker it is turned into a normal marker I User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 238 R amp S FSW K82 K
28. 07 29 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurements and Result Displays Dee RF Measurements Ref Level 7 3 RBW 10 kHz Att j SWT 100 ms e VBW 300 kHz 1 ACLR iRm Clrw CF 850 0 MHz 1001 pts 419 0 kHz Span 4 19 MHz 2 Result Summary CDMA 2000 Channel Bandwidth Offset Power TX1 Re 229 MHz 0 86 dBm 0 86 dBm Bandwidth pr 30 000 kHz 75 kHz 79 59 dB 80 34 dB 3 kHz 1 980 MHz 85 04 dB 83 85 dB Remote command CONF CDP MEAS ACLR see CONFigure CDPower BTS MEASurement on page 142 Querying results CALC MARK FUNC POW RES ACP see CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion POWer RESult on page 234 CALC MARK FUNC POW RES ACP see CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion POWer RESult on page 234 E Spectrum Emission Mask The Spectrum Emission Mask measurement determines the power of the CDMA2000 signal in defined offsets from the carrier and compares the power values with a spectral mask specified by the CDMA2000 specifications The limits depend on the selected bandclass Thus the performance of the DUT can be tested and the emissions and their distance to the limit be identified Note The CDMA2000 standard does not distinguish between spurious and spectral emissions EEUU RA OT E e e A LLLLLLLLLLLLL LAMAAL ALESSLLI User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 30 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurements and Result Displays Deg RF Measurements Ref Level 41 00 dBm Offset 40 00 dB 1 Spectrum Emission Mask CF 2 1 GHz 100
29. 190 Detected e ien ind pe ertt Detected BTS Detected MS eruta ene tere teret eda Parameter values remote is RROMGVING RE 220 Special BTS iia an Special MS n Si Chip NEI EE Results remote eec ert eres 215 n EE 37 Code class Relationship to spreading factor sss 37 Relationship to symbol rate Code Display Order sssssssssssssssssss Code domain rrt rrr nter rens Code Domain Analysis see CDA e taiengens 15 Code Domain Error Power NEE 21 Code Domain Power s e CDP a A 21 Code domain settings e 107 Code number see Channel number s esse 36 Selecting ein t eerie 109 195 Code Power Display ss essen 197 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 273 R amp S FSW K82 K83 COMES iii nia aid Blue EE Mapping n is Number per Channel coccccccccnoccccccnonccancncnninnancnnonnnnno 37 Power display EE 108 Quasi inactive de GT DOMINO EE Sorting order Gode tables nere er tr e nh renis Complementary cumulative distribution function See CODE iii idea 32 Composite Constellation Evaluation method ooooconccccnncocccnnocnnonccnnnacananncncnnos 22 Trace results Composite EVM coord do eerte rd Evaluation method ooocccnocccnncccccnnnccnonccnnan canon ncccnnnos Measurement examples sp Hie Continue single sweep SOMO curia iio 98 Contin
30. Analog Demod IQ IQ Analyzer SANALYZER Spectrum Usage Query only Table 11 1 Available measurement channel types and default channel names Application lt ChannelType gt Parameter Default Channel Name Spectrum SANALYZER Spectrum 1 Q Analyzer IQ IQ Analyzer Pulse R amp S FSW K6 PULSE Pulse Note the default channel name is also listed in the table If the specified name for a new channel already exists the default name extended by a sequential number is used for the new channel User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 140 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements SSS AAA A A A A A AA ee A Activating the Measurement Channel Application lt ChannelType gt Parameter Default Channel Name Analog Demodulation ADEM Analog Demod R amp S FSW K7 GSM R amp S FSW K10 GSM GSM Multi Carrier Group Delay MCGD MC Group Delay R amp S FSW K17 Noise R amp S FSW K30 NOISE Noise Phase Noise R amp S FSW PNOISE Phase Noise K40 VSA R amp S FSW K70 DDEM VSA 3GPP FDD BTS BWCD 3G FDD BTS R amp S FSW K72 3GPP FDD UE R amp S FSW MWCD 3G FDD UE K73 TD SCDMA BTS BTDS TD SCDMA BTS R amp S FSW K76 TD SCDMA UE R amp S FSW MTDS TD SCDMA UE K77 cdma2000 BTS R amp S FSW BC2K CDMA2000 BTS K82 cdma2000 MS R amp S FSW MC2K CDMA2000 MS K83 1xEV DO BTS R amp S FSW BDO 1xEV DO BTS K84 1xEV DO
31. CDP OVER ON Activate Overview mode CDP relative on window 1 I branch CDP relative on window 2 Q branch TRAC TRACE1 Read out CDP relative of I branch Result 5 0 7 0 1 516 S235 0 5 8 57 1 0 diis Ep 224920537 5 18 49 0 3 5 10 49 0 3 5 26 49 0 3 1 54 5 555 370 5 6 53 4 0 3 5 31 951 7 0 PICH is active Codes of channel 2 8 are quasi inactive TRAC TRACE2 Read out CDP relative of Q branch Result PS 05 552 3 35 6 16 57 3 0 5 8 56 3 0 113 272102051 6 3 255 3 0 e sb pend 17 0 Composite Constellation When the trace data for this evaluation is queried the real and the imaginary branches of each chip are transferred Re chipp gt Im chipo gt Re chip gt Im chip gt lt Re chip gt Im chip gt The number of value pairs corresponds to the chip number of 1536 chips in a power control group Composite EVM RMS When the trace data for this evaluation is queried one pair of PCG and level value is transferred for each PCG lt PCG number gt lt level value in gt R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements 11 9 3 7 11 9 3 8 11 9 3 9 11 9 3 10 11 9 3 11 11 9 3 12 Retrieving Results The number of value pairs corresponds to the number of captured PCGs EVM vs Chip When the trace data for this evaluation is queried a list of vector error values of all chips at the selected PCG is returned
32. Parameters lt DataType gt Example Manual operation Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Configuring Code Domain Analysis IQ 1 Q IO The input signal is filtered and resampled to the sample rate of the application Two input channels are required for each input signal one for the in phase component and one for the quadrature component l The in phase component of the input signal is filtered and resam pled to the sample rate of the application If the center frequency is not 0 see SENSe FREQuency CENTer on page 166 the in phase component of the input signal is down converted first Low IF I Q The quadrature component of the input signal is filtered and resampled to the sample rate of the application If the center fre quency is not 0 see SENSe FREQuency CENTer on page 166 the quadrature component of the input signal is down converted first Low IF Q RST IQ INP IO TYPE O See 1 Q Mode on page 67 SENSe SWAPiq State This command defines whether or not the recorded IQ pairs should be swapped I lt gt Q before being processed Swapping and Q inverts the sideband This is useful if the DUT interchanged the and Q parts of the signal then the R amp S FSW can do the same to compensate for it Parameters lt State gt Manual operation Setting up Probes ON and Q signals are interchanged Inverted sideband Q j l OFF and Q si
33. SWEep COUNt on page 191 SENSe AVERage COUNt on page 191 Continuous Sweep RUN CONT After triggering starts the sweep and repeats it continuously until stopped This is the default setting While the measurement is running the Continuous Sweep softkey and the RUN CONT key are highlighted The running measurement can be aborted by selecting the highlighted softkey or key again The results are not deleted until a new measurement is started Note Sequencer If the Sequencer is active the Continuous Sweep softkey only con trols the sweep mode for the currently selected channel however the sweep mode only has an effect the next time the Sequencer activates that channel and only for a channel defined sequence In this case a channel in continuous sweep mode is swept repeatedly Furthermore the RUN CONT key on the front panel controls the Sequencer not individ ual sweeps RUN CONT starts the Sequencer in continuous mode For details on the Sequencer see the R amp S FSW User Manual Remote command INITiate CONTinuous on page 211 Single Sweep RUN SINGLE After triggering starts the number of sweeps set in Sweep Count The measurement stops after the defined number of sweeps has been performed While the measurement is running the Single Sweep softkey and the RUN SINGLE key are highlighted The running measurement can be aborted by selecting the highligh ted softkey or key again Note Sequencer If the Sequenc
34. The offset in chips is cal culated as follows tSinceStartGPS 1 2288 MChips s where tSinceStartGPS is defined in seconds The offset is applied at the next trigger pulse which cannot occur until a setup time of 300 ms has elapsed A special long code generation mode is provided to analyze signals sent by an Agilent ESG 101 generator During long code scrambling the channel data is mapped either to the or to the Q branch of the complex input signal 4 5 Code Mapping and Branches Since MS signals use long code scrambling the channel data is mapped either to the or to the Q branch of the complex input signal During channel detection the branch to which the data was mapped is determined and indicated in the channel table During analysis each branch of the symbol constellation area imaginary part or real part Q can be evaluated independantly Thus when analyzing MS signals you must define which branch results you want to analyze Especially for code power measurements the ERA lt lt lt LLLLLLLLLLLLLLMLLMILSLSE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 40 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurement Basics Radio Configuration results may vary considerably While a channel may be active on one branch the other branch may belong to an inactive channel 4 6 Radio Configuration The radio configuration specifies various settings for transmission according to the CDMA2000 standard including e allowed data rates e modulation
35. To determine the name and index of all active windows use the LAYout CATalog WINDow query LEFT RIGHt ABOVe BELow Direction the new window is added relative to the existing window text value Type of result display evaluation method you want to add See the table below for available parameter values When adding a new window the command returns its name by default the same as its number as a result LAY ADD 1 LEFT MTAB Result 2 Adds a new window named 2 with a marker table to the left of window 1 LAY ADD 1 BEL XPOW CDP ABSolute Adds a Code Domain Power display below window 1 Query only See Bitstream on page 18 See Channel Table on page 19 See Code Domain Power Code Domain Error Power on page 21 See Composite Constellation on page 22 See Composite EVM on page 23 See Peak Code Domain Error on page 24 See Power vs PCG on page 25 See Power vs Symbol on page 25 See Result Summary on page 26 See Symbol Constellation on page 26 See Symbol EVM on page 27 See Diagram on page 33 See Result Summary on page 34 See Marker Table on page 34 See Marker Peak List on page 34 Table 11 6 lt WindowType gt parameter values for CDMA2000 application Parameter value Window type BITStream Bitstream CCONSt Composite Constellation CDEPower Code Domain Error Power User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 202 R amp S FSW K82 K83 IE
36. closed Note that in this case the settings are lost and the EX IQ BOX functionality is no longer available until you restart the application using the DiglConf softkey in the R amp S FSW once again Analog Baseband Input Settings The following settings and functions are available to provide input via the Analog Base band Interface R amp S FSW B71 in the applications that support it E e AA gt gt User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 66 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration Code Domain Analysis They can be configured via the INPUT OUTPUT key in the Input dialog box Input Source Power Sensor Frequency Input Settings External Mixer x Input Config Digital IQ Swap 1 Q Analog Baseband Signal Path Center Frequency Sada P For more information on the Analog Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B71 see the R amp S FSW UO Analyzer and UO Input User Manual If Analog Baseband input is used measurements in the frequency and time domain are o not available Analog Baseband Input Gtate AAA 67 VONDA M 67 put COMUNION RETE 68 E UE 68 Genter E EE 68 Analog Baseband Input State Enables or disable the use of the Analog Baseband input source for measurements Analog Baseband is only available if the Analog Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B71 is installed Remote command INPut SELect on page 152 UO Mode Defines the format of the inp
37. e g RF power measurements For details on selecting measurements see Selecting the measurement type on page 52 Evaluation methods The captured and processed data for each measurement can be evaluated with various different methods All evaluation methods available for the selected CDMA2000 mea surement are displayed in the evaluation bar in SmartGrid mode The evaluation methods for CDA are described in chapter 3 1 2 Evaluation Methods for Code Domain Analysis on page 18 e Code Doman REI iesse tege ti adi ia 15 E la y PPP coz eher nete enne Fn REED dete ep enhn daudaedaananetade conte 28 3 1 Code Domain Analysis The CDMA2000 firmware applications feature a Code Domain Analyzer It can be used used to perform the measurements required in the CDMA2000 standards with regard to the power of the different codes and code channels concentrated codes In addition the modulation quality EVM and RHO factor frequency errors and trigger to frame time as well as the peak code domain errors are determined Constellation evaluations and bitstream evaluations are also available Furthermore the timing and phase offsets of the channels to the pilot can also be calculated The observation period can be set as multiples of the power control group PCG Basically the firmware differentiates between the following result classes for the evalu ations e Results which take the overall signal into account over the whole observation perio
38. i e the sample rate of the I Q data A signal generator typically outputs the UO data at a rate that equals the clock frequency If the UO data was captured with a signal analyzer the signal analyzer used the clock frequency as the sample rate The attribute unit must be set to Hz Format Specifies how the binary data is saved in the UO data binary file see DataFilename element Every sample must be in the same format The format can be one of the following e Complex Complex number in cartesian format i e and Q values inter leaved and Q are unitless e Real Real number unitless e Polar Complex number in polar format i e magnitude unitless and phase rad values interleaved Requires DataType float32 or float64 DataType Specifies the binary format used for samples in the UO data binary file see DataFilename element and chapter A 4 2 I Q Data Binary File on page 264 The following data types are allowed e int8 8 bit signed integer data e int16 16 bit signed integer data e int32 32 bit signed integer data e float32 32 bit floating point data IEEE 754 e float64 64 bit floating point data IEEE 754 ScalingFactor Optional describes how the binary data can be transformed into values in the unit Volt The binary UO data itself has no unit To get an I Q sample in the unit Volt the saved samples have to be multiplied by the value ofthe ScalingFactor For polar data only the magnitude value has
39. nico Source Radio frequency RF sssssss 63 Source Configuration softkey ooooooocnncccinninccinnnn 62 Input sample rate ISR Digital Q annos nean aria 65 Installation INVE Q EE IQ imbalance E 17 Results remote sse 215 IQ offset Eliminating a aiio t has 108 196 Results remote sess 215 K Keys Peak Search entonar Pm 118 RUN CONT Se RUN SINGLE euer treten derer Peter ene 98 A e ae aa EEE aTi 53 L Lines Ment niiina are OEE a RE 53 Loading EUNCONS eeh es 50 Long codes 40 Agilent signals des 2 40 Generation 40 61 Generation remote eere 148 MASK qeu 60 Mask remote 148 Offset gen 2501 Offset remote sss vs 148 feras 40 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 275 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Index Lower Level Hysteresis SOFIKOV EE 100 Low pass filter Mullti CatriGr ooo nico idas 59 61 145 M Mag Error vs Chip race results estancada 229 Mapping 17 20 40 Channelitable eerte rtt terne 97 190 UO branches sci irona unae en no nann cnn 97 190 Retrieving 220 Selecting 110 195 Marker Functions OT 53 Markers iere nile EE 112 Configuring remote api Configuring softkey sss 112 BINE Delta markers 2 ll UI EEN KE gll in 118 Next peak P mcr m
40. on page 175 Hysteresis Trigger Source Defines the distance in dB to the trigger level that the trigger source must exceed before a trigger event occurs Settting a hysteresis avoids unwanted trigger events caused by noise oscillation around the trigger level This setting is only available for IF Power trigger sources The range of the value is between 3 dB and 50 dB with a step width of 1 dB This setting is available for frequency and time domain measurements only Remote command TRIGger SEQuence IFPower HYSTeresis on page 175 Trigger Holdoff Trigger Source Defines the minimum time in seconds that must pass between two trigger events Trig ger events that occur during the holdoff time are ignored Remote command TRIGger SEQuence IFPower HOLDoff on page 175 Slope Trigger Source For all trigger sources except time you can define whether triggering occurs when the signal rises to the trigger level or falls down to it Remote command TRIGger SEQuence SLOPe on page 177 ERA SSS SSS Sez User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 85 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration EENEG Code Domain Analysis Capture Offset Trigger Source This setting is only available for applications in MSRA operating mode It has a similar effect as the trigger offset in other measurements it defines the time offset between the capture buffer start and the start of the extracted application data The offset must be a
41. or set to Antenna 1 the F PICH channel is used as reference while the F TDPICH channel is used for meas urements in which antenna diversity is set to Antenna 2 Note For signals with enabled power control use the default reference power setting For details refer to Power Reference on page 108 The measurement evaluates one code channel over the entire period of observation The selected PCG is highlighted red MS application the power is calculated only for the selected branch or Q 4 Power vs PCG 1 Clrw Fig 3 8 Power vs PCG Display for the BTS application Note To detect the start of a power control group correctly the external trigger must be used for power regulated signals Remote command LAY ADD 1 RIGH PSLot see LAYout ADD WINDow on page 201 Power vs Symbol The Power vs Symbol evaluation calculates the absolute power in dBm for each symbol in the selected channel and the selected PCG EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 25 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurements and Result Displays Code Domain Analysis 5 Power vs Symbol Fig 3 9 Power vs Symbol result display Remote command LAY ADD 1 RIGH PSYMbol see LAYout ADD WINDow on page 201 CALC MARK FUNC CDP RES see CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtion CDPower BTS RESult on page 215 Result Summary The Result Summary evaluation displays a list of measurement results on the screen For details on the displayed
42. positive value as the application can only analyze data that is contained in the capture buffer Remote command SENSe MSRA CAPTure OFFSet on page 248 Trigger 2 3 Defines the usage of the variable TRIGGER INPUT OUTPUT connectors where Trigger 2 TRIGGER INPUT OUTPUT connector on the front panel Trigger 3 TRIGGER 3 INPUT OUTPUT connector on the rear panel Trigger 1 is INPUT only Note Providing trigger signals as output is described in detail in the R amp S FSW User Manual Input The signal at the connector is used as an external trigger source by the R amp S FSW No further trigger parameters are available for the connec tor Output The R amp S FSW sends a trigger signal to the output connector to be used by connected devices Further trigger parameters are available for the connector Remote command OUTPut TRIGger lt port gt LEVel on page 181 OUTPut TRIGger port DIRection on page 180 Output Type Trigger 2 3 Type of signal to be sent to the output Device Trig Default Sends a trigger when the R amp S FSW triggers gered Trigger Sends a high level trigger when the R amp S FSW is in Ready for trig Armed ger state This state is indicated by a status bit in the STATus OPERation reg ister bit 5 as well as by a low level signal at the AUX port pin 9 User Defined Sends a trigger when user selects Send Trigger button In this case further parameters are available
43. urinarias iia 69 SONGS iia Aisne 69 Protection RF input remote cccccceeeeeeceeeeeeneeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 150 Q Quasi inactive codes sss sse 43 R R amp S DiglGonf EE 66 R amp S EX IQ BOX prev mE 66 Radio configuration EE 20 41 Range eg EE EN User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 277 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Index RG siete anita e iW eid 20 41 BTS application iaa daa Pe Dre ert 41 Channel table 3 23 Channel tables exoticas dic 253 RetheViNg arriera sanando ir niu ir 220 Reference level RE 76 80 99 jeje tits 66 Offset Reference power sss essen 108 198 Refreshing MSRA applications remote ssssss 248 Remote commands Basics On SYNTAX aide esee hee 133 Boolean values etre 137 Capitalization cot teet retreat en Character data sis Data DIOCKS TE Numeric values ener ener nnne 136 Obsolete ES Optional keywords ss esse 135 Parameters TO 136 Strings SE GE 135 Resetting RF input protection 0 ccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 150 Restoring Channel settings sesssseeeesses 56 252 Predefined channel tables 92 187 Result displays CDA E Channel Bitstream m Code Domain Error Power eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 21 Code Domain Power oocoocccccccoccccccnnoccnnananaccnanancncn nno Composite Const
44. visible Remote command DISPlay WINDow lt n gt ZOOM STATe on page 208 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt ZOOM AREA on page 207 Multiple Zoom Ba In multiple zoom mode you can enlarge several different areas of the trace simultane ously An overview window indicates the zoom areas in the original trace while the zoomed trace areas are displayed in individual windows The zoom area that corresponds to the individual zoom display is indicated in the lower right corner between the scrollbars Remote command DISPlay WINDow lt n gt Z00M MULTiple lt zoom gt STATe on page 209 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt Z00M MULTiple lt zoom gt AREA on page 208 Restore Original Display Restores the original display and closes all zoom windows Remote command DISPlay WINDow lt n gt ZOOM STATe on page 208 single zoom DISPlay WINDow lt n gt Z0O0M MULTiple lt zoom gt STATe on page 209 for each multiple zoom window Deactivating Zoom Selection mode R User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 101 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration AAA III RF Measurements Deactivates zoom mode tapping the screen no longer invokes a zoom but selects an object Remote command DISPlay WINDow lt n gt ZOOM STATe on page 208 single zoom DISPlay WINDow lt n gt Z00M MULTiple lt zoom gt STATe on page 209 for each multiple zoom window 6 3 RF Measurements CDMA2000 measurements require a special application on the R amp S
45. you have to perform a complete measurement with synchronization to the end of the measurement before reading out the result This is only possible for single sweeps See also INITiate CONTinuous on page 211 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements PEA a a Retrieving Results Query parameters lt Measurement gt ACPower MCACpower ACLR measurements also known as adjacent channel power or multi carrier adjacent channel measurements Returns the power for every active transmission and adjacent channel The order is power of the transmission channels power of adjacent channel lower upper power of alternate channels lower upper MSR ACLR results For MSR ACLR measurements the order of the returned results is slightly different power of the transmission channels total power of the transmission channels for each subblock power of adjacent channels lower upper power of alternate channels lower upper power of gap channels lower1 upper1 lower2 upper2 The unit of the return values depends on the scaling of the y axis logarithmic scaling returns the power in the current unit linear scaling returns the power in W CN Carrier to noise measurements Returns the C N ratio in dB CNO Carrier to noise measurements Returns the C N ratio referenced to a 1 Hz bandwidth in dBm Hz CPOWer Channel power measurements Returns the channel power The unit of the return values depends on t
46. 0 00 7 1 0 256 8 0 1 0 00 Defines the table values Manual operation See Comment on page 93 CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle DATA lt ChannelType gt lt CodeClass gt lt CodeNumber gt lt Modulation gt lt Reserved1 gt lt Reserved2 gt lt Status gt lt CDPRelative gt This command defines a channel table The following description applies to cdma2000 BTS mode only For MS mode see CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle DATA on page 190 Before using this command you must set the name of the channel table using the CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle NAME command For a detailed description of the parameters refer to chapter 6 2 9 4 BTS Channel Details on page 93 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 188 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Parameters lt ChannelType gt lt CodeClass gt lt CodeNumber gt lt Modulation gt lt Reserved1 gt lt Reserved2 gt lt Status gt lt CDPRelative gt Example Mode Manual operation Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Configuring Code Domain Analysis Numeric channel type according to table 11 2 2 7 Code class depending on spreading factor see table 4 1 0 spreading factor 1 Channel number without SF Modulation type including mapping Modulation types QPSK 8 PSK 16 QAM have complex values 0 BPSK 1 BPSK Q 2 QPSK 3 8 PSK 4 16 QAM Always 0 reserved Always 0 reserved 0 inactive 1 active Can be use
47. 0101001 42 0101010 43 0101014 ae 0101100 as 0101101 45 0101110 il 0101111 45 0110000 49 0110001 so 0110010 51 0110011 2 0110100 53 0110101 se 0110110 SS 0110111 ooooloooolooooooooiooooooooloooolooooioooooooolooooooooloooooooolooooloooob len PA A PA UPA OPA PURA PA PRA EA AO AA E AA oo zk AS SS EA AA AAA E SS OS SS SS ERA SEA ojoo ooj ooa joo D A SS jo oo AO A j jo oo ojo o o gj AS A jo oo oj jo o o of jo o o oj lt a o o o oj jo o o oj jo o o ofj jo o o oj 0000 DI Blo o oj o oj o of o oj o oj o oj o of o oj D oj o ofj o of o oj o oj D oj oo soso os ol o o fe o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o oj o oj o oj o of o oj o ofj o oj o of o oj o oj o oj o oj o oj o oj o oj o o A o oj o oj o of o oj o oj o oj o of o oj o oj o oj o of o oj o oj o oj oo jo oo oj jo o o of jo o o oj jo oo of jo oo ofj jo o o of jo oo oj jo ooo ln jo o o ojo oao of bs jo oo ojo oao ofj j jo oo ojo o a oj lk joo oojo ooa A es oles zl SS EA AE SO TEA ofj j ln SS jo onno ojoon ojoo ooj ooa L LB B L 5 L noaoo hooognooocnmooonooaon
48. 2 Adds a new window named 2 with a marker table to the left of window 1 Usage Query only LAYout WINDow lt n gt IDENtify This command queries the name of a particular display window indicated by the lt n gt suffix Note to query the index of a particular window use the LAYout TDENtify WINDow command Return values lt WindowName gt String containing the name of a window In the default state the name of the window is its index Usage Query only LAYout WINDow lt n gt REMove This command removes the window specified by the suffix lt n gt from the display The result of this command is identical to the LAYout REMove NINDow command Usage Event User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 206 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Configuring the Result Display LAYout WINDow lt n gt REPLace lt WindowT ype gt This command changes the window type of an existing window specified by the suffix lt n gt The result of this command is identical to the LAYout REPLace WINDow command To add a new window use the LAYout WINDow lt n gt ADD command Parameters lt WindowType gt Type of measurement window you want to replace another one with See LAYout ADD WINDow on page 201 for a list of available window types 11 7 3 Zooming into the Display 11 7 3 1 Using the Single Zoom Tei ele lee Eeer 207 DISPlay WINDow lt n ZOOM STAT gs
49. 2 56 08 9 64 19 2 55 04 10 64 19 2 57 19 12 64 19 2 58 04 13 64 19 2 56 60 14 64 19 2 56 27 16 64 192 56 90 17 64 19 2 58 43 18 64 9 3 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 urna o EE 94 Channel Number Ch SF oi nennen tone deni diia Renan ua 94 else MD aden 94 ee 95 STEE 95 e 95 Domai Hee os EE 95 Channel Type Type of channel according to CDMA2000 standard For a list of possible channel types see chapter 4 8 1 BTS Channel Types on page 43 or chapter 4 8 2 MS Channel Types on page 44 Remote command BTS application CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle DATA on page 188 MS application CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle DATA on page 190 Channel Number Ch SF Number of channel spreading code 0 to spreading factor 1 Remote command BTS application CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle DATA on page 188 MS application CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle DATA on page 190 Symbol Rate Symbol rate at which the channel is transmitted User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 94 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration 6 2 9 5 Code Domain Analysis RC The Radio Configuration RC can be customized for two channel types For the PDCH you can set the configuration to either 10 QPSK 10 BPSK or 10 16QAM For CHAN channels you can set the radio configuration to 1 2 or 3 5 For details on radio configurations see chapter 4 6
50. 218 Eet le E 220 Title bar une d 14 Traces Configuration softkey sese 111 Configuring remote seen 237 Exporting remote o erret rtr enero 232 Mode e Mode remote AA 237 Results remote 217 218 219 220 Transmit diversity Number of symbols se eene 36 Required channels e eene 44 Trigger Adjusting Measurement example 129 CDP Measurement example 128 Configuration remote Configuration softkey see 81 lee LTE 85 External remote S POND OT EE Level User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 Trigger level External trigger remote sess 176 UO Power remote IF Power remote RF Power remote Trigger source Digital UO External Free Run IF Power Trigger to KT Querying remote PA Troubleshootirig 2 1 ccrte erri etre neret Iriput overload WEE U UE User equipment see MS Mobile station ssesseseesss 11 Units Reference level ssss sss 76 79 Updating Result display remote sssessss 248 Upper Level Hysteresis M 100 Usermant als ect rae eerte eR SNE 8 W Walsh code occccccnnncococonononononcnonononnnnnnnocnnonnnon
51. 5 ATDPICH 6 BCH 7 CPCCH 8 CACH 9 CCCH 10 CHAN 11 INACTIVE 12 PDCCH 13 PDCH Table 11 3 Allowed RC values depending on channel type for BTS measurements RC Channel type Modulation 0 all special channels not CHAN PDCH 112131415 CHAN 10 PDCH QPSK 20 PDCH 8PSK 30 PDCH 16QAM Table 11 4 MS channel types and their assignment to a numeric parameter value Parameter Channel type 0 PICH 1 EACH 2 CCCH 3 DCCH 4 ACKCH 5 CQICH 6 FCH 7 S1CH 8 S2CH 9 INACTIVE e General Channel Deteeotlon ie rente deron cnet eet needs dre sequo 185 e Managing Channel Tables reo teta eo deele 185 e Configuring Channel Tables pe race NEES xoa cree enda ias co 188 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 184 R amp SS9FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements 11 5 6 1 11 5 6 2 Configuring Code Domain Analysis General Channel Detection The following commands configure how channels are detected in general Useful commands for general channel detection described elsewhere e CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle STATe on page 187 e CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle SELect on page 187 Remote commands exclusive to general channel detection SENSE ellene DE 185 SENSe CDPower ICTReshold lt ThresholdLevel gt This command defines the minimum power that a single channel must have compared to the total signal in order
52. 64 Sets the number of sweeps to 64 INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for its end Usage SCPI confirmed Manual operation See Sweep Average Count on page 97 Automatic Settings d MSRA operating mode In MSRA operating mode the following automatic commands are not available as they require a new data acquisition However CDMA2000 applications cannot perform data acquisition in MSRA operating mode Useful commands for adjusting settings automatically described elsewhere e DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe Y SCALe AUTO ONCE on page 169 Remote commands exclusive to adjusting settings automatically SENS GAD USA EE 192 SENSe JADJUstCONFigure DURAtiON 2 2 2 e rrr teneret ee rte tote lid 193 SENSe ADJust CONFigure DURation MODE 2 naian 193 ISENZGelAD lust CONEioure Hv teresle LOMer nnne 194 IGENZGe Aust CONEioure H GTeresles Uber 194 SENS ADJusSELEWVOl iili re ite a aires 194 SENSe ADJust ALL This command initiates a measurement to determine and set the ideal settings for the current task automatically only once for the current measurement This includes e Reference level e Scaling Example ADJ ALL E N User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 192 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements AAA ESSE a eee ee gt Configuring Code Domain Analysis Usage Event Manual operation See Adjus
53. Application Introduction to and getting familiar with the application e Measurements and Result Displays Details on supported measurements and their result types e Measurement Basics Background information on basic terms and principles in the context of the measure ment e Configuration Analysis A concise description of all functions and settings available to configure measure ments and analyze results with their corresponding remote control command e UO Data Import and Export Description of general functions to import and export raw I Q measurement data e Optimizing and Troubleshooting the Measurement Hints and tips on how to handle errors and optimize the test setup e How to Perform Measurements in CDMA2000 Applications The basic procedure to perform each measurement and step by step instructions for more complex tasks or alternative methods e Measurement Examples Detailed measurement examples to guide you through typical measurement scenar ios and allow you to try out the application immediately e Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Remote commands required to configure and perform CDMA2000 measurements in a remote environment sorted by tasks Commands required to set up the environment or to perform common tasks on the instrument are provided in the main R amp S FSW User Manual Programming examples demonstrate the use of many commands and can usually be executed directly for test purposes e Annex Reference mater
54. B71 Bitstream Amplitude settings se 78 Evaluation method AEN 18 Input settings sse 66 Trace results 220 Analysis Branches dis 40 BTS Code Domain Settings sss 107 Analysis phone n AM 43 Remote Commande esee 236 Evaluation range e 195 RF remote e 200 Retrevo EE 220 RF measurements ccccccceccccesceseseessesesseseeeeneaes 107 Selecting 110 195 A 107 Bla del 11 Analysis interval BEE eebe c Analysis line ssssseeeeeenennenene Antenna diversity u Capture Length ssessseeenee 88 182 Activating esessseseseee tentent Capture offset Activating remote 146 MSRA applications En 86 88 Special channels sssseeee 42 Remote 248 Antenna number Softkey caidas 86 Selecting ccccccccessecsecessecsecesssessessesseseceesecneseenecsesess 58 Carrier Frequency Error 16 Selecting remote s 146 rose EE 45 Applications CCDF Adopted parameters cccccccccsscsssseessesescsesteseeeseees 53 cdma2000 results sese 32 Switching Configuring cdma2000 106 Attenuation sssssssesee eene eene CDA ee eee ee ene E 15 ias eat Analysis settings BTS 1 lOr ott Configuring E es 53 Bau ui Configuring remote sc 143 External ooccccccccccccccccccecceccecec
55. Channel Results Ch 0 64 1 Channel bar for firmware and measurement settings 2 Window title bar with diagram specific trace information 3 Diagram area with marker information 4 Diagram footer with diagram specific information depending on measurement 5 Instrument status bar with error messages progress bar and date time display MSRA operating mode In MSRA operating mode additional tabs and elements are available A colored back ground of the screen behind the measurement channel tabs indicates that you are in MSRA operating mode RF measurements are not available in MSRA operating mode For details on the MSRA operating mode see the R S FSW MSRA User Manual Channel bar information In CDMA2000 applications the R amp S FSW shows the following settings Table 2 1 Information displayed in the channel bar in CDMA2000 applications Ref Level Reference level Freq Center frequency for the RF signal Att Mechanical and electronic RF attenuation Channel Channel number code number and spreading factor PCG Power control group see chapter 4 1 PCGs and Sets on page 36 Power Ref Reference used for power results SymbRate Symbol rate of the currently selected channel In addition the channel bar also displays information on instrument settings that affect the measurement results even though this is not immediately apparent from the display User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 13 R
56. Digital UO Output Settings The optional Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 allows you to output l Q data from any R amp S FSW application that processes UO data to an external device The con figuration settings for digital UO output can be configured via the INPUT OUTPUT key or in the Outputs dialog box Output Meas Time 31 28ius SRate 2 Mo Output Digital IQ Digital Baseband Output Output Settings Max Sample Rate 100 MHz Sample Rate 32 MHz Full Scale Level 0 dBm Instrument Device Name SMBV100A Serial Number 257374 Port Name Dig BB In For details on digital UO output see the R amp S FSW UO Analyzer User Manual Digital Baseband Ouiyp ut E 72 Output Settings Tifolfflali or conc eee ded p tere reddet ee Mere EEE Mente ida 72 ers zero ME ets 73 Digital Baseband Output Enables or disables a digital output stream to the optional Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 if available For details on digital UO output see the R amp S FSW UO Analyzer User Manual Remote command OUTPut DIO on page 156 Output Settings Information Displays information on the settings for output via the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 The following information is displayed User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 72 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration EENEG 6 2 5 6 2 5 1 Code Domain Analysis e Maximum sample rate that can be used to transfer data via the Digital Baseband Int
57. EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 23 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurements and Result Displays REESEN Code Domain Analysis Only the channels detected as being active are used to generate the ideal reference signal If a channel is not detected as being active e g on account of low power the difference between the test signal and the reference signal and therefore the composite EVM is very large Distortions also occur if unassigned codes are wrongly given the status of active channel To obtain reliable measurement results select an adequate channel threshold via the Inactive Channel Threshold setting Remote command LAY ADD 1 RIGH CEVM see LAYout ADD WINDow on page 201 CALC MARK FUNC CDP RES MACCuracy see CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtion CDPower BTS RESult on page 215 Peak Code Domain Error The Peak Code Domain Error is defined as the maximum value for the Code Domain Power Code Domain Error Power for all codes Thus the error between the measure ment signal and the ideal reference signal is projected onto the code domain at a specific base spreading factor In the diagram each bar of the x axis represents one PCG The y axis represents the error power The measurement evaluates the total signal over the entire period of observation The currently selected PCG is highlighted red You can select the Base Spreading Factor and the number of evaluated PCGs in the Signal Capture settings see Number
58. Example SYST SEQ ON Activates the Sequencer INIT SEQ MODE SING Sets single sequence mode so each active measurement will be performed once INIT SEQ IMM Starts the sequential measurements Usage Event INITiate SEQuencer MODE Mode This command selects the way the R amp S FSW application performs measurements sequentially Before this command can be executed the Sequencer must be activated see SYSTem SEQuencer on page 214 A detailed programming example is provided in the Operating Modes chapter in the R amp S FSW User Manual EEUU RA a User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 212 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Starting a Measurement Note In order to synchronize to the end of a sequential measurement using OPC OPC or WAI you must use SING1e Sequence mode For details on synchronization see the Remote Basics chapter in the R amp S FSW User Manual Parameters Mode Example SINGIe Each measurement is performed once regardless of the chan nel s sweep mode considering each channels sweep count until all measurements in all active channels have been performed CONTinuous The measurements in each active channel are performed one after the other repeatedly regardless of the channel s sweep mode in the same order until the Sequencer is stopped CDEFined First a single sequence is performed Then only those channels in continuous sweep m
59. INPutiDIG RANGe ERC DN e ME INPut DIG RANGe UPPer UNIT incra ooa oi aai tenent sedan cea eee orden enu tae rue Gabaa ee a EE Hasan JS hell le Re E INbPutDIO SbRATe AUTO ee User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 268 R amp S FSW K82 K83 List of Remote Commands CDMA2000 INPUEEA RE 172 INPUGEATT AUTO E 173 INPUEEATT S TA EE 173 INPutFIETeCHPASS ESTATe eerie rer mt eet YR a pe ERR a A 151 NS adc AE MEM 151 INPUEGAIN STA TO iii INPut GAIN VALue INPutIMPedance sy coito id dd la E EA NA SEA O AN 160 INbutiOFULL scale AUTO 161 INPUHI FULLSCAIGILEV EE 161 JS fr ie and SIE 161 INPUT SELEG C al il a 152 IN SirumentChRtate Up lcate eene eene e nernnr retenir serre nasi nrnr rennen rennen nnn 139 INSTrument CREate REBPLACO cicero peers EERSTEN HEES LEE TREE DE 139 INSTrument CREate NEW INSTrumentbDELele anre dried reete deed ld tanda lote UIST 140 INSTramoerit RENAITIG iion rr re rero ER FEE cedat More EE eege ege 141 INSTrument SElect iii ia daa 142 LAYOutADDEWINDOW sic aaa 201 LAvoutCATalootWiINDowl n cnn nr nn rra nn ran nn terna narran rr nnns snnt nennen inns 203 LAY out ef Bie 203 LAYoutREMove E WINDOW coi caia LAYout REPLace WINDow Wow deine dd Nin RET LAvoutVWlNDow cnzs ADD ient nan RR an nr rere inns ant
60. Level a cama Mechanical Attenuation Electronic Attenuation State Mode Mode Value User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 75 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration EE Code Domain Analysis L Setting the Reference Level Automatically Auto Level 76 RFP ANONAI MEE A 77 L Attenuation Mode Value nono natns teta ten 77 Using Electronic Attenuation Option B25 entrare neben ete 77 MESSUNI EE 78 L Preamplifier option B34A eterne tnter 78 Reference Level Defines the expected maximum reference level Signal levels above this value may not be measured correctly which is indicated by the IF OVLD status display OVLD for analog baseband or digitial baseband input The reference level is also used to scale power diagrams the reference level is then used as the maximum on the y axis Since the R amp S FSW hardware is adapted according to this value it is recommended that you set the reference level close above the expected maximum signal level to ensure an optimum measurement no compression good signal to noise ratio Note that the Reference Level value ignores the Shifting the Display Offset It is important to know the actual power level the R amp S FSW must handle Remote command DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe Y SCALe RLEVel on page 170 Shifting the Display Offset Reference Level Defines an arithmetic level offset This offset is added to the measured level irrespective of the selected un
61. MS R amp S FSW MDO 1xEV DO MS K85 WLAN R amp S FSW K91 WLAN WLAN LTE R amp S FSW K10x LTE LTE Note the default channel name is also listed in the table If the specified name for a new channel already exists the default name extended by a sequential number is used for the new channel INSTrument REName lt ChannelName1 gt lt ChannelName2 gt This command renames a measurement channel Parameters lt ChannelName1 gt String containing the name of the channel you want to rename lt ChannelName2 gt String containing the new channel name Note that you can not assign an existing channel name to a new channel this will cause an error Example INST REN Spectrum2 Spectrum3 Renames the channel with the name Spectrum2 to Spectrum3 _L_________ Se e E User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 141 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements SSS AAA A A A A AAA ee ee 11 4 Selecting a Measurement INSTrument SELect lt ChannelType gt This command activates a new measurement channel with the defined channel type or selects an existing measurement channel with the specified name See also INSTrument CREate NEW on page 139 For a list of available channel types see table 11 1 Parameters lt ChannelType gt BC2K cdma2000 BTS option R amp S FSW K82 MC2K cdma2000 MS option R amp S FSW K83 SYSTem PRESet CHANnel EXECute This command restores th
62. Manual 1173 9334 02 07 159 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements 11 5 2 3 Configuring Code Domain Analysis Readout deletes the contents of the EVENt section Query parameters lt ChannelName gt String containing the name of the channel The parameter is optional If you omit it the command works for the currently active channel Example STAT QUES DIQ Usage Query only Configuring Input via the Analog Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B71 The following commands are required to control the Analog Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B71 in a remote environment They are only available if this option is installed For more information on the Analog Baseband Interface see the R amp S FSW UO Analyzer User Manual Useful commands for Analog Baseband data described elsewhere e INP SEL AIQ see INPut SELect on page 152 e SENSe FREQuency CENTer on page 166 Commands for the Analog Baseband calibration signal are described in the R amp S FSW User Manual Remote commands exclusive to Analog Baseband data input and output INPutIO BAEanced ESTATE oia ia ii 160 INPUCIO FUELSCAS UID er 161 ly ege d a5 NE EE 161 elle a d EE 161 SENSO IA EE 162 INPut IQ BALanced STATe State This command defines whether the input is provided as a differential signal via all 4 Ana log Baseband connectors or as a plain UO signal via 2 simple ended lines Parameters St
63. Manual operation See Number of PCGs on page 88 SENSe CDPower QINVert lt State gt This command inverts the Q component of the signal Parameters ON OFF RST OFF Example CDP QINV ON Activates inversion of Q component Manual operation See Invert Q on page 88 SENSe CDPower SET COUNt lt NumberSets gt This command sets the number of sets to be captured and stored in the instrument s memory Refer to Number of Sets on page 88 for more information Parameters lt NumberSets gt Range 1 to 1500 BTS mode or 810 MS mode RST 1 Example CDP SET COUN 10 Sets the number of sets to be captured to 10 Manual operation See Number of Sets on page 88 11 5 6 Channel Detection The channel detection settings determine which channels are found in the input signal The commands for working with channel tables are described here When the channel type is required as a parameter by a remote command or provided as a result for a remote query the following abbreviations and assignments to a numeric value are used Table 11 2 BTS channel types and their assignment to a numeric parameter value Parameter Channel type 0 PICH 1 SYNC 2 PCH 3 TDPICH 4 APICH User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 183 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements AAA AA SS Se ee ee Configuring Code Domain Analysis Parameter Channel type
64. PortName gt lt NotUsed gt lt MaxTransferRate gt lt ConnProtState gt lt PRBSTestState gt lt NotUsed gt lt Placeholder gt Example Manual operation Configuring Code Domain Analysis Device ID of the connected device Serial number of the connected device Port name used by the connected device to be ignored Maximum data transfer rate of the connected device in Hz State of the connection protocol which is used to identify the con nected device Not Started Has to be Started Started Passed Failed Done State of the PRBS test Not Started Has to be Started Started Passed Failed Done to be ignored for future use currently 0 OUTP DIQ CDEV Result 1 SMU200A 103634 0ut A 70000000 100000000 Passed Not Started 0 0 See Output Settings Information on page 72 See Connected Instrument on page 73 STATus QUEStionable DIQ Register This register contains information about the state of the digital UO input and output This register is available with option Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 Digital Base band Interface R amp S FSW B17 The status of the STATus QUESTionable DIO register is indicated in bit 14 of the STATus QUESTionable register You can read out the state of the register with STATus QUEStionable DIO CONDition on page 158 and STATus QUEStionable DIQ EVENt on page 159 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 157 R amp
65. RHO is the normalized correlated power between the measured and the ideal reference signal The maximum value of RHO is 1 In that case the measured signal and the reference signal are identical When measuring RHO it is required that only the pilot channel is active Test setup 1 Connect the RF output of the R amp S SMU to the input of the R amp S FSW 2 Connect the reference input REF INPUT on the rear panel of the R amp S FSW to the reference input REF on the rear panel of the R amp S SMU coaxial cable with BNC connectors 3 Connect the external trigger input on the front panel of the R amp S FSW TRIGGER INPUT to the external trigger output on the front panel of the R amp S SMU TRIGOUT1 of PAR DATA Settings on the R amp S SMU 1 PRESET FREQ 878 49 MHz LEVEL 0 dBm DIGITAL STD cdma2000 DIGITAL STD gt Set Default DIGITAL STD gt LINK DIRECTION gt DOWN FORWARD oc hb O bh DIGITAL STD gt cdma2000 gt STATE ON Settings on the R amp S FSW 1 PRESET MODE gt cdma2000 BTS AMPT gt Reference level 0 dBm FREQ gt Center frequency 878 49 MHz TRIG gt External Trigger 1 oa hb o bh MEAS CONFIG gt Display Config gt Peak Code Domain Error Window 1 EES User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 131 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurement Examples A AAA P 9 X A A A A A A A A NR NN Meas 6 Measuring the Peak Code Domain Error an
66. RRC filter CONF CDP MCAR FILT ROFF 0 05 Sets the roll off factor to 0 05 Manual operation See Multi Carrier on page 59 See Filter Type on page 59 See Roll Off Factor on page 59 CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier FILTer STATe lt State gt This command activates or deactivates the usage of a filter for multi carrier measure ments Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Example CONF CDP MCAR ON Activates multi carrier mode CONF CDP MCAR FILT OFF Activates an additional filter for multi carrier measurements Manual operation See Multi Carrier on page 59 See Multi Carrier Filter on page 59 CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier FILTer TYPE Type This command sets the filter type to be used in multi carrier mode You can set the parameters for the RRC filter with the CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier FILTer COFRequency and CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier FILTer ROFF commands Parameters Type LPASs RCC RST LPAS Example CONF CDP MCAR ON Activates multi carrier mode CONF CDP MCAR FILT ON Activates an additional filter for multi carrier measurements CONF CDP MCAR FILT TYPE RRC Activates the RRC filter E a User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 145 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements AAA SS SS SSE ae ss ae ee ee ee ee Se Configuring Code Domain Analysis Manual operation See Multi Carrier on page 59 See Filter Type o
67. S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements DESEN Configuring Code Domain Analysis Bit No Meaning 0 Digital UO Input Device connected This bit is set if a device is recognized and connected to the Digital Baseband Interface of the analyzer 1 Digital UO Input Connection Protocol in progress This bit is set while the connection between analyzer and digital baseband data signal source e g R amp S SMU R amp S Ex I Q Box is established 2 Digital UO Input Connection Protocol error This bit is set if an error occurred during establishing of the connect between analyzer and digital UO data signal source e g R amp S SMU R amp S Ex 1 Q Box is established 3 5 not used 6 Digital UO Input FIFO Overload This bit is set if the input transfer rate is too high 7 not used 8 Digital UO Output Device connected This bit is set if a device is recognized and connected to the Digital UO Output 9 Digital UO Output Connection Protocol in progress This bit is set while the connection between analyzer and digital UO data signal source e g R amp S SMU R amp S Ex 1 Q Box is established 10 Digital UO Output Connection Protocol error This bit is set if an error occurred while the connection between analyzer and digital UO data signal source e g R amp S SMU R amp S Ex I Q Box is established 11 14 not used 15 This bit is always set to 0 STATUSOUEST Ona ble DIGI
68. S FSW B71 in the applications that support it They can be configured via the AMPT key or in the Amplitude tab of the Input dialog box ERA lt lt A LLLLLLLLLLLLLMLLCLLIIX User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 78 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration Code Domain Analysis Input Source PowerSensor Amplitude Frequency Reference Level Input Settings Value 0 0 dBm I Q Mode LowIFI Offset 0 0 dB Input Config Auto Level Swap I Q Off Fullscale Level Mode Value 0 25 V Peak The input settings provided here are identical to those in the Input Source gt Analog Baseband tab see Analog Baseband Input Settings on page 66 For more information on the Analog Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B71 see the R amp S FSW UO Analyzer and UO Input User Manual Reference Level aaa 79 L Shifting the Display Offset 79 o MT S 80 L Setting the Reference Level Automatically Auto Level 80 Fullscale Level Mode Valle uice etienne cito aa a ee prt t 80 Reference Level Defines the expected maximum reference level Signal levels above this value may not be measured correctly which is indicated by the IF OVLD status display OVLD for analog baseband or digitial baseband input The reference level is also used to scale power diagrams the reference level is then used as the maximum on the y axis Since the R amp S FSW hardware is adapted according to this value it is recommended th
69. SPLitter changes the size of all windows to either side of the splitter perma nently it does not just maximize a single window temporarily Note that windows must have a certain minimum size If the position you define conflicts with the minimum size of any of the affected windows the command will not work but does not return an error E M User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 204 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Configuring the Result Display y 100 x 100 y 100 102 12 dim x 0 y 0 x 100 Fig 11 1 SmartGrid coordinates for remote control of the splitters Parameters Index1 The index of one window the splitter controls Index2 The index of a window on the other side of the splitter Position New vertical or horizontal position of the splitter as a fraction of the screen area without channel and status bar and softkey menu The point of origin x 0 y 0 is in the lower left corner of the screen The end point x 100 y 100 is in the upper right corner of the screen See figure 11 1 The direction in which the splitter is moved depends on the screen layout If the windows are positioned horizontally the splitter also moves horizontally If the windows are positioned vertically the splitter also moves vertically Range 0 to 100 Example LAY SPL 1 3 50 Moves the splitter between window 1 Frequency Sweep and 3 Marker Table to the center 50 of the sc
70. Symbol Constellation on page 26 See Symbol EVM on page 27 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt Y This command queries the position of a marker on the y axis If necessary the command activates the marker first To get a valid result you have to perform a complete measurement with synchronization to the end of the measurement before reading out the result This is only possible for single sweeps See also INI Tiate CONTinuous on page 211 Return values lt Result gt Example Usage Manual operation Result at the marker position INIT CONT OFF Switches to single measurement mode CALC MARK2 ON Switches marker 2 INIT WAI Starts a measurement and waits for the end CALC MARK2 Y Outputs the measured value of marker 2 Query only See CCDF on page 32 See Marker Table on page 34 See Marker Peak List on page 34 Retrieving CDA Trace Results The following commands describe how to retrieve the trace data from the CDA meas urements Note that for these measurements only 1 trace per window can be configured ERA lt A gt gt gt User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 217 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Retrieving Results FORMat DATA lt Format gt This command selects the data format that is used for transmission of trace data from the R amp S FSW to the controlling computer Note that the command has no effect for data that you send to the R amp S FSW Th
71. also writes a 1 into the associated bit of the corresponding EVEN register Parameters lt BitDefinition gt Range 0 to 65535 lt ChannelName gt String containing the name of the channel The parameter is optional If you omit it the command works for the currently active channel Commands for Compatibility The following commands are provided for compatibility to other signal analyzers only For new remote commands programs use the specified alternative commands ES User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 250 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements AAA ee eee J P T J s Commands for Compatibility CAL Culatesme REED 0 tada 251 SENS amp CDPower BE e TEE 251 SENSe COPOWernPRESet ico eh dud SENEEAEN EES 252 CALCulate lt n gt FEED lt Evaluation gt This command selects the evaluation method of the measured data that is to be displayed in the specified window Note that this command is maintained for compatibility reasons only Use the LAYout commands for new remote control programs see chapter 11 7 2 Working with Windows in the Display on page 201 Parameters lt Evaluation gt Type of evaluation you want to display See the table below for available parameter values Example CALC FEED XPOW CDP Selects the Code Domain Power result display Table 11 8 lt Evaluation gt parameter values
72. detected Remote command SENSe CDPower ICTReshold on page 185 Using Predefined Channel Tables Defines the channel search mode Predefined Compares the input signal to the predefined channel table selected in the Predefined Tables list User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 90 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration EENEG Code Domain Analysis Auto Detects channels automatically using pilot sequences and fixed code numbers The automatic search provides an overview of the channels contained in the currently measured signal If channels are not detected as being active change the Inactive Channel Threshold or select the Prede fined channel search mode Remote command CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle STATe on page 187 6 2 9 2 Channel Table Management Channel tables are managed in the Channel Detection dialog box which is displayed when you select the Channel Detection button in the configuration Overview Predefined Tables t rte E eid rn rn oder a cdd 91 Selec ng a Table erede daa 91 Creating a NoN TIE cc 92 ell KK EE 92 Copying Table E 92 DOS ECKE 92 Restoring Default RE 92 Predefined Tables The list shows all available channel tables and marks the currently used table with a checkmark The currently focussed table is highlighted blue For details on predefined channel tables provided by the CDMA2000 applications see chapter A 1 Reference Predefined Channel Tables on page 253 The followin
73. device under test DUT has a trigger output connect the trigger output of the DUT to one of the trigger inputs TRIGGER INPUT of the R amp S FSW see Trigger 2 3 on page 70 Presettings For details see chapter 6 2 Code Domain Analysis on page 53 e Enter the external attenuation e Enter the reference level e Enter the center frequency e Set the trigger e If used enable the external reference e Select the CDMA2000 standard and the desired measurement e Set the PN offset 4 10 CDA Measurements in MSRA Operating Mode The CDMA2000 BTS application can also be used to analyze data in MSRA operating mode In MSRA operating mode only the MSRA Master actually captures data the MSRA applications receive an extract of the captured data for analysis referred to as the appli cation data For the CDMA2000 BTS application in MSRA operating mode the appli ERA lt lt ALLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLULUULLUxX User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 47 R amp SS9FSW K82 K83 Measurement Basics CDA Measurements in MSRA Operating Mode cation data range is defined by the same settings used to define the signal capture in Signal and Spectrum Analyzer mode In addition a capture offset can be defined i e an offset from the start of the captured data to the start of the analysis interval for the CDMA2000 BTS measurement Data coverage for each active application Generally if a signal contains multiple data channels for multiple
74. differences between the transmitter and receiver of more than 1 0 kHz impair synchronization of the Code Domain Power measurement If at all possible the transmitter and the receiver should be synchronized The frequency error is available in the units Hz or ppm referred to the carrier fre quency Chip Rate Error Shows the chip rate error 1 2288 Mcps in ppm A large chip rate error results in symbol errors and therefore in possible synchronization errors for Code Domain Power measurements This measurement result is also valid if the R amp S FSW could not synchronize to the CDMA2000 signal Trigger to Frame Reflects the time offset from the beginning of the recorded signal section to the start of the first PCG In case of triggered data recording this corresponds to the timing offset timing offset frame trigger trigger offset start of first PCG If it was not possible to synchronize the R amp S FSW to the CDMA2000 signal this measurement result is meaningless For the Free Run trigger mode dashes are displayed Active Channels Specifies the number of active channels found in the signal Detected data chan nels as well as special channels are regarded as active With transmit diversity the result applies to the selected Antenna Diversity Antenna Number PCG Results PCG results concern the total signal that is all channels for the selected PCG ERA SSS SSS az User Manual 1173 9334 02 07
75. du 25 RESUISUMIMAN E 26 User Fro EC 26 Ry OEE or 27 Bitstream The Bitstream evaluation displays the demodulated bits of a selected channel over a selected PCG All bits that are part of inactive channels are marked as being invalid using dashes E User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 18 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurements and Result Displays Code Domain Analysis 2 Bitstream Table Fig 3 1 Bitstream result display for the BTS application To select a specific symbol press the MKR key If you enter a number the marker jumps to the selected symbol If there are more symbols than the screen is capable of displaying use the marker to scroll inside the list The number of symbols per PCG depends on the spreading factor symbol rate and the antenna diversity The number of bits per symbol depends on the modulation type For details see chapter 4 Measurement Basics on page 36 Remote command LAY ADD 1 RIGH XTIM CDP BSTR see LAYout ADD WINDow on page 201 Channel Table The Channel Table evaluation displays the detected channels and the results of the code domain power measurement over the selected PCG The analysis results for all channels are displayed Thus the Channel Table may contain up to 128 entries corre sponding to the highest base spreading factor of 128 The first entries of the table indicate the channels that must be available in the signal to be analyzed and any other control channels PIC
76. ei et ae 228 Ac Erie m S 229 e Frequency Error vs PO iuueni enne dote SEANCE ee Raa Dunes eun seca ra EE aa 229 Mag Eror vs Chim steet REA 229 e POWO VS Neng Eege eg 229 e Peak Code Domain EIER Se a NEEN cates ENEE 229 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 219 R amp SS9FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements PEEEEMERECEECEMSCGCCRCC Te HJ Retrieving Results e Phase Discontinuity vs IPUG cococcconconanccnnoreonancccccinrinannnccn tna Etha de una Eu Rete an 229 Phase Error vs Chips mee Heise iie HERRERA 230 o Powervs Symbol cil 230 e TTT 230 e oymbol Constellation ninaa a a A aaa E aaa 231 w VOO EYN BEE 231 e SVMBG E lee E E 232 Symbol Phase EMOT reinii anani eda NENNEN ENNEN 232 11 9 3 1 Bitstream When the trace data for this evaluation is queried the bit stream of one PCG i e one value per bit for each symbol is transferred Each symbol contains two consecutive bits in the case of a QPSK modulated PCG and 4 consecutive bits in the case of a 16QAM modulated PCG One value is transferred per bit range 0 1 The number of symbols is not constant and may vary for each sweep Individual symbols in the bit stream may be invalid depending on the channel type and the bit rate symbols without power The assigned invalid bits are marked by one of the digits 6 7 or 9 11 9 3 2 C
77. error in degrees of each symbol at the selected PCG is transferred The number of the symbols depends on the spreading factor of the selected channel NOFSymbols 10 2 9 CodeClass Exporting Trace Results Trace results can be exported to a file For more commands concerning data and results storage see the R amp S FSW User Man ual MMEMon STObRecnz TRACE ono 232 FORMAL DEXPOR DSEP e EE 232 MMEMory STORe lt n gt TRACe lt Trace gt lt FileName gt This command exports trace data from the specified window to an ASCII file Trace export is only available for RF measurements For details on the file format see Reference ASCII File Export Format in the R amp S FSW User Manual Parameters lt Trace gt Number of the trace to be stored lt FileName gt String containing the path and name of the target file Example MMEM STOR1 TRAC 3 TEST ASC Stores trace 3 from window 1 in the file TEST ASC Usage SCPI confirmed FORMat DEXPort DSEParator lt Separator gt This command selects the decimal separator for data exported in ASCII format LEE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 232 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements 11 9 5 Retrieving Results Parameters lt Separator gt COMMa Uses a comma as decimal separator e g 4 05 POINt Uses a point as decimal separator e g 4 05 RST RST has no effect on the decimal separator Default is POINt Example FORM DEXP D
78. expected input signal e BTS Signal Description cocida e dc 57 e MS signal Descrnpliof conato tica lala 60 BTS Signal Description These settings describe the input signal in BTS measurements User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 57 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration Code Domain Analysis PN Offset 0 for external Trigger only Antenna Diversity Antenna Number Multi Carrier Multi Carrier Enhanced Algorithm Multi Carrier Filter Filter Type Roll Off Factor Cut Off Frequency nor p 58 Antenna Diversity Antenna Number cesis hate 58 MUI E E m E 59 L Enhanced Algoogtm EE 59 A A 59 A o MENOR KM 59 a Q5 dl NE UT 59 e iue dr trek ee bu arent an nae senta ad 60 PN Offset Specifies the Pseudo Noise PN offset from an external trigger If no offset is specified or no external trigger is available calculation is much slower as the correct PN must be determined from all possible positions For details see chapter 4 4 Scrambling via PN Offsets and Long Codes on page 40 Remote command SENSe CDPower PNOF set on page 147 Antenna Diversity Antenna Number Activates or deactivates the orthogonal transmit diversity two antenna system and defines the antenna for which the results are displayed For details on antenna diversity see also chapter 4 7 2 Antenna Diversity on page
79. for the output signal Remote command OUTPut TRIGger lt port gt OTYPe on page 181 Level Output Type Trigger 2 3 Defines whether a constant high 1 or low 0 signal is sent to the output connector Remote command OUTPut TRIGger lt port gt LEVel on page 181 LL SSS SSF User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 86 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration Ns A AN 6 2 7 Code Domain Analysis Pulse Length Output Type Trigger 2 3 Defines the length of the pulse sent as a trigger to the output connector Remote command OUTPut TRIGger lt port gt PULSe LENGth on page 182 Send Trigger Output Type Trigger 2 3 Sends a user defined trigger to the output connector immediately Note that the trigger pulse level is always opposite to the constant signal level defined by the output Level setting e g for Level High a constant high signal is output to the connector until the Send Trigger button is selected Then a low pulse is sent Which pulse level will be sent is indicated by a graphic on the button Remote command OUTPut TRIGger lt port gt PULSe IMMediate on page 181 Signal Capture Data Acquisition You must define how much and how data is captured from the input signal Common Settings Sample Rate Invert Q Capture Settings Number of PCGs Number of Sets each Set has 64 PCGs Set to Analyze MSRA operating mode In MSRA operating mode only the MSRA M
80. incorrect syn chronization increases This is indicated by the SYNC FAILED error message If the frequency error exceeds approximately 1 5 kHz a Code Domain Power mea surement cannot be performed This is also indicated by the SYNC FAILED error message 2 Resetthe center frequency of the signal generator to 878 49 MHz The center frequency of the DUT should not deviate by more than 1 0 kHz from that of the R amp S FSW User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 127 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurement Examples Meas 4 Measuring the Triggered Relative Code Domain Power 10 4 Meas 4 Measuring the Triggered Relative Code Domain Power If the code domain power measurement is performed without external triggering a section of the test signal is recorded at an arbitrary point of time and the firmware attempts to detect the start of a PCG To detect this start all possibilities of the PN sequence location have to be tested in Free Run trigger mode This requires computing time This computing time can be reduced by using an external frame trigger and entering the correct PN offset If the search range for the start of the power control group and the PN offset are known then fewer possibilities have to be tested This increases the measurement speed Test setup 1 Connect the RF output of the R amp S SMU to the input of the R amp S FSW 2 Connect the reference input REF INPUT on the rear panel of the R amp S FSW to the reference input REF
81. information and even distortion that originates from the RF IF or baseband domains can be analyzed in the I Q baseband Importing and exporting UO signals is useful for various applications e Generating and saving UO signals in an RF or baseband signal generator or in exter nal software tools to analyze them with the R amp S FSW later e Capturing and saving UO signals with an RF or baseband signal analyzer to analyze them with the R amp S FSW or an external software tool later As opposed to storing trace data which may be averaged or restricted to peak values Q data is stored as it was captured without further processing The data is stored as complex values in 32 bit floating point format Multi channel data is not supported The UO data is stored in a format with the file extension iq tar For a detailed description see chapter A A Reference UO Data File Format iq tar on page 260 e lmport Export PUEIGUOS centre teneo e de nera en dido 50 5 1 Import Export Functions c The following import and export functions are available via softkeys in the Save J Recall menu which is displayed when you select the Save or Open icon in the toolbar ES Some functions for particular data types are also available via softkeys or dialog boxes in the corresponding menus e g trace data or marker peak lists o For a description of the other functions in the Save Recall menu see the R amp S FSW User Manual EX EC cas E A ica
82. inside an iq tar file Optionally an iq tar file can contain the following file e Q preview XSLT file e g open IqTar xml file in web browser xslt Contains a stylesheet to display the UO parameter XML file and a preview of the UO data in a web browser A 4 1 I Q Parameter XML File Specification The content of the UO parameter XML file must comply with the XML schema RsIqTar xsd available at http www rohde schwarz com file RsIqTar xsd In particular the order ofthe XML elements must be respected i e iq tar uses an ordered XML schema For your own implementation of the iq tar file format make sure to validate your XML file against the given schema The following example shows an UO parameter XML file The XML elements and attrib utes are explained in the following sections Sample UO parameter XML file xyz xml lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt xml stylesheet type text xsl href open IqTar xml file in web browser xslt gt RS IQ TAR FileFormat fileFormatVersion 1 xsi noNamespaceSchemaLocation RsIqTar xsd xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance lt Name gt FSV K10 lt Name gt lt Comment gt Here is a comment lt Comment gt lt DateTime gt 2011 01 24T14 02 49 lt DateTime gt lt Samples gt 68751 lt Samples gt lt Clock unit Hz gt 6 5e 006 lt Clock gt lt Format gt complex lt Format gt lt DataType gt float32 lt DataType gt lt ScalingFactor unit V gt 1
83. limit line defined in the standard To understand where and about how much the measurement has failed the List Evaluation shows the frequencies where spurious emissions occur Meas 3 Measuring the Relative Code Domain Power and Frequency Error A Code Domain Power measurement analyzes the signal over a single Power Control Group PCG It also determines the power of all codes and channels The following examples show a Code Domain Power measurement on a test model with 9 channels In this measurement changing some parameters one after the other should demonstrate the resulting effects values adapted to the measurement signal are changed to non adapted values Test setup 1 Connect the RF output of the R amp S SMU to the input of the R amp S FSW 2 Connect the reference input REF INPUT on the rear panel of the R amp S FSW to the reference input REF on the rear panel of the R amp S SMU coaxial cable with BNC connectors Settings on the R amp S SMU 1 PRESET FREQ 878 49 MHz LEVEL 0 dBm DIGITAL STD cdma2000 DIGITAL STD gt Set Default DIGITAL STD gt LINK DIRECTION gt DOWN FORWARD N Oo a hh o bh DIGITAL STD gt cdma2000 gt STATE ON E N User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 126 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurement Examples a ee A A A A 5 Meas 3 Measuring the Relative Code Domain Power and Frequency Error Settings on the R amp S FSW 1 PRESET 2 MODE gt cdma2000 BTS 3 AMPT g
84. mooognoooanoooaoE ooooloooolooooogoooioooolooooleoooolooooioooooooolooooiooooiooooloooolooooloooo 56 0111000 0001110 it Sr 0111001 1001110 73 58 0111010 0101110 46 sg 0111011 1101110 110 60 0111100 0011110 30 61 0111101 1011110 94 62 0111110 0111110 62 63 0111111 1111110 126 Fig 1 2 Code table for base spreading factor 128 part1 R amp SSFSW K82 K83 Annex Reference Data mea V A ny M Reference Supported Bandclasses HAO MA RD ALR R 64 mono i 0000000000004 oo 1 65 moni iooooowiooooot 1000001 65 66 wm0 10000100100001 moon ES 61 wm i ooo oo i ifi iooni 110001 D 63 1000100 1000 0000100041 0010001 17 69 1000104 14 oo o1owiotooogd 1010001 31 70 1000110 1 000 14 14004 10001 0110001 II 11 imo 1 OO Ott i 5 o o n 1 1110001 113 TINA AE 000 1001 3 73 1001004 14 00400410004 004 1001001 13 Wi 1001010 14 00 4 04004 041 004 0101001 D 15 imiii i oO g i o i i 1 1 g 1 0004 1101001 105 76 1001100 1 00 1 14000011004 0011001 25 11 1001104 1 0041 90310 3 9200 1 1011001 39 13 1001110 14 00 14 4 14004 44 004 0111001 si 19 WO 0 O O i 0d t i 0 t oc o t 111101 121 30 iun 1 0100000000 1041 a001 31 mim 1 01 0004141000104 1000101 69 32 1010010 1 01 00 14 001 00 104 0100101 3T 33 mm 14 0 aoo i fji aion ini 1100101 101 Bt 1010100 1 01 01 000 0 0 104 0010101 21 85 1010101 1 01 04 n0 1 10 1 0 4 0 t 1010101 Se 36 1010110 1 D 04 14 004 14 04 04 0110101 5
85. n gt TRACe Y SCALe RLEVel OFFSet lt Offset gt This command defines a reference level offset Parameters lt Offset gt Range 200 dB to 200 dB RST OdB Example DISP TRAC Y RLEV OFFS 10dB Manual operation See Reference Level on page 76 See Shifting the Display Offset on page 76 INPut GAIN STATe State This command turns the preamplifier on and off The command requires option R amp S FSW B24 This function is not available for input from the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 Parameters State ON OFF RST OFF Example INP GAIN STAT ON Switches on 30 dB preamplification Usage SCPI confirmed Manual operation See Input Settings on page 78 See Preamplifier option B24 on page 78 EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 170 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements 11 5 3 3 Configuring Code Domain Analysis INPut GAIN VALue lt Gain gt This command selects the preamplification level if the preamplifier is activated INP GAIN STAT ON see INPut GAIN STATe on page 170 The command requires option R amp S FSW B24 Parameters lt Gain gt 15 dB 30 dB The availability of preamplification levels depends on the R amp S FSW model e R amp S FSW8 15dB and 30 dB R amp S FSW13 15dB and 30 dB R amp S FSW26 30 dB All other values are rounded to the nearest of these two RST OFF Example INP GAIN VAL 30 Switches on 30 dB preamplificatio
86. next trigger event Note that this command is available for any trigger source not just IF Power Note If you perform gated measurements in combination with the IF Power trigger the R amp S FSW ignores the holding time for frequency sweep FFT sweep zero span and UO data measurements Parameters Period RST 150 ns Example TRIG SOUR IFP Sets the IF power trigger source TRIG IFP HOLD 200 ns Sets the holding time to 200 ns Manual operation See Trigger Source on page 83 See Trigger Holdoff on page 85 TRIGger SEQuence IFPower HYSTeresis lt Hysteresis gt This command defines the trigger hysteresis which is only available for IF Power trigger Sources Parameters lt Hysteresis gt Range 3 dB to 50 dB RST 3 dB Example TRIG SOUR IFP Sets the IF power trigger source TRIG IFP HYST 10DB Sets the hysteresis limit value Manual operation See Trigger Source on page 83 See Hysteresis on page 85 EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 175 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements AAA SS SSS SSE ee ss a ee ee Configuring Code Domain Analysis TRIGger SEQuence LEVel BBPower lt Level gt This command sets the level of the baseband power trigger This command is available for the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 and the Analog Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B71 Parameters lt Level gt Range 50 dBm to 20 dBm RST 20 DBM Example TRIG LEV B
87. of PCGs on page 88 MS application the error is calculated only for the selected branch I or Q 1 Peak Code Domain Error Fig 3 7 Peak Code Domain Error display for the BTS application Note Only the channels detected as being active are used to generate the ideal refer ence signal If a channel is not detected as being active e g on account of low power the difference between the test signal and the reference signal is very large The result display therefore shows a peak code domain error that is too high Distortions also occur if unassigned codes are wrongly given the status of active channel To obtain reliable measurement results select an adequate channel threshold via the Inactive Channel Threshold setting Remote command LAY ADD 1 RIGH PCDerror see LAYout ADD WINDow on page 201 CALC MARK FUNC CDP RES PCDerror see CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtion CDPower BTS RESult on page 215 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 24 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurements and Result Displays REESEN Code Domain Analysis Power vs PCG In this result display the power of the selected channel is averaged for each measured PCG and referred to the pilot power of the PCG Therefore the unit of the y axis is dB relative to the Pilot Channel The result display consists of the number of the PCGs in the measurement and the power value of each one For measurements in which antenna diversity is inactive OFF
88. on the rear panel of the R amp S SMU coaxial cable with BNC connectors 3 Connect the external trigger input on the front panel of the R amp S FSW TRIGGER INPUT to the external trigger output on the front panel of the R amp S SMU TRIGOUT1 of PAR DATA Settings on the R amp S SMU 1 PRESET FREQ 878 49 MHz LEVEL 0 dBm DIGITAL STD cdma2000 DIGITAL STD gt Set Default DIGITAL STD gt LINK DIRECTION gt DOWN FORWARD N Oo oO hh o N DIGITAL STD gt cdma2000 gt STATE ON Settings on the R amp S FSW 1 PRESET 2 MODE gt cdma2000 BTS 3 AMPT gt Reference level 10 dBm 4 FREQ gt Center frequency 878 49 MHz 5 TRIG gt External Trigger 1 The following results are displayed the first window shows the power of the code domain of the signal Compared to the measurement without an external trigger see chapter 10 3 Meas 3 Measuring the Relative Code Domain Power and Frequency Error on page 126 the repetition rate of the measurement increases EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 128 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurement Examples Meas 5 Measuring the Composite EVM In the second window the Result Summary is displayed It shows the numeric results of the code domain power measurement including the frequency error The Trigger to Frame shows the offset between the trigger event and and the start of the PCG 10 4 1 Adjusting the Trigger Offset The delay between the trigger
89. or deactivates the inverted UO modulation If the and Q parts of the signal from the DUT are interchanged the R amp S FSW can do the same to compensate for it On and Q signals are interchanged Inverted sideband Q j l Off and Q signals are not interchanged Normal sideband I j Q Remote command SENSe SWAPiq on page 162 Center Frequency Defines the center frequency for analog baseband input For real type baseband input or Q only the center frequency is always O Hz Note If the analysis bandwidth to either side of the defined center frequency exceeds the minimum frequency 0 Hz or the maximum frequency 40 MHz 80 MHz an error is displayed In this case adjust the center frequency or the analysis bandwidth Remote command SENSe FREQuency CENTer on page 166 ERA lt A User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 68 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration Code Domain Analysis Probe Settings Probes are configured in a separate tab on the Input dialog box which is displayed when you select the INPUT OUTPUT key and then Input Source Config Input Source Power Sensor Probes Probe I Name RT ZS30 Serial Number 1410 4309 02 Part Number 101241 Type Single Ended Not Present mon Setting Microbutton Action angel Run Single For each possible probe connector Baseband Input Baseband Input Q the detected type of probe if any is displayed The following information is
90. question mark after the last header element even if the command contains a parameter T User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 133 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Introduction A header contains one or more keywords separated by a colon Header and parameters are separated by a white space ASCII code 0 to 9 11 to 32 decimal e g blank If there is more than one parameter for a command these are separated by a comma from one another Only the most important characteristics that you need to know when working with SCPI commands are described here For a more complete description refer to the User Manual of the R amp S FSW d 11 1 1 11 1 2 Remote command examples Note that some remote command examples mentioned in this general introduction may not be supported by this particular application Conventions used in Descriptions Note the following conventions used in the remote command descriptions e Command usage If not specified otherwise commands can be used both for setting and for querying parameters If a command can be used for setting or querying only or if it initiates an event the usage is stated explicitely e Parameter usage If not specified otherwise a parameter can be used to set a value and it is the result of a query Parameters required only for setting are indicated as Setting parameters Parameters required only to refine a query are indicated as Query parameters
91. size factor if the center frequency step size is coupled to the span or the resolution bandwidth Parameters lt Factor gt 1 to 100 PCT RST 10 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 167 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements 11 5 3 2 Configuring Code Domain Analysis Example FREQ CENT STEP LINK FACT 20PCT SENSe FREQuency OFFSet lt Offset gt This command defines a frequency offset If this value is not O Hz the application assumes that the input signal was frequency shifted outside the application All results of type frequency will be corrected for this shift numerically by the application See also Frequency Offset on page 74 Parameters lt Offset gt Range 100 GHz to 100 GHz RST 0 Hz Example FREQ OFFS 1GHZ Usage SCPI confirmed Manual operation See Frequency Offset on page 74 Amplitude and Scaling Settings Useful commands for amplitude settings described elsewhere e TNPut COUPlingon page 150 e INPut IMPedance on page 151 SENSe ADJust LEVel on page 194 Remote commands exclusive to amplitude settings CAL Culate lt n gt UNITPOWer soe e cech n che enne nnne aa 168 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe Y SCALe AUTO ONCE rennen 169 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe Y SCALe MAXiMUM sess 169 DISPlay WINDow n TRACe Y SCALe MINimum eese nennen 169 DISPlay WINDow n TRACe Y SCALe PDlVision
92. to be multiplied For multi channel signals the ScalingFactor must be applied to all channels The ScalingFactor mustbe gt 0 Ifthe ScalingFactor elementis not defined a value of 1 V is assumed NumberOfChannels Optional specifies the number of channels e g of a MIMO signal contained in the UO data binary file For multi channels the UO samples of the channels are expected to be interleaved within the UO data file see chapter A 4 2 1 Q Data Binary File on page 264 If the NumberO Channels element is not defined one channel is assumed ERA lt lt 0 q 0042 51 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 262 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Annex Reference Data Reference UO Data File Format iq tar Element DataFilename Description Contains the filename of the UO data binary file that is part of the iq tar file It is recommended that the filename uses the following convention lt xyz gt lt Format gt lt Channels gt ch lt Type gt e xyz a valid Windows file name e Format complex polar or real see Format element e Channels Number of channels see NumberOfChannels element e Type float32 float64 int8 int16 int32 or int64 see DataType element Examples e xyz complex 1ch float32 e xyz polar 1ch float64 e xyzreal 1ch int16 e xyz complex 16ch int8 UserData Optional contains user application or device specific XML data which is not part ofthe iq tar specific
93. type if Filter Type is activated Two filter types are available for selection a low pass filter and an RRC filter By default the low pass filter is active The low pass filter affects the quality of the mea sured signal compared to a measurement without a filter The RRC filter comes with an integrated Hamming window If selected two more settings become available for configuration the Roll Off Factor and the Cut Off Frequency Remote command CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier FILTer TYPE on page 145 Roll Off Factor Filter Type Multi Carrier Defines the roll off factor of the RRC filter which defines the slope of the filter curve and therefore the excess bandwidth of the filter Possible values are between 0 01 and 0 99 in 0 01 steps The default value is 0 02 This parameter is available for the RRC filter Remote command CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier FILTer TYPE on page 145 CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier FILTer ROFF on page 144 E NA User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 59 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration DEENEN Code Domain Analysis Cut Off Frequency Filter Type Multi Carrier Defines the frequency at which the passband of the RRC filter begins Possible values are between 0 1 MHz and 2 4 MHz in 1 Hz steps The default value is 1 25 MHz This parameter is available for the RRC filter Remote command CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier FILTer TYPE on page 145 CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARri
94. types e use of special channels e transmit diversity The standard describes nine RCs for BTS and six for MS signals for different transmis sion scenarios In the BTS application the radio configuration can be customized for two channel types PDCH and CHAN see chapter 4 8 1 BTS Channel Types on page 43 The applied RC is specified for each channel of these types in the channel tables Predefined channel tables are provided for particular radio configurations see chapter A 1 Reference Pre defined Channel Tables on page 253 The following RCs are used in the BTS application Table 4 3 RCs used in the BTS application Channel type Modulation Manual operation SCPI parameter PDCH QPSK 10 10 8PSK 10 20 16QAM 10 30 CHAN 1 2 1 3 5 3 special channels 0 4 7 Transmission with Multiple Carriers and Multiple Antennas The CDMA2000 standard allows for transmission using multiple carriers as well as trans mission via multiple antennas 4 7 1 Multi Carrier Mode The CDMA2000 applications can filter out and analyze one carrier out of a multi carrier signal if a special multi carrier mode is activated in the signal description ERA eL I User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 41 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurement Basics a MC EE Transmission with Multiple Carriers and Multiple Antennas Two filter types used to select the required carrier from the signal are available for selec tion a
95. used for ACLR and SEM measurements It also determines the corre sponding limits and ACLR channel settings according to the CDMA2000 standard Parameters lt Bandclass gt For an overview of available bandclasses and the corresponding parameter values see chapter A 3 Reference Supported Band classes on page 259 RST 0 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 199 R amp SS9FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements 11 6 2 11 7 11 7 1 Configuring the Result Display Example CONF CDP BCL 1 Selects band class 1 1900 MHz Manual operation See Bandclass on page 104 Analysis for RF Measurements General result analysis settings concerning the trace markers lines etc for RF meas urements are identical to the analysis functions in the Spectrum application except for some special marker functions and spectrograms which are not available in CDMA2000 applications For details see the General Measurement Analysis and Display chapter in the R amp S FSW User Manual Configuring the Result Display The following commands are required to configure the screen display in a remote envi ronment The tasks for manual operation are described in chapter 3 Measurements and Result Displays on page 15 e General Window Commande 200 e Working with Windows in the Display 201 e Zooming into the BISpISV iuc REESEN ic 207 General Window Commands The following commands are required to configure general win
96. values see chapter 3 1 1 Code Domain Parameters on page 16 2 Result Summary General Results Set 0 PCG Results Set 0 PCG 0 Channel Results Ch 0 64 Fig 3 10 Result Summary result display Remote command LAY ADD 1 RIGH RSUMmary see LAYout ADD WINDow on page 201 CALC MARK FUNC CDP RES see CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtion CDPower BTS RESult on page 215 Symbol Constellation The Symbol Constellation evaluation shows all modulated symbols of the selected channel and the selected PCG The BTS application supports BPSK QPSK 8PSK and 16QAM modulation types The modulation type itself depends on the channel type Refer to chapter 4 8 1 BTS Channel Types on page 43 for further information Note QPSK constellation points are located on the diagonals not x and y axis of the constellation diagram BPSK constellation points are always on the x axis User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 26 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurements and Result Displays aa a Code Domain Analysis 1 Symbol Constellation 1 Clrw Fig 3 11 Symbol Constellation display for the BTS application The number of symbols is in the range from 6 min to 384 max depending on the symbol rate of the channel see chapter 4 Measurement Basics on page 36 Remote command LAY ADD 1 RIGH SCONst see LAYout ADD WINDow on page 201 CALC MARK FUNC CDP RES see CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtio
97. 0 64 TDPICH 1 16 128 E F SYNC 1 32 64 7 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 254 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Annex Reference Data Reference Predefined Channel Tables Channel Type Number of Channels Code Channel Walsh Radio Configuration Code SF F PCH 1 1 64 F CHAN 6 9 128 10 128 11 128 15 128 17 128 25 128 hh A BR A LH A 1 2 MS Channel Tables The cdma2000 MS application provides the following set of channel tables compliant with the cdma2000 specification Channel table Contents RECENT Contains the channels that were automatically created during the last measurement with the Auto Search option activated for details refer to Using Predefined Channel Tables on page 90 EACHOP RCCCHOP Channel table for Enhanced Access CHannel OPeration with PICH and EACH Channel table for Reverse Common Control CHannel OPeration with PICH and CCCH RTCHOP3 Channel table for Reverse Traffic CHannel OPeration with the following 3 channels e PICH e DCCH e FCH RTCHOP5 Channel table for Reverse Traffic CHannel OPeration with the following 5 channels e PICH DCCH FCH S1CH S2CH Table 1 5 Channel table for enhanced access channel operation Channel type Code channel Walsh Code SE Mapping PICH 0 32 EACH 2 8 Q Table 1 6 Channel table for reverse commom control channel operation Channel type Code ch
98. 07 165 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements i A A A A A A ee A A 11 5 3 1 Configuring Code Domain Analysis QE II PEE 166 e Amplitude and Scaling Seltiligs 2 i Bir eic iade 168 e Configuring the Attenuation icon ie 171 Frequency SENS amp JFREDu sncy GENTE iicet rei ct date exeo SEENEN 166 SENSE JFREGUENO GEMTBESTED E 166 ISENGeJEbRtOuencv CENTer STEP AUTO 167 SENSeJ FREGQUency CENT er STEP3LINK 21 12r tecto ique rex cigarra dE AER 167 SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK FAGTOr cerei eoim hhn hne ln itn 167 E EIS ee EE 168 SENSe FREQuency CENTer lt Frequency gt This command defines the center frequency Parameters lt Frequency gt The allowed range and fmax is specified in the data sheet UP Increases the center frequency by the step defined using the SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP command DOWN Decreases the center frequency by the step defined using the SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP command RST fmax 2 Default unit Hz Example FREQ CENT 100 MHz FREQ CENT STEP 10 MHz FREQ CENT UP Sets the center frequency to 110 MHz Usage SCPI confirmed Manual operation See Center Frequency on page 68 See Center on page 74 SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP lt StepSize gt This command defines the center frequency step size You can increase or decrease the center frequency quickly in fixed
99. 1 one carrier system 1X MC2 multi carrier3 three carrier system 3X OTD orthogonal transmit diversity two antennas used PCG power control group name in cdma2000 system for 1536 chips or 1 25 ms interval trans mitter power is constant during a power control group PCH paging channel PDCH packet data channel PDCCH packet data control channel PICH pilot channel 0 64 MS 0 32 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 265 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Annex Reference Data El Abbreviations RC radio configuration definition of sampling rate permissible data rates modulation types and use of special channels and transmit diversity S1CH Supplemental 1 channel 1 2 or 2 4 in higher layers this channel is also referred to as supplemental channel 0 SCHO S2CH Supplemental 2 channel 2 4 or 6 8 in higher layers this channel is also referred to as supplemental channel 1 SCH1 SCHO Refer to S1CH SCH1 Refer to S2CH Set a group of 64 consecutive PCGs SF spreading factor SYNC synchronisation channel 32 64 TD transmit diversity two antennas used TDPICH transmit diversity pilot channel 16 128 xy Walsh code x y with code number x and spreading factor y of the channel IESSE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 266 R amp S FSW K82 K83 List of Remote Commands CDMA2000 List of Remote Commands CDMA2000 POR ge cee wes teat ees nected Sec dee 209 CAL Culate LIMItek g
100. 1 Result Display The captured signal can be displayed using various evaluation methods All evaluation methods available for CDMA2000 applications are displayed in the evaluation bar in SmartGrid mode when you do one of the following e Select the EJ SmartGrid icon from the toolbar e Select the Display button in the Overview e Press the MEAS key e Select the Display Config softkey in any CDMA2000 menu Up to 16 evaluation methods can be displayed simultaneously in separate windows The CDMA2000 evaluation methods are described in chapter 3 1 2 Evaluation Methods for Code Domain Analysis on page 18 EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 52 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration Code Domain Analysis To close the SmartGrid mode and restore the previous softkey menu select the 2 Close icon in the righthand corner of the toolbar or press any key on the front panel E For details on working with the SmartGrid see the R amp S FSW Getting Started manual 6 2 Code Domain Analysis CDMA2000 measurements require a special application on the R amp S FSW which you activate using the MODE key on the front panel When you activate a CDMA2000 application the first time a set of parameters is passed on from the currently active application e center frequency and frequency offset e reference level and reference level offset e attenuation After initial setup the parameters for the measurement channel are stored upon exiti
101. 1 pts 2 55 MHz Span 25 5 MHz 2 Result Summary W CDMA 3GPP DL Tx Power 33 74 dBm Tx Bandwidth 3 840 MHz RBW 1 000 MHz Range Up Frequency Power Abs Power Rel ALimit 8 000 MHz 000 MHz 2 09153 GHz 39 37 dBm 73 11 dB 18 61 dB 4 000 MHz MHz 2 09494 GHz 39 75 dBm 73 48 dB 22 98 dB 15 MHz 30 000 kHz 2 09642 GHz 50 91 dBm 84 65 dB 21 15 dB MHz 30 000 2 09652 GHz 51 84 dBm 85 57 dB 22 65 dB 2 09739 GHz 52 33 dBm 86 07 dB 34 57 dB 2 10259 GHz 49 37 dBm 83 11 dB 31 61 dB 2 10342 GHz 50 68 dBm 84 42 dB 22 27 dB 2 10373 GHz 51 81 dBm 85 55 dB 22 05 dB 2 10439 GHz 38 64 dBm 72 37 dB 21 87 dB 2 11026 GHz 39 24 dBm 72 97 dB 18 47 dB Fig 3 13 SEM measurement results for the BTS application Remote command CONF CDP MEAS ESP see CONFigure CDPower BTS MEASurement on page 142 Querying results CALC MARK FUNC POW RES CPOW see CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion POWer RESult on page 234 CALC MARK FUNC POW RES ACP see CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion POWer RESult on page 234 CALCulate LIMit k FAIL on page 233 E E Occupied Bandwidth The Occupied Bandwidth measurement determines the bandwidth in which in default settings 99 of the total signal power is to be found The percentage of the signal power to be included in the bandwidth measurement can be changed The occupied bandwidth Occ BW and the frequency markers are displayed in the marker table _L____S
102. 1111 uniti 15 121 mm d t11oo0wiooririg 10001111 739 122 1111010 d 14 1 4 0 4004 04 1 4 4 0101111 D 123 WO 4 titi Do id 9 tori 4d 1101111 111 124 Ming 3 E 0011111 31 125 W101 1 114407 1 ott 4d 4 4 1011111 95 126 mmm 1 11441 nO d d d d d 0111111 63 127 mm 1 2 2 2 3 d o9 2 2 4 9 1 14 1111114 127 Fig 1 3 Code table for base spreading factor 128 part 2 A 3 Reference Supported Bandclasses The bandclass defines the frequency band used for ACLR and SEM measurements It also determines the corresponding limits and ACLR channel settings according to the CDMA2000 standard The used bandclass is defined in the SEM or ACLR measurement settings see Bandclass on page 104 Table 1 9 Supported bandclasses for CDMA2000 RF measurements Bandclass SCPI para Description 0 0 800 MHz Cellular Band 1 1 1 9 GHz PCS Band 2 2 TACS Band I User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 259 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Annex Reference Data AAA SESS SSS a Se Reference UO Data File Format iq tar Bandclass SCPI para Description 3A 3 JTACS Band gt 832 MHz and lt 834 MHz gt 838 MHz and lt 846 MHz gt 860 MHz and lt 895 MHz 3B 21 JTACS Band gt 810 MHz and lt 860 MHz except gt 832 MHz and lt 834 MHz gt 838 MHz and lt 846 MHz 3C 22 JTACS Band lt 810 MHz and gt 895 MHz 4 4 Korean PCS
103. 16 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurements and Result Displays Code Domain Analysis Table 3 2 Code domain power results for the current PCG Parameter Description Total Power Shows the total power of the signal Pilot Power Shows the power of the pilot channel If antenna 2 is selected the power of the F TDPICH is displayed in all other cases that of the F PICH For details on antenna selection refer to Antenna Diversity Antenna Number on page 58 RHO Shows the quality parameter RHO According to the CDMA2000 standard RHO is the normalized correlated power between the measured and the ideally gener ated reference signal When RHO is measured the CDMA2000 standard requires that only the pilot channel be supplied Composite EVM The composite EVM is the difference between the test signal and the ideal refer ence signal For further details refer to the Composite EVM result display IQ Imbalance Shows the IQ imbalance of the signal in Offset Shows the IQ offset of the signal in Channel results In the Result Summary channel results of the selected channel and the selected PCG are displayed In the Channel Table channel results for all channels are displayed For details see Channel Table on page 19 Table and vice versa o Not all channel results displayed in the Result Summary are also displayed in the Channel Table 3 3 Channel specific parameters Param
104. 2 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements DESEN Starting a Measurement Manual operation See Continue Single Sweep on page 98 INITiate CONTinuous State This command controls the sweep mode Note that in single sweep mode you can synchronize to the end of the measurement with OPC OPC or WAI In continuous sweep mode synchronization to the end of the measurement is not possible Thus it is not recommended that you use continuous sweep mode in remote control as results like trace data or markers are only valid after a single sweep end synchronization For details on synchronization see the Remote Basics chapter in the R amp S FSW User Manual If the sweep mode is changed for a measurement channel while the Sequencer is active see INITiate SEQuencer IMMediate on page 212 the mode is only considered the next time the measurement in that channel is activated by the Sequencer Parameters State ON OFF 0 1 ON 1 Continuous sweep OFF 0 Single sweep RST 1 Example INIT CONT OFF Switches the sweep mode to single sweep INIT CONT ON Switches the sweep mode to continuous sweep Manual operation See Continuous Sweep RUN CONT on page 98 INITiate IMMediate This command starts a single new measurement With sweep count or average count gt 0 this means a restart of the corresponding number of measurements With trace mode MAXHold MINHold and AVERage the previous results are reset on re
105. 2 Transmit diversity pilot channel F TDPICH 16 128 required and used as power refer ence Pilot channel F PICH 0 64 not allowed No diversity Pilot channel F PICH 0 64 required and used as power reference Transmit diversity pilot channel F TDPICH 16 128 required User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 42 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurement Basics Channel Detection and Channel Types 4 8 Channel Detection and Channel Types The CDMA2000 applications provide two basic methods of detecting active channels e Automatic search using pilot sequences The application performs an automatic search for active DPCH channels throughout the entire code domain At the specific codes at which channels can be expected the application detects an active channel if the corresponding symbol rate and a suf ficiently high power level is measured see Inactive Channel Threshold on page 90 Any channel that does not have a predefined channel number and symbol rate is considered to be a data channel In the MS application a channel is considered to be active if a minimum signal noise ratio is maintained within the channel e Comparison with predefined channel tables The input signal is compared to a predefined channel table All channels that are included in the predefined channel table are considered to be active For a list of predefined channel tables provided by the CDMA2000 applications see chapter A 1 Reference Predefined Ch
106. 2 gt This command defines the zoom area for a multiple zoom To define a zoom area you first have to turn the zoom on 1 Frequency Sweep iRm re 1 origin of coordinate system x1 0 y1 0 2 end point of system x2 100 y2 100 3 zoom area e g x1 60 y1 30 x2 80 y2 75 Suffix lt zoom gt 1 4 Selects the zoom window Parameters lt x1 gt lt y1 gt Diagram coordinates in of the complete diagram that define the lt x2 gt lt y2 gt Zoom area The lower left corner is the origin of coordinate system The upper right corner is the end point of the system Range 0 to 100 Default unit PCT Manual operation See Multiple Zoom on page 101 OL User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 208 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements 11 8 Starting a Measurement DISPlay WINDow lt n gt ZOOM MULTiple lt zoom gt STATe State This command turns the mutliple zoom on and off Suffix lt zoom gt 1 4 Selects the zoom window If you turn off one of the zoom windows all subsequent zoom win dows move up one position Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Manual operation See Multiple Zoom on page 101 See Restore Original Display on page 101 See Deactivating Zoom Selection mode on page 101 Starting a Measurement The measurement is started immediately when a cdma2000 application is activated however you can stop and start a new measurement any
107. 200 dB RST 1 dB Default unit dB Example SENS ADJ CONF HYST UPP 2 Example For an input signal level of currently 20 dBm the reference level will only be adjusted when the signal level rises above 22 dBm Manual operation See Upper Level Hysteresis on page 100 SENSe ADJust LEVel This command initiates a single internal measurement that evaluates and sets the ideal reference level for the current input data and measurement settings This ensures that the settings of the RF attenuation and the reference level are optimally adjusted to the signal level without overloading the R amp S FSW or limiting the dynamic range by an S N ratio that is too small Example ADJ LEV Usage Event EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 194 R amp SSFSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements 11 5 9 Configuring Code Domain Analysis Manual operation See Reference Level on page 76 See Setting the Reference Level Automatically Auto Level on page 76 Evaluation Range The evaluation range defines which data is evaluated in the result display E Eer RI CODE E 195 SENS amp CDPOWER E DEE 195 SENS COPROWERSET ind 195 SENSO CD PRPower E WEE 196 SENSe CDPower CODE lt CodeNo gt This command selects the code number For further details refer to Code Number on page 109 Parameters lt CodeNo gt lt numeric value gt Range 0 to base spreading factor 1 Increment 1 RST 0 Example CDP C
108. 20E 009 2 2 Max time offset with code number and code class of associated channel 3 01E 003 15 4 Max phase offset with code number and code class of associated channel 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 reserved values _L__________ a User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 223 R amp SS9FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Retrieving Results 11 9 3 3 Code Domain Error Power The command returns four values for each channel code class code number gt error power power ID The Hadamard or BitReverse order is important for sorting the channels but not for the number of values With Hadamard the individual codes are output in ascending order With BitReverse codes which belong to a particular channel are adjacent to each other Since an error power is output for Code Domain Error Power consolidation of the power values is not appropriate The number of codes that are output therefore generally cor responds to the base spreading factor Value Description Range Unit code class code class of the channel see chapter 4 2 Channels Codes and 2 7 BTS Symbols on page 36 1 6 MS code number code number within the channel 0 127 BTS 0 63 MS lt signal level gt error power 0 dB lt power ID gt type of power detection 0 inactive channel 1 power of own antenna 2 alias power of own antenna 3 alias power of other antenna 4 a
109. 239 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements SS EE ESSE a ee General Analysis Manual operation See Marker State on page 114 See Marker Type on page 114 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt X lt Position gt This command moves a delta marker to a particular coordinate on the x axis If necessary the command activates the delta marker and positions a reference marker to the peak power Example CALC DELT X Outputs the absolute x value of delta marker 1 Manual operation See X value on page 114 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt X RELative This command queries the relative position of a delta marker on the x axis If necessary the command activates the delta marker first Return values lt Position gt Position of the delta marker in relation to the reference marker or the fixed reference Example CALC DELT3 X REL Outputs the frequency of delta marker 3 relative to marker 1 or relative to the reference position Usage Query only CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt Y This command queries the relative position of a delta marker on the y axis If necessary the command activates the delta marker first To get a valid result you have to perform a complete measurement with synchronization to the end of the measurement before reading out the result This is only possible for single sweeps See also INIT Tiate CONTinuous on page 211 The unit depends on the appli
110. 3 ele le 89 Methods Predefined tables acciona 43 Remote commands cccoooccccccnnnnnccccnncnnnninnncnnns 183 185 Search mode kr e rs Channel number Configuring in table RetrieviNdl lt xiii 220 Channel power ACLR see ACLR Channels cocinada AGUVE E Bandwidth Bitstream sia Evaluation range sse Inactive showing T Number cional RESUS ati ticas Selected Display Sal aras Treshold cia id 23 Channel tables Adding Re NEE ER CDP 95 97 188 190 Channel number 94 96 188 190 Channel status cccccccocccncccccnncconccnnnno 95 97 188 190 Channel type 94 96 188 190 A rtr netter bn 93 188 elle NET 43 Configuring P Configuring remote sese 188 Copying Creating Creating from measurement 93 142 Deleting ri ert rer en deret Deleting channels Details B TS EE Details MS Adieu insit cvi ceteri eie a coe AE Domain conflict TE ul I Evaluation method oocccccncoccccccccononcnccanannncnanonanananonos Managing Managing remote Mapping socios v tenti i8 Name ne P ramelers ui nat Predefined 2 t m ete tr deer tte ees RG ionnta RECENT Results remote cece cnet nikal Selected Selecting O le EE Sorting Tiraceresults cardi etre eter Channel types ENEE 43 Configuring in table 94 96 188
111. 3 CAL Culate nz M Abker mz MiNimumNENT nes en enn ni esent ss essa aas 243 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MINimum RIGHt esee nnne sns stans 243 CALCulate n MARKer m MlINimum PEAK eeeesssesssseesesenne nennen enne nnns 243 CAL Culate nz DEL TamarkercmzMAximumlEEFT enenatis 244 CAL Culate nz DEL TamarkercmzMAximumNENT sente essent as 244 CAL Culate nz DEL TamarkercmzMANimumbRlcGHt eene sensn nn as 244 CAL Culate nz DEL TamarkercmzM ANimumt PDEAK eese nnne 244 CAL Culate nz DEL Tamarkercmz MiNimum LEET 244 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements AA AAA eS A a ee Se ee ee ee Ur General Analysis CAL Culate nz DEL Tamarkermmz MiNimumNEST nnne 244 CAL Culate nz DEL Tamarkermmz MiNimum HIGH 245 CAL Culate nz DEL Tamarkercmz MiNimumf DEA 245 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtion PICH This command sets the marker to channel 0 64 Example CALC MARK FUNC PICH Activates marker and positions it at pilot 0 64 CALC MARK Y Queries value of the relative Code Domain Power of the pilot chamnel Mode BTS application only Manual operation See Marker To PICH on page 118 CAL Culate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtion TDP ich This command sets the marker to channel 16 128 Example CALC MARK FUNC TDPI Activates marker and positions it at TDPICH 16 128 CALC MARK Y Queries value of the relative Code Domain Power of the transmit diversity pilo
112. 3 Sr mp 1 04 O 1 44144 1404014 1110101 117 SS 1011000 1 01 10000001104 001101 13 39 mimiiotioowr1ooitrot 1001101 11 90 1011010 1 0 1 14 0 4 non 1 004 1 04 0101101 4s 91 ipiis 4 OF 1 O i 1 o 1 1 n t 1101101 109 32 1011100 1 0 0000 1 0 1 0011101 29 93 1011104 D d 14 4 04100404 014 04 1011101 93 94 1011440 1 D 14 4 004 14 04 0111101 61 95 AA D 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 D 1 1111101 125 36 T un i U U U D 0 00011 y 3 ar oni 1 1000041000014 100001 4 er 983 1100010 1 100010010001411 0100011 35 99 00044 14 ooo i ifi ioon ii 110011 99 100 won 1 0 B O 0 1 mim 19 101 1100104 1 1004 0 i 10 10 0 4 1 1010014 33 102 1100110 1 100110011001411 0110011 51 Diii 1 DO D 1 1 i t t1 1 DO 1 f 111001 1 115 00 110100 oo n0 0 1 mm 1011 11 105 Mog i 2031003 1 00 0 4 1 1001011 S 106 1101010 1 1 0 10 4 no 9 n o 4 1 0101011 a 107 01014 1 1 0 1 OD 1 5 n0 no 1 4 1101011 107 108 Wong 1 ID 1 10000 110141 0011011 21 109 1101101 1 10 14 4 n 1 1 0 1 0 4 1 1011011 91 110 101110 1 140 4 4 4004 pi 0111011 sa 111 mor 1 1 OQ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1111011 123 112 TODO i 1100000000111 DDT H 113 fumo 21n0n003 1 000 11 1 1000111 H 14 10010 1 1100100100111 0100111 39 115 iim 1 02 9 0 D 1 9 9 o o t 4 4 1100111 103 116 HDI 1 1104000010114 0010111 23 117 101004 1 3 1 D d 004100400444 1010111 87 118 110110 1 1101100110111 0110111 55 119 iD 1 2 3 ort 1 9 9 1 orig 11101011 119 120 mamo 1 111000000
113. 36 chips same as slots in other standards The CDMA2000 applications can capture up to 31360 PCGs about 26 seconds in a single sweep In order to improve performance during measurement and analysis the captured PCGs are not processed by the CDMA2000 application all at once but rather in sets one at a time One set consists of 64 PCGs You can select how many sets are to be captured and which set is currently analyzed and displayed The possible value range is from 1 to a maximum of 490 sets 4 2 Channels Codes and Symbols In CDMA2000 applications the data is transmitted in channels These channels are based on orthogonal codes and can have different symbol rates The symbol rate depends on the used modulation type and the spreading factor of the channel User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 36 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Spreading factors Measurement Basics m E IA Channels Codes and Symbols Spreading factors determine whether the transmitted data is sent in short or long sequences The spreading factor is re assigned dynamically in certain time intervals according to the current demand of users and data to be transmitted The higher the spreading factor the lower the data rate the lower the spreading factor the higher the data rate A channel with a lower spreading factor consists of several combined codes That means a channel can be described by its numb
114. 42 Antenna 1 The signal of antenna 1 is fed in Antenna 2 The signal of antenna 2 is fed in User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 58 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration a AAA Code Domain Analysis Off The aggregate signal from both antennas is fed in The pilot channels of both antennas are required As reference for the code power Power Reference PICH is used Remote command SENSe CDPower ANTenna on page 146 Multi Carrier Activates or deactivates the multi carrier mode This mode improves the processing of multi carrier signals It allows you to measure one carrier out of a multi carrier signal Remote command CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier STATe on page 146 Enhanced Algorithm Multi Carrier Activates or deactivates the enhanced algorithm that is used for signal detection on multi carrier signals This algorithm slightly increases the calculation time This setting is only available if Enhanced Algorithm on page 59 is activated Remote command CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier MALGo on page 146 Multi Carrier Filter Multi Carrier Activates or deactivates the usage of a filter for signal detection on multi carrier signals This setting is only available if Enhanced Algorithm on page 59 is activated For details see chapter 4 7 1 Multi Carrier Mode on page 41 Remote command CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier FILTer STATe on page 145 Filter Type Multi Carrier Selects the filter
115. 50 A CUN 50 Inge P 51 C VO IMPO MONT 51 Export Opens a submenu to configure data export IQ Export Export Opens a file selection dialog box to select an export file to which the IQ data will be stored This function is only available in single sweep mode and only in applications that process UO data such as the UO Analyzer or optional applications EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 50 Import Export Functions For details see chapter 5 I Q Data Import and Export on page 50 Remote command MMEMory STORe 10 STATe on page 246 MMEMor y STORe 10 COMMent on page 246 Import Provides functions to import data IO Import Import Opens a file selection dialog box to select an import file that contains IQ data This function is only available in single sweep mode and only in applications that process UO data such as the UO Analyzer or optional applications Note that the UO data must have a specific format as described in chapter A 4 Refer ence UO Data File Format iq tar on page 260 UO import is not available in MSRA mode For details see chapter 5 I Q Data Import and Export on page 50 Remote command MMEMory LOAD 1Q STATe on page 245 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration Result Display 6 Configuration The CDMA2000 applications provide several different measurements for signals accord ing to the CDMA2000 standard The main and d
116. 82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements AAA aS se ee A E A Configuring Code Domain Analysis TRIGger SEQuence LEVel IQPower lt TriggerLevel gt This command defines the magnitude the I Q data must exceed to cause a trigger event Note that any RF attenuation or preamplification is considered when the trigger level is analyzed Parameters lt TriggerLevel gt Range 130 dBm to 30 dBm RST 20 dBm Example TRIG LEV Top 30DBM TRIGger SEQuence LEVel RFPower lt TriggerLevel gt This command defines the power level the RF input must exceed to cause a trigger event Note that any RF attenuation or preamplification is considered when the trigger level is analyzed The input signal must be between 500 MHz and 8 GHz Parameters lt TriggerLevel gt Range 50 dBm to 10 dBm RST 20 dBm Example TRIG LEV RFP 30dBm TRIGger SEQuence LEVel ViDeo lt Level gt This command defines the level the video signal must exceed to cause a trigger event Note that any RF attenuation or preamplification is considered when the trigger level is analyzed Parameters lt Level gt Range 0 PCT to 100 PCT RST 50 PCT Example TRIG LEV VID 50PCT TRIGger SEQuence SLOPe Type For all trigger sources except time you can define whether triggering occurs when the signal rises to the trigger level or falls down to it Parameters Type POSitive NEGative POSitive Triggers when the signa
117. 83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements SSS AAA A A A A A A AA A A General Analysis Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Example CALC MARK3 ON Switches on marker 3 Manual operation See Marker State on page 114 See Marker Type on page 114 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt X lt Position gt This command moves a marker to a particular coordinate on the x axis If necessary the command activates the marker If the marker has been used as a delta marker the command turns it into a normal marker Parameters lt Position gt Numeric value that defines the marker position on the x axis The unit is either Hz frequency domain or s time domain or dB statistics Range The range depends on the current x axis range Example CALC MARK2 X 1 7MHz Positions marker 2 to frequency 1 7 MHz Manual operation See Marker Table on page 34 See Marker Peak List on page 34 See X value on page 114 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker AOFF This command turns all delta markers off Example CALC DELT AOFF Turns all delta markers off Usage Event CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt STATe lt State gt This command turns delta markers on and off If necessary the command activates the delta marker first No suffix at DELTamarker turns on delta marker 1 Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Example CALC DELT2 ON Turns on delta marker 2 T User Manual 1173 9334 02 07
118. 9 Spectrum Emission MaSK a Ac din sans 30 ee ee Lt EUR EN 955 ee 32 Power The Power measurement determines the CDMA2000 signal channel power To do so the CDMA2000 application performs a Channel Power measurement as in the Spectrum application with settings according to the CDMA2000 standard The bandwidth and the associated channel power are displayed in the Result Summary E M User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 28 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurements and Result Displays Dee RF Measurements MultiView 3 CDMA2000 BTS Ref Level 0 00 dam s RBW 10kHz Att 10d8 SWT 100ms e VBW 300kHz Mode Auto Sweep I CF 13 25 GHz 1001 pts 200 0 kHz Span 2 0 MHz 2 Channel Power COMA 2000 Channel Bandwidth Offset Power 1 Ref 1 MH 129 38 dBm 129 38 dBm Remote command CONF CDP MEAS POW see CONFigure CDPower BTS MEASurement on page 142 Querying results CALC MARK FUNC POW RES CPOW see CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion POWer RESult on page 234 CALC MARK FUNC POW RES ACP see CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion POWer RESult on page 234 Channel Power ACLR Channel Power ACLR performs an adjacent channel power measurement in the default setting according to CDMA2000 specifications adjacent channel leakage ratio The R amp S FSW measures the channel power and the relative power of the adjacent channels and of the alternate channels The results are displayed in the Result Summary E N User Manual 1173 9334 02
119. AAA EE 71 L Send gno M MT 71 Noise Source Switches the supply voltage for an external noise source on or off External noise sources are useful when you are measuring power levels that fall below the noise floor of the R amp S FSW itself for example when measuring the noise level of a DUT Remote command DIAGnostic SERVice NSOurce on page 165 Trigger 2 3 Defines the usage of the variable TRIGGER INPUT OUTPUT connectors where Trigger 2 TRIGGER INPUT OUTPUT connector on the front panel Trigger 3 TRIGGER 3 INPUT OUTPUT connector on the rear panel Trigger 1 is INPUT only Note Providing trigger signals as output is described in detail in the R amp S FSW User Manual User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 70 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration EENEG Code Domain Analysis Input The signal at the connector is used as an external trigger source by the R amp S FSW No further trigger parameters are available for the connec tor Output The R amp S FSW sends a trigger signal to the output connector to be used by connected devices Further trigger parameters are available for the connector Remote command OUTPut TRIGger lt port gt LEVel on page 181 OUTPut TRIGger lt port gt DIRection on page 180 Output Type Trigger 2 3 Type of signal to be sent to the output Device Trig Default Sends a trigger when the R amp S FSW triggers gered Trigger Sends a high level trigger w
120. B 30DBM Manual operation See Trigger Source on page 83 See Trigger Level on page 84 TRIGger SEQuence LEVel EXTernal lt port gt lt TriggerLevel gt This command defines the level the external signal must exceed to cause a trigger event Note that the variable INPUT OUTPUT connectors ports 2 3 must be set for use as input using the OUTPut TRIGger lt port gt DIRection command Suffix lt port gt 11213 Selects the trigger port 1 trigger port 1 TRIGGER INPUT connector on front panel 2 trigger port 2 TRIGGER INPUT OUTPUT connector on front panel 3 trigger port 3 TRIGGER3 INPUT OUTPUT connector on rear panel Parameters lt TriggerLevel gt Range 0 5V to 3 5 V RST 1 4 V Example TRIG LEV 2V Manual operation See Trigger Source on page 83 See Trigger Level on page 84 TRIGger SEQuence LEVel IFPower lt TriggerLevel gt This command defines the power level at the third intermediate frequency that must be exceeded to cause a trigger event Note that any RF attenuation or preamplification is considered when the trigger level is analyzed For compatibility reasons this command is also available for the baseband power trig ger source when using the Analog Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B71 Parameters lt TriggerLevel gt Range 50 dBm to 20 dBm RST 20 dBm Example TRIG LEV IFP 30DBM _L_L_ gt _________ lt lt SSS User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 176 R amp S FSW K
121. Band 5 5 450 MHz NMT Band 6 6 2 GHz IMT 2000 Band 7 7 700 MHz Band 8 8 1800 MHz Band 9 9 900 MHz Band 10 10 Secondary 800 MHz 11 11 400 MHz European PAMR Band 12 12 800 MHz PAMR Band 13 13 2 5 GHz IMT 2000 Extension Band 14 14 US PCS 1 9 GHz Band 15 15 AWS Band 16 16 US 2 5 GHz Band 17 17 US 2 5 GHz Forward Link Only Band AA Reference I Q Data File Format iq tar UO data is stored in a compressed format with the file extension iq tar An iq tar file contains l Q data in binary format together with meta information that describes the nature and the source of data e g the sample rate The objective of the iq tar file format is to separate I Q data from the meta information while still having both inside one file In addition the file format allows you to preview the I Q data in a web browser and allows you to include user specific data User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 260 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Annex Reference Data SE SSS AI III M a Us Reference UO Data File Format iq tar Contained files An iq tar file must contain the following files e Q parameter XML file e g xyz xml Contains meta information about the l Q data e g sample rate The filename can be defined freely but there must be only one single UO parameter XML file inside an iq tar file e Q data binary file e g xyz complex float32 Contains the binary UO data of all channels There must be only one single UO data binary file
122. CDP MEAS POW Selects Signal Channel Power measurement Manual operation See Power on page 28 See Channel Power ACLR on page 29 See Spectrum Emission Mask on page 30 See Occupied Bandwidth on page 31 See CCDF on page 32 See Creating a New Channel Table from the Measured Signal Measure Table on page 93 11 5 Configuring Code Domain Analysis Signal DSSCH PUG ET 144 e Configuring the Data Input and Output ada 149 e Frontend COMMOQUNAUCR E 165 e Configuring Triggered Measuremente AA 173 e Signal CapwwninG DEE 182 Channel BI Cono E 183 E e EE 191 e AWMOMAIC SSHINGS EE 192 e Evaluation Range ncuron reed EEN eer 195 e Code Domain Analysis Settings iced etd epe inire SEENEN 196 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 143 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements DESEN 11 5 1 11 5 1 1 Configuring Code Domain Analysis Signal Description The signal description provides information on the expected input signal e HERE IER ee DEE 144 e MS Signal Description EE 147 BTS Signal Description The following commands describe the input signal in BTS measurements For more information see chapter 4 7 Transmission with Multiple Carriers and Multiple Antennas on page 41 CONFloure CDbowerf BTGlMCAbrer Fil TerCOtReouencn essen 144 CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier FILTerROF FF oooocccccncccccccconcnnonanncananananononnnnn conan 144 CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier FILTer S TAT
123. CON DING EE 158 STATus QUEStionable DIQ ENABle A 159 STATUSQUESTIGNabIe DION TRANSOM ccsaccsacedscasdcadeadasaasiwndeasadsionadddaamoniaddcaaaadanddeccaea 159 STATUS QUEST ONABIE DIOP TRANSOM deed e nra read ana mra dx Tea NEEN 159 STATus QUEStonable DIGPEVENI iioi rettet tii 159 STATus QUEStionable DIQ CONDition lt ChannelName gt This command reads out the CONDition section of the STATus QUEStionable DIQ CONDition status register The command does not delete the contents of the EVENt section Query parameters lt ChannelName gt String containing the name of the channel The parameter is optional If you omit it the command works for the currently active channel Example STAT QUES DIQ COND Usage Query only T User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 158 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements AAA AAA AAA se ee E AE Configuring Code Domain Analysis STATus QUEStionable DIQ ENABle lt BitDefinition gt lt ChannelName gt This command controls the ENABle part of a register The ENABle part allows true conditions in the EVEN part of the status register to be reported in the summary bit If a bit is 1 in the enable register and its associated event bit transitions to true a positive transition will occur in the summary bit reported to the next higher level Parameters lt ChannelName gt String containing the name of the channel The parameter is optional
124. Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements AAA SS SS ss ae eee eee Configuring Code Domain Analysis SENSe JADJust CONFigure HYSTeresis LOWer Threshold When the reference level is adjusted automatically using the SENSe ADJust LEVel on page 194 command the internal attenuators and the preamplifier are also adjusted In order to avoid frequent adaptation due to small changes in the input signal you can define a hysteresis This setting defines a lower threshold the signal must fall below compared to the last measurement before the reference level is adapted auto matically Parameters lt Threshold gt Range 0 dB to 200 dB RST 1dB Default unit dB Example SENS ADJ CONF HYST LOW 2 For an input signal level of currently 20 dBm the reference level will only be adjusted when the signal level falls below 18 dBm Manual operation See Lower Level Hysteresis on page 100 SENSe ADJust CONFigure HYSTeresis UPPer lt Threshold gt When the reference level is adjusted automatically using the SENSe ADJust LEVe1l on page 194 command the internal attenuators and the preamplifier are also adjusted In order to avoid frequent adaptation due to small changes in the input signal you can define a hysteresis This setting defines an upper threshold the signal must exceed compared to the last measurement before the reference level is adapted auto matically Parameters lt Threshold gt Range 0 dB to
125. DPRelative gt Example Mode Manual operation Numeric channel type according to table 11 4 2 to4 Code class depending on spreading factor see table 4 2 0 spreading factor 1 Channel number without SF 0 branch 1 Q branch Always 0 reserved for future use 0 inactive 1 active Can be used in a setting command to disable a channel tempo rarily Power value in dB INST SEL M2K Activate cdma2000 MS mode CONF CDP CTAB NAME NEW TAB Select table to edit CONF CDP CTAB DATA 0 4 0 0 65535 0 1 0 1 4 0 0 43690 0 1 0 2 12 32 dp 0999394 lA MS mode only See Channel Type on page 94 See Channel Number Ch SF on page 94 See Power on page 95 See Status on page 95 E MN User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 190 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements 11 5 7 Configuring Code Domain Analysis CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle NAME lt Name gt This command creates a new channel table file or selects an existing channel table in order to copy or delete it Parameters lt Name gt string with a maximum of 8 characters name of the channel table RST RECENT Example CONF CDP CTAB NAME NEW TAB Manual operation See Creating a New Table on page 92 See Name on page 93 Sweep Settings EE ere e TEE 191 PEED PSE UI ritter eebe a as 191 SENSe AVERage COUNt lt AverageCount gt This command defines the number of sw
126. DPower SET COUNE erugeet ARENS dE SENSe CDPowerSFAGC e IEN Ge IC Dbower GLOT eee neetnri tr irrnenrit eret e trennen ennt etre EEUU EA MN User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 270 ISENSe IGDPower DE Mee odere eerte leger Att codelie dt ici Zug AE SENS FREQ enoy CENTr i rrt a IENGeEbREOuencv CEN Ter STEP AAA IENGeEbREOuencv CEN Ter STEP AUTO IGENGe IEbREOuencv CENTer STER UNK SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK FACTOr SENSe JFREQuency OFFS Etico ed debia SENS6 MSRA CAPTUure OFES Ot coi cicle datada IEN Ge ID OBe p 1D PDAbTnumber nono n nn nan ran nn rra nennen nnne nnn neret 163 SENSe PROBe lt p gt SETup MODE SENSe PROBe p SETUup NAME niente etta dtt dat La hd ha n nd ARRA Rd 164 SENSe PROBSG p SETUp STATO3 rire teni ip ae tet Re HB een D paa Ve de Dude 164 SENSe PROBesp SETup T YPE tte ree p pt ttd odi ient ui pu te te sap mapal 165 EI EE M 162 SENSE SWEEP EE 191 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Index Index A le ET 77 Option EEN 77 Lee 265 Protective remote sse 150 Aborting Auto all ENEE eege 98 le 99 ACIDO COUPLING 2 in interire detente st enel cdo 63 Auto level O Me HELD 45 Hysteresis vet deca cei e creatis deerat 100 ACLR Reference level oec 76 80 99 Bandclasses uesssees ed 76 80 99 cdma2000
127. E 97 Donmialti CORllE EE 97 Channel Type Type of channel according to CDMA2000 standard For a list of possible channel types see chapter 4 8 1 BTS Channel Types on page 43 or chapter 4 8 2 MS Channel Types on page 44 Remote command BTS application CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle DATA on page 188 MS application CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle DATA on page 190 Channel Number Ch SF Number of channel spreading code 0 to spreading factor 1 Remote command BTS application CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle DATA on page 188 MS application CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle DATA on page 190 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 96 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration REESEN Code Domain Analysis Symbol Rate Symbol rate at which the channel is transmitted Mapping Branch onto which the channel is mapped I or Q The setting is not editable since the standard specifies the channel assignment for each channel For more information see chapter 4 5 Code Mapping and Branches on page 40 Remote command SENSe CDPower MAPPing on page 195 Power Contains the measured relative code domain power The unit is dB The fields are filled with values after you press the Meas button see Creating a New Channel Table from the Measured Signal Measure Table on page 93 Remote command BTS application CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle DATA on page 188 MS application CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle DATA o
128. E N User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 148 R amp SSFSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Configuring Code Domain Analysis Parameters lt CodeOffset gt Offset in chips in hexadecimal format with a 52 bit resolution The chips offset is calculated as follows tSinceStartGPS 1 2288 MChips s where tSinceStartGPS is defined in sec onds This value corresponds to the GPS timing since 6 1 1980 00 00 00 UTC RST HO Example The hexadecimal offset of 258000 h chips is set for the first even second clock trigger INST SEL MC2K Activate cdma2000 MS by default CDP relative is displayed in screen A and Result Summary in screen B INIT CONT OFF Select single sweep TRIG SOUR EXT Select external trigger source CDP LCOD MASK H2 Define long code mask CDP LCOD OFFS H258000 Define long code offset INIT WAI Start measurement with synchronization Manual operation See Long Code Offset on page 61 11 5 2 Configuring the Data Input and Output The following commands are required to configure data input and output For more infor mation see chapter 6 2 4 Data Input and Output Settings on page 62 6 UR WADE EE 149 e Remote Commands for the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 152 e Configuring Input via the Analog Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B71 160 Setting Up PODES init mE 162 Configuring Me ee aida enne Rena pene eng en nnda
129. FSW which you activate using the MODE key on the front panel When you activate a CDMA2000 application Code Domain Analysis of the input signal is started automatically However the CDMA2000 applications also provide various RF measurement types Selecting the measurement type gt To seler konnte sich ect an RF measurement type do one of the following e Tap the Overview softkey In the Overview tap the Select Measurement button Select the required measurement e Press the MEAS key on the front panel In the Select Measurement dialog box select the required measurement Some parameters are set automatically according to the CDMA2000 standard the first time a measurement is selected since the last PRESET operation A list of these parameters is given with each measurement type The parameters can be changed but are not reset automatically the next time you re enter the measurement The main measurement configuration menus for the RF measurements are identical to the Spectrum application For details refer to Measurements in the R amp S FSW User Manual The measurement specific settings for the following measurements are available via the Overview e Signal Channel Power Measurement AA 102 e Channel Power ACLR Measurements ceetscsceeeeedereenteedeenteenseatdeneenes 103 e Spectrum Emission MaSK EE 104 e Occupied Ee e ie BEE 105 MOC DE E 106 6 3 1 Signal Channel Power Measurements T
130. Frame Sync failed This bit is set when synchronization is not possible within the application Possible reasons e Incorrectly set frequency e Incorrectly set level e Incorrectly set PN Offset e Incorrectly set values for Swap IQ e Invalid signal at input 2to 14 These bits are not used 15 This bit is always 0 Re BEEN EN d er GC KEE 249 STATUSSQUESTONABIE SY e CONDINON EE 249 STATUS QUEStionable S dr e TE 250 STATus QUESttonable SYNG NT RANSOM EE 250 STATus QUEStionable SYNC PTRansition nano nancnn nan nnnn nn cana nana nana 250 STATus QUEStionable SYNC EVENt lt ChannelName gt This command reads out the EVENT section of the status register The command also deletes the contents of the EVEN section Query parameters lt ChannelName gt String containing the name of the channel The parameter is optional If you omit it the command works for the currently active channel Usage Query only STATus QUEStionable SYNC CONDition lt ChannelName gt This command reads out the CONDition section of the status register The command does not delete the contents of the EVENt section Query parameters lt ChannelName gt String containing the name of the channel The parameter is optional If you omit it the command works for the currently active channel User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 249 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements DESSERT 11 14 Commands for C
131. Gger SEQuence SOURCE rsisi aA pr teatri Me n HE FR n ee XXE EY YR eade RESEN ne Fors 178 TRIGger SEQuence TIME RINTerval eese nennen enne nnne nnne neen renes nnns enne 180 SENSe ADJUSEALL 1 Liter ie tp da E E 192 SENSe ADJust CONFigure DURation eeeesesssseeeeeeneneeeenee nnne ener nnne nnne nnns 193 SENSe ADJust CONFigure DURation MODE rennen nnne nre nr inneren 193 SENSe ADJust CONFigure HYS Teresis LOWer sess nennen rennen rennen 194 IGENZGe IADlustCOhNFoure Hz Teresa UlPter rennen nnne narran nani SENSe JADJustLEVel cuicos etr dene eoi aeree cce We Denies e id e de conde ent SENSe AVERage COUNt M SENSe CDPOwer ANTENNE E SENSe CDROWen CODE ainisg eaaa aa EO Nea A eae Abana Da d e ead anda SENSe CDPowerCTEResholdi uiii rita ESE aa LORS SENSe JEDPower CODE MASK iia adan ed SENSe CDPoweril CODe MODE sipsien arn araabia deer aude ab eda Edere EES SENSe CDPower L CODe OFFSet IENGeICDbowerl Ee ADJust nennen enne nnne enne nee nnne tnn enne nennen enne SENS ee e OTT EE SENSe CDPower el ET SENSe JEDPower ORDeT ici ica did SENSe CGDPower PDISplay door ote e dd I SENSe GDPower PNOF Set E SENSe GDPower PPReference 2 EE SENSe CDPower PREF rence aberrant resa reiua atapi e bank EES dee e ERR ER EY Eua SENSe CDPower PRESet IEN Ge ICDPower OlNVert nennen rear nennen EISE er Re EE SENSe C
132. H SYNC etc The lower part of the table indicates the data channels that are contained in the signal If the type of a channel can be fully recognized based on pilot sequences or modulation type the type is indicated in the table In the BTS application all other channels are of type CHAN The channels are in descending order according to symbol rates and within a symbol rate in ascending order according to the channel numbers Therefore the inactive codes are always displayed at the end of the table if Show inactive channels is enabled see Table Configuration on page 20 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 19 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurements and Result Displays Code Domain Analysis 2 Channel Table Cir Walsh T Offs P Offs ns mrad Power db Channel SymRate ksps Power Status dBm Type Ch SF Fig 3 2 Channel Table display for the BTS application Remote command LAY ADD 1 RIGH CTABle see LAYout ADD WINDow on page 201 Table Configuration Channel Table You can configure which parameters are displayed in the Channel Table by double click ing the table header A Table Configuration dialog box is displayed in which you select the columns to be displayed Columns to be displayed PowerDBm Chan Type SymRate Status PowerDB toffs Potts L Show Inactive Channels By default only active channels are displayed In order to display all channels inc
133. INDow lt n gt IVAL This command queries the analysis interval for the window specified by the index lt n gt This command is only available in application measurement channels not the MSRA View or MSRA Master Return values lt IntStart gt Start value of the analysis interval in seconds Default unit s lt IntStop gt Stop value of the analysis interval in seconds Usage Query only E MN User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 247 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Querying the Status Registers INITiate REFResh This function is only available if the Sequencer is deactivated SYSTem SEQuencer SYST SEQ OFF and only for applications in MSRA mode not the MSRA Master The data in the capture buffer is re evaluated by the currently active application only The results for any other applications remain unchanged Example SYST SEQ OFF Deactivates the scheduler INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode INIT WAI Starts a new data measurement and waits for the end of the Sweep INST SEL IQ ANALYZER Selects the IQ Analyzer channel INIT REFR Refreshes the display for the UO Analyzer channel Usage Event SENSe MSRA CAPTure OFFSet Offset This setting is only available for applications in MSRA mode not for the MSRA Master It has a similar effect as the trigger offset in other measurements Parameters Offset This parameter defines the time offset between th
134. IZE 201 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe Y SCALeJ AUTO ONE 169 DISPlayWINDow n TRACe Y SCALe MAXimum ecttt ttt 169 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACE Y SCALE MINIMUM ttt 169 DISPlay WINDow n TRACe Y SCALe PDlVision conan conan annonces 169 DISPlayWINDow n TRACe Y SCALe RLEVel ettet 170 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe Y SCALe RLEVel OFFSet 170 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt MODE aaa 237 DISPlay WINDow n TRACE ttc tractet 238 DISPlayWINDow n ZOOM AREA ect ttt ttt ttt tte ttt 207 DISPlay WINDow n ZOOM MUL Tiple zoom AREA ettet 208 DiSblautWINDowensZOOM MULTgleszooms ST ATe ttt 209 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt ZOOM STATe FObRMat DE vbort DGEbarator n cnn rra nen nnns serene sse n nnns se rene seen ness ene rns sedens debitus imo EE lee Dr c eens IN Tilate CONTINUOUS Jl REERGSLI EE INITiate SEQuencer ABORt INITiate SEQuencer IMMedlale 1 ritas antt tnra ce necne ran eode nm Eten dead INI Tiate SEQuencet MODE dalla ic eta eret eee p po rte rua ete deg def ee INI iate SEQuericer REF Resh ALL caen poeti turre en one rotae dg EES ll C INPUCATTENUA le INPut ATTenuation AUTO INPut ATTenuation PROTection RESet INPut CONNechar A INPUE COW oro EE INPUtDIO ei RA INPut DIQ RANGS COUP pg comio cia INPut DIQ RANGe UPPer
135. If you omit it the command works for the currently active channel Setting parameters lt SumBit gt Range 0 to 65535 Usage SCPI confirmed STATus QUEStionable DIQ NTRansition lt BitDefinition gt lt ChannelName gt This command controls the Negative TRansition part of a register Setting a bit causes a 1 to 0 transition in the corresponding bit of the associated register The transition also writes a 1 into the associated bit of the corresponding EVENt register Parameters lt ChannelName gt String containing the name of the channel The parameter is optional If you omit it the command works for the currently active channel Setting parameters lt BitDefinition gt Range 0 to 65535 STATus QUEStionable DIQ PTRansition lt BitDefinition gt lt ChannelName gt This command controls the Positive TRansition part of a register Setting a bit causes a 0 to 1 transition in the corresponding bit of the associated register The transition also writes a 1 into the associated bit of the corresponding EVEN register Parameters lt ChannelName gt String containing the name of the channel The parameter is optional If you omit it the command works for the currently active channel Setting parameters lt BitDefinition gt Range 0 to 65535 STATus QUEStionable DIQ EVENt lt ChannelName gt This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus QUEStionable DIQ register for IQ measurements ee User
136. K EE 108 198 Querying remote cese 215 Relationship to code class if Relationship to symbol rate ssusessssss 37 Status Bart 14 Ghannels 2 ro seite i ic 20 95 97 190 Status registers eeu e in 248 ver alo CE 248 STAT QUES POW ctii Garin d red 150 STATus QUEStionable DIQ ooo eee 157 Suffixes t TE 138 Remote commands c ooooccccccccocnccccnnccnanananaconanancccn no 135 279 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Index SWAP OQ ET 68 acce TO 162 Sweep ADOMING EE 98 Configuration softkey assesses 97 Configuring remote Symbol Constellation esses Evaluation method s Trace TE Symbol EVM sii pec eh rd ente ea oda Evaluation method Hie Symbol Magnitude Error Trace results 0 nere 232 Symbol Phase Error Trace results rere not 232 Symbol rate Display Relationship to code class sss 37 Relationship to spreading factor suss 37 Symbols Constellation rtr ias Number per PCG OWED EEN Synchronization Reference frequencies sss 127 T TDPICH GU E 118 Der NEE 45 Connections e A Ee CERN 46 Presettiligs cesiones a 47 Threshold Active channels nemen 90 185 Nullen GE Calculating P Results remote ren 215
137. ML 3469 3GB 1 32 XML 5853 3GB 1 64 XML 10712 3GB 2 XML 1428 3GB 3 16 XML 3430 3GB 3 32 XML 5868 3GB 4 XML 678 3GB 5 2 XML 2554 3GB 5 4 XML 4101 3GB 5 8 XML 7202 3GB 6 XML 7209 MYTABLE XML 349 Usage Query only Manual operation See Predefined Tables on page 91 Table 11 5 Description of query results in example Value Description 52853 Total size of all channel table files 52583 bytes 2634403840 Free memory on hard disk 2 6 Gbytes 3GB 1 16 XML Channel table 1 3GB 1 16 XML 3469 File size for channel table 1 3469 bytes 3GB 1 32 XML Channel table 2 3GB 1 32 XML 5853 File size for channel table 2 5853 bytes 3GB 1 64 XML Channel table 3 3GB 1 64 XML 10712 File size for channel table 3 10712 bytes Channel table x CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle COPY lt FileName gt This command copies one channel table into another one The channel table to be copied is selected with command CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle NAME on page 191 Parameters lt FileName gt string with a maximum of 8 characters name of the new channel table Example CONF CDP CTAB NAME NEW TAB Defines the channel table name to be copied CONF CDP CTAB COPY CTAB 2 Copies channel table NEW TAB to CTAB 2 Usage Event Manual operation See Copying a Table on page 92 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 186 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000
138. Marker Config tab Then select the horizontal Search tab Analysis Markers Marker Settings Search Range Code Domain Settings Trace Marker Geleet 1 Code Domain Power search Mode for Next Peak oia dd 116 Search Mode for Next Peak Selects the search mode for the next peak search Left Determines the next maximum minimum to the left of the current peak Absolute Determines the next maximum minimum to either side of the current peak User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 116 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Analysis BREET Markers Right Determines the next maximum minimum to the right of the current peak Remote command CALCulate lt n gt CALCulate lt n gt ELTamarker lt m gt MAXimum LEFT on page 244 ARKer lt m gt MAXimum LEFT on page 242 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MAXimum NEXT on page 244 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MAXimum NEXT on page 242 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MAXimum RIGHt on page 244 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MAXimum RIGHt on page 242 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MINimum LEFT on page 244 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MINimum LEFT on page 243 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MINimum NEXT on page 244 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MINimum NEXT on page 243 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MINimum RIGHt on page 245 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MINimum RIGHt on page 243
139. Markers Off Deactivates all markers in one step Remote command CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt AOFF on page 238 7 4 2 General Marker Settings General marker settings are defined in the Marker Config tab of the Marker dialog box Analysis Markers Marker Settings Search Range Marker Table Code Domain Settings Trace Marker Marker Table Display Defines how the marker information is displayed On Displays the marker information in a table in a separate area beneath the diagram Off Displays the marker information within the diagram area User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 115 R amp S9FSW K82 K83 Analysis EEN 7 4 3 Markers Auto Default Up to two markers are displayed in the diagram area If more markers are active the marker table is displayed automatically Remote command DISPlay MTAB1e on page 241 Marker Search Settings Several functions are available to set the marker to a specific position very quickly and easily In order to determine the required marker position searches may be performed The search results can be influenced by special settings These settings are available as softkeys in the Marker To menu or in the Search tab of the Marker dialog box To display this tab do one of the following e Press the MKR key then select the Marker Config softkey Then select the hori zontal Search tab e Inthe Overview select Analysis and switch to the vertical
140. Measurements Configuring Code Domain Analysis CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle DELete This command deletes the selected channel table The channel table to be deleted is selected with the command CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle NAME on page 191 Example CONF CDP CTAB NAME NEW TAB Defines the channel table name to be deleted CONF CDP CTAB DEL Deletes the table Manual operation See Deleting a Table on page 92 CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle RESTore This command restores the predefined channel tables to their factory set values In this way you can undo unintentional overwriting Example CONF CDP CTAB REST Restores the channel table Usage Event Manual operation See Restoring Default Tables on page 92 CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle SELect lt FileName gt This command selects a predefined channel table file for comparison during channel detection Before using this command the channel table must be switched on first with the com mand CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle STATe on page 187 Parameters lt FileName gt RST RECENT Example CONF CDP CTAB ON Switches the channel table on CONF CDP CTAB SEL CTAB 1 Selects the predefined channel table CTAB_1 Manual operation See Selecting a Table on page 91 CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle STATe lt State gt This command switches the channel table on or off When switched on the measured channel tabl
141. Measurements ESS AAA A A A A es Configuring the Result Display Return values lt WindowIndex gt Index number of the window Usage Query only LAYout REMove WINDow lt WindowName gt This command removes a window from the display Parameters lt WindowName gt String containing the name of the window In the default state the name of the window is its index Usage Event LAYout REPLace WINDow lt WindowName gt lt WindowType gt This command replaces the window type for example from Diagram to Result Sum mary of an already existing window while keeping its position index and window name To add a new window use the LAYout ADD WINDow command Parameters lt WindowName gt String containing the name of the existing window By default the name of a window is the same as its index To determine the name and index of all active windows use the LAYout CATalog WINDow query lt WindowType gt Type of result display you want to use in the existing window See LAYout ADD WINDow on page 201 for a list of available window types Example LAY REPL WIND 1 MTAB Replaces the result display in window 1 with a marker table LAYout SPLitter lt Index1 gt lt Index2 gt lt Position gt This command changes the position of a splitter and thus controls the size of the windows on each side of the splitter As opposed to the DISPlay WINDow lt n gt SIZE on page 201 command the LAYout
142. NFigure CDPower BTS CTABle NAME on page 191 Comment Optional description of the channel table Remote command CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle COMMent on page 188 Adding a Channel Inserts a new row in the channel table to define another channel Deleting a Channel Deletes the currently selected channel from the table Creating a New Channel Table from the Measured Signal Measure Table Creates a completely new channel table according to the current measurement data Remote command CONFigure CDPower BTS MEASurement on page 142 Sorting the Table Sorts the channel table entries Cancelling the Configuration Closes the Channel Table dialog box without saving the changes Saving the Table Saves the changes to the table and closes the Channel Table dialog box BTS Channel Details Channel details are configured in the Channel Table dialog box which is displayed when you select the New Copy or Edit buttons for a predefined channel table in the Channel Detection dialog box E S User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 93 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration Code Domain Analysis a Channel Detectio Channel Table Setting Name Comment Generated by CDMA2000 Walsh Sym Rate Power State Domain Ch SF ksps dB Conflict 0 664 192 0 00 32 64 19 2 0 00 1 64 19 2 0 00 3 4 307 2 0 00 2 64 19 2 0 00 34 64 19 2 0 00 4 64 19 2 56 59 5 64 19 2 56 07 6 64 192 57 07 8 64 19
143. ODE 8 Selects the eighth channel Manual operation See Code Number on page 109 SENSe CDPower MAPPing lt SignalComponent gt This command switches between the and Q branch of the signal Parameters lt SignalComponent gt Q RST Q Example CDP MAPP Q Manual operation See Mapping on page 97 See Branch MS application only on page 110 SENSe CDPower SET lt SetNo gt This command selects a specific set for further analysis The number of sets has to be defined with the SENSe CDPower SET COUNt command before using this com mand I User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 195 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements 11 5 10 Configuring Code Domain Analysis Parameters lt SetNo gt Range 0 to SET COUNT 1 Increment 1 RST 0 Example CDP SET COUN 10 Selects the 11th set for further analysis counting starts with 0 Manual operation See Set to Analyze on page 88 SENSe CDPower SLOT lt numeric value gt This command selects the slot PCG to be analyzed Parameters lt numeric value gt Range 0 to 63 Increment 1 RST 0 Example CDP SLOT 7 Selects slot number 7 for analysis Manual operation See Power Control Group on page 110 Code Domain Analysis Settings Some evaluations provide further settings for the results The commands for Code Domain Analysis are described here ie Eege ET 196 SENSE ICD Ee EE cn 197 SENSe CDPoWwe
144. PN Offsets and Long Codes 4 4 Scrambling via PN Offsets and Long Codes Short code scrambling Base stations use a pseudo noise PN sequence also referred to as short code sequence to scramble the data during transmission The used PN sequence is circulated in fixed time intervals A specified PN offset value determines the start phase for the short code sequence The PN parameter is unique for each base station Thus the signals from different base stations can be distinguished quickly by the CDMA2000 BTS application if the PN Off set is defined in the signal description and an external trigger is used to provide a ref erence for the start phase If no offset is specified or no external trigger is available calculation is much slower as the correct PN must be determined from all possible posi tions During short code scrambling the channel data is split up into and Q components Long code scrambling Mobile stations also use a PN short code but with a fixed or no offset Additionally a complex long code is used for scrambling making the data less susceptible to interfer ence The long code used by a mobile station is defined by a mask and an offset These settings are required by the CDMA2000 MS application to distinguish the senders and are defined in the signal description The long code offset also includes the PN offset if any and is defined in chips The offset corresponds to the GPS timing since 6 1 1980 00 00 00 UTC
145. Parameters that are only returned as the result of a query are indicated as Return values e Conformity Commands that are taken from the SCPI standard are indicated as SCPI con firmed All commands used by the R amp S FSW follow the SCPI syntax rules e Asynchronous commands A command which does not automatically finish executing before the next command starts executing overlapping command is indicated as an Asynchronous com mand e Reset values RST Default parameter values that are used directly after resetting the instrument RST command are indicated as RST values if available e Manual operation If the result of a remote command can also be achieved in manual operation a link to the description is inserted Long and Short Form The keywords have a long and a short form You can use either the long or the short form but no other abbreviations of the keywords EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 134 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements 11 1 3 11 1 4 11 1 5 Introduction The short form is emphasized in upper case letters Note however that this emphasis only serves the purpose to distinguish the short from the long form in the manual For the instrument the case does not matter Example SENSe FREQuency CENTer is the same as SENS FREQ CENT Numeric Suffixes Some keywords have a numeric suffix if the command can be applied to multiple instan ce
146. R Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Configuring the Result Display Parameter value Window type CDPower Code Domain Power CEVM Composite EVM CTABle Channel Table LEValuation List evaluation SEM Power vs Time MTABle Marker table PCDerror Peak Code Domain Error PPCG Power vs PCG PSYMbol Power vs Symbol RSUMmary Result Summary SCONst Symbol Constellation SEVM Symbol EVM LAYout CATalog WINDow This command queries the name and index of all active windows from top left to bottom right The result is a comma separated list of values for each window with the syntax lt WindowName_1 gt lt Windowlndex_1 gt lt WindowName_n gt lt Windowlndex_n gt Return values lt WindowName gt Windowlndex Example Usage string Name of the window In the default state the name of the window is its index numeric value Index of the window LAY CAT Result zt E tud Two windows are displayed named 2 at the top or left and 1 at the bottom or right Query only LAYout IDENtify WINDow lt WindowName gt This command queries the index of a particular display window Note to query the name of a particular window use the LAYout WINDow lt n gt IDENtify query Query parameters lt WindowName gt String containing the name of a window eee User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 203 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000
147. R amp S9FSW K82 K83 CDMA2000 Measurements User Manua Code Gg M e Channel Chang yy Ch Table Measuring 1173 9334 02 07 ROHDE amp SCHWARZ Test amp Measurement User Manual This manual applies to the following R amp S9FSW models with firmware version 1 70 and higher e R amp S FSW8 1312 8000K08 e R amp S FSW13 1312 8000K13 e R amp S FSW26 1312 8000K26 e R amp S FSW43 1312 8000K43 e R amp S FSW50 1312 8000K50 The following firmware options are described e R amp S FSW K82 1313 1468 02 e R amp S FSW K83 1313 1474 02 The firmware of the instrument makes use of several valuable open source software packages For information see the Open Source Acknowledgement on the user documentation CD ROM included in delivery Rohde amp Schwarz would like to thank the open source community for their valuable contribution to embedded computing 2013 Rohde amp Schwarz GmbH amp Co KG M hldorfstr 15 81671 M nchen Germany Phone 49 89 41 29 0 Fax 49 89 41 29 12 164 E mail info rohde schwarz com Internet www rohde schwarz com Subject to change Data without tolerance limits is not binding R amp S is a registered trademark of Rohde amp Schwarz GmbH amp Co KG CDMA2000 is a registered trademark of the Telecommunications Industry Association TIA USA Trade names are trademarks of the owners The following abbreviations are used throughout t
148. RA mode only The analysis interval used by the individual result displays cannot be edited but is determined automatically However you can query the currently used analysis interval for a specific window The analysis line is displayed by default but can be hidden or re positioned Remote commands exclusive to MSRA applications The following commands are only available for MSRA application channels GAL Culate MSRASALING S BOW eeeREREESREEEEEENNENER SEENEN ENEE ENN ENEE SEENEN 247 CALCulate MSRA ALING WALUe cuina ad a a 247 CAL Culate MSbRAWlNDow cnz INMAL eene nennen nennen nennen nnns nane neris 247 WPA OS M 248 SENSe MSRASCAP Ture OFF ET 248 CALCulate MSRA ALINe SHOW This command defines whether or not the analysis line is displayed in all time based windows in all MSRA applications and the MSRA Master Note even if the analysis line display is off the indication whether or not the currently defined line position lies within the analysis interval of the active application remains in the window title bars Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST ON CALCulate MSRA ALINe VALue lt Position gt This command defines the position of the analysis line for all time based windows in all MSRA applications and the MSRA Master Parameters lt Position gt Position of the analysis line in seconds The position must lie within the measurement time of the MSRA measurement Default unit s CALCulate MSRA W
149. Reverse TRAC TRACE1 Read out CDP relative BitReverse Channel 8 32 can now be directly read out with its total power The sort order changes in accordance with BitReverse Result 116 De 7 0 1 6 32 13 3 L 6 16 56 3 0 6 48 52 8 0 5 8 8 0 1 6 24 9 0 2 picis 6 Ly 13 1 6 63 54 7 0 INST SEL BC2K Activate cdma2000 BTS default is CDP relative in window 1 and Result Summary in window 2 INIT CONT OFF Select single sweep CDP ORD HAD Set order to Hadamard INIT WAI Start measurement with synchronization TRAC TRACE1 Read out CDP relative Hadamard Channel 8 32 is distributed to 8 64 and 40 64 in each case with half power 8dB 3dB 11 0dB Result FF 0 1 0 356 li 13 1 1 6 2 54 6 0 6 3 55 3 0 Pess Cr T 298 2 0 6 8 11 0 1 6 9 53 4 0 see 6 24 9 0 2 fies 032 1337 1 larza 67407 11071 llocs 6 63 54 7 0 CDP ORD BITR Set order to BitReverse R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements EE Retrieving Results TRAC TRACE1 Read out CDP relative BitReverse Channel 8 32 can now be directly read out with its total power The sort order changes in accordance with BitReverse Result LP Oi 150717 6 32 13 3 1 6 16 56 3 0 6 48 52 8 0 55 8 8 0 1 6 24 9 0 2 Z n Be dy b d 863 754 7 0 Measurement Example Retrieving the Code Domain Power MS mode The example sho
150. S measurements check the Long Code Mask and Long Code Offset e Make sure Invert Q is off 8 1 Error Messages Error messages are entered in the error event queue of the status reporting system in the remote control mode and can be queried with the command SYSTem ERRor A short explanation of the application specific error messages for CDMA2000 measure ments is given below Status bar message Description Sync not found This message is displayed if synchronization is not possible Possible causes are that frequency level or signal description values are set incorrectly or the input signal is invalid Sync OK This message is displayed if synchronization is possible REEL A REA SSS EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 119 R amp S FSW K82 K83 How to Perform Measurements in CDMA2000 Applications 9 How to Perform Measurements in CDMA2000 Applications The following step by step instructions describe how to perform measurements with the CDMA2000 applications To perform Code Domain Analysis 1 Press the MODE key on the front panel and select the cdma2000 BTS application for base station tests or cdma2000 MS for mobile station tests Code Domain Analysis of the input signal is performed by default 2 Select the Overview softkey to display the Overview for Code Domain Analysis 3 Select the Signal Description button and configure the expected input signal 4 Select the Input Front
151. S0010 B dated December 2002 This standard has been adopted by the following authorities with the specified norm TIA TIA EIA 97 E dated February 2003 also known as IS 97 E Reference made to the CDMA2000 specification in the following text alludes to these standards The application firmware R amp S FSW 82 supports radio configurations 1 to 5 and 10 Thus IS95A B signals conforming to radio configurations 1 amp 2 can also be measured with this application firmware Channels and modulation types of the 1xEV DV enhancement are supported as well The application firmware R amp S FSW 83 supports the radio configurations 3 and 4 Apart from CDMA2000 reverse link signals the 1xEV DV reverse link channels of Release C are also supported Code Domain Analysis is also possible at signals where the pilot channel is active in at least one of the captured power control groups pilot gating In addition to the code domain measurements described in the CDMA2000 standard the CDMA2000 applications feature measurements in the spectral range such as channel power adjacent channel power occupied bandwidth and spectrum emission mask with predefined settings This user manual contains a description of the functionality that the applications provide including remote control operation All functions not discussed in this manual are the same as in the base unit and are described in the R amp S FSW User Manual The latest version is available for down
152. SEP POIN Sets the decimal point as separator Retrieving RF Results The following commands retrieve the results of the cdma2000 RF measurements Useful commands for retrieving results described elsewhere e CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt Y on page 217 Remote commands exclusive to retrieving RF results GAL Culate LIMIESk gt PAL cosa da iaa EEN 233 CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion POWer RESUIt eese nnn 234 CALCULE STAT eS RESU E uus autre itat ee na duae da a regn daas 236 CALCulate LIMit lt k gt FAIL This command queries the result of a limit check Note that for SEM measurements the limit line suffix lt k gt is irrelevant as only one specific SEM limit line is checked for the currently relevant power class To get a valid result you have to perform a complete measurement with synchronization to the end of the measurement before reading out the result This is only possible for single sweeps See also INI Tiate CONTinuous on page 211 Return values lt Result gt 0 PASS 1 FAIL Example INIT WAI Starts a new sweep and waits for its end CALC LIM3 FAIL Queries the result of the check for limit line 3 Usage SCPI confirmed Manual operation See Spectrum Emission Mask on page 30 IT User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 233 Retrieving Results CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion POWer RESult lt Measurement gt This command queries the results of power measurements To get a valid result
153. TDPICH F SYNC F PCH and 6 data channels Table 1 1 Base station channel table for main branch in radio configuration 1 MPC_RC1 Channel Type Number of Channels Code Channel Walsh Radio Configuration Code SF F PICH 1 0 64 F SYNC 1 32 64 T User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 253 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Annex Reference Data Reference Predefined Channel Tables Channel Type Number of Channels Code Channel Walsh Code SF Radio Configuration F PCH 1 64 F CHAN 9 64 10 64 11 64 15 64 17 64 25 64 2222322 Channel Type Number of Channels Code Channel Walsh Code SF Table 1 2 Base station channel table for main branch in radio configuration 4 MPC_RC4 Radio Configuration F PICH 0 64 F SYNC 32 64 F PCH F CHAN 1 64 9 128 10 128 11 128 15 128 17 128 25 128 Table 1 3 Base station test model for aggregate signal in radio configuration 4 TDC_RC4 Channel Type F PICH Number of Channels Code Channel Walsh Code SF 16 128 Radio Configuration F SYNC 32 64 F PCH 1 64 F CHAN 9 128 10 128 11 128 15 128 17 128 25 128 hh A HR A A Table 1 4 Base station test model for aggregate signal in radio configuration 4 BPC_RC4 Channel Type Number of Channels Code Channel Walsh Code SF Radio Configuration F PICH 1
154. UO Analyzer and UO Input User Manual Remote command INPut IQ FULLscale AUTO on page 161 INPut IQ FULLscale LEVel on page 161 ERA e e SSRIS User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 80 R amp S9FSW K82 K83 Configuration m AAA A P K eS Code Domain Analysis 6 2 5 4 Y Axis Scaling The vertical axis scaling is configurable In Code Domain Analysis the y axis usually displays the measured power levels ANETO 0 0 dB ATA 70 0 dB Auto Scale Once 4 Saad 1 Code Domain Power Y Maximum d Wull ics E EN Auto WI ONCE EEN EN Y Maximum v Minimum Defines the amplitude range to be displayed on the y axis of the evaluation diagrams Remote command DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe Y SCALe MAXimum on page 169 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe Y SCALe MINimum on page 169 Auto Scale Once Automatically determines the optimal range and reference level position to be displayed for the current measurement settings The display is only set once it is not adapted further if the measurement settings are changed again Remote command DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe Y SCALe AUTO ONCE on page 169 6 2 6 Trigger Settings Trigger settings determine when the input signal is measured Trigger settings can be configured via the TRIG key or in the Trigger dialog box which is displayed when you select the Trigger button in the Overview
155. UOUS Channel detection mode AUTOSEARCH Trigger settings FREE RUN Trigger offset 0 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 54 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration REESEN Code Domain Analysis Parameter Value Threshold value 60 dB Number of PCGs 3 Number of Sets 1 PCG number 0 Code number 0 Code Order Hadamard Evaluations Window 1 Code Domain Power Relative Window 2 Result Summary BTS specific settings Symbol rate 19 2 ksps PN offset 0 chips Antenna Diversity Off MS specific settings Symbol rate 38 4 ksps Long code mask 0 Long code offset 0 Evaluated Branch l 6 2 2 Configuration Overview Throughout the measurement channel configuration an overview of the most important currently defined settings is provided in the Overview The Overview is displayed when you select the Overview icon which is available at the bottom of all softkey menus lid ig DE Overview Input Frequency Invert Q Ret Level Source POGS Att t ets E EH bg Input Frontend Trigger Signal Capture pres Es Channel Detection Analysis Display Config Predef Tables Code No Table Name POG Code Domain Power Code Pow Disp Power Ref Marker1 Tracet Select Measurement Sie eso 1 Code Domain Power User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 55 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration sl Code Domain Analysis In addition to the main measurement settings
156. __ SSS 3 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 31 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurements and Result Displays BREET RF Measurements Ref Level 0 00 dBm s RBW Att 10 dB SWT ims VBW 1 Occupied Bandwidth CF 2 1 GHZ 1001 pts 1 15 MHz Span 11 52 MHz 2 Marker Table Type Ref Tre Stimulus Response Function Function Result Mi 1 2 09 GHz 27 3 1 1 2 0 3Hz SE 4 166073926 MHz Remote command CONF CDP MEAS OBAN see CONFigure CDPower BTS MEASurement on page 142 Querying results CALC MARK FUNC POW RES OBW see CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion POWer RESult on page 234 CALC MARK FUNC POW RES ACP see CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion POWer RESult on page 234 E CCDF The CCDF measurement determines the distribution of the signal amplitudes comple mentary cumulative distribution function The CCDF and the Crest factor are displayed For the purposes of this measurement a signal section of user definable length is recor ded continuously in the zero span and the distribution of the signal amplitudes is evalu ated User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 32 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurements and Result Displays Deg 3 2 2 RF Measurements Ref Level 0 50 dBm AnBW 40 MHz Att 9dB Meas Time 12 5 ms 1 CCDF CF 100 0 MHz Mean Pwr 20 00 dB 2 Result Summary Samples 500000 Mean Peak Crest 0 1 Trace 1 7 22 dBm 3 34 dBm 10 56 dB 0 di 0 1 D B Fig 3 14 CCDF measurement results for the BTS applicat
157. ada ERAN 165 11 5 2 1 RF Input INPut ATTenuation PROTection RES eoe ceisuse cene ia E a aai 150 leet 150 INPUERCOBPIGD EE 150 INPut FIET r HPASSESTATe EE 151 INPUEFI Te de CHEN KC MED 151 INPUEIMPEJANES EE 151 NEEN EE 152 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 149 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements AAA AAA se ee eee E Configuring Code Domain Analysis INPut ATTenuation PROTection RESet This command resets the attenuator and reconnects the RF input with the input mixer after an overload condition occured and the protection mechanism intervened The error status bit bit 3 in the STAT QUES POW status register and the INPUT OVLD message in the status bar are cleared For details on the status register see the R amp S FSW User Manual The command works only if the overload condition has been eliminated first Usage Event INPut CONNector lt ConnType gt Determines whether the RF input data is taken from the RF input connector or the optional Analog Baseband connector This command is only available if the Analog Baseband interface R amp S FSW B71 is installed and active for input For more information on the Analog Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B71 see the R amp S FSW UO Analyzer and UO Input User Manual Parameters lt CouplingType gt RF RF input connector AIQI Analog Baseband connector RST RF Example INP CONN AIQI Usage SCPI confirmed Man
158. ak on page 116 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MINimum PEAK This command moves a delta marker to the minimum level If the marker is not yet active the command first activates the marker Usage Event Manual operation See Search Minimum on page 118 Importing and Exporting UO Data and Results For details on importing and exporting UO data see chapter 5 1 Q Data Import and Export on page 50 MMEMony LEGADOS TA NEE 245 MMEMbry STORS IGOCOMMS6n occi catene re die needa EAR ENEE 246 MMEM ST ORCI SIA KEE 246 MMEMory LOAD IQ STATe 1 lt FileName gt This command restores l Q data from a file The file extension is iq tar Parameters lt FileName gt String containing the path and name of the source file Example MMEM LOAD IQ STAT 1 C R_S Instr user data ig tar Loads IQ data from the specified file Usage Setting only Manual operation See Import on page 51 See IQ Import on page 51 E a User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 245 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements 11 12 Configuring the Application Data Range MSRA mode only MMEMory STORe IQ COMMent lt Comment gt This command adds a comment to a file that contains l Q data Parameters lt Comment gt String containing the comment Example MMEM STOR IQ COMM Device test 1b Creates a description for the export file MMEM STOR IQ STAT 1 C R_S Instr user data ig tar Stores UO data and the comme
159. al of antenna 2 is fed in RST OFF For further details refer to Antenna Diversity Antenna Number on page 58 Example CDP ANT 2 Selects antenna 2 Manual operation See Antenna Diversity Antenna Number on page 58 SENSe CDPower PNOFfset lt Offset gt This command sets the PN offset of the base station in multiples of 64 chips Parameters lt Offset gt Range 0 to 511 RST 0 Example CDP PNOF 45 Sets PN offset Manual operation See PN Offset on page 58 MS Signal Description The following commands describe the input signal in MS measurements For more information see Long code scrambling on page 40 Useful commands for describing MS signals described elsewhere e CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier FILTer COFRequency on page 144 e CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier FILTer ROFF on page 144 e CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier FILTer TYPE on page 145 e CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier FILTer STATe on page 145 e CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier MALGo on page 146 ER G x ux E e CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier STATe on page 146 Remote commands exclusive to describing MS signals Ee El e Brel OTTEN 148 SENSe COPOWerECODe MODE oia iaa ita 148 SENSe TCDPowerECODeOFPOSOoelt ire iae aa RE Rede inna 148 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 147 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements mmm O
160. amp S FSW K82 K83 Welcome to the CDMA2000 Applications Pz II ee M u Understanding the Display Information of the measured values e g transducer or trigger settings This information is displayed only when applicable for the current measurement For details see the R amp S FSW Getting Started manual Window title bar information For each diagram the header provides the following information 1 Code Domain Power Fig 2 1 Window title bar information in CDMA2000 applications 1 Window number 2 Window type 3 Trace color 4 Trace number 5 Detector Diagram footer information The diagram footer beneath the diagram contains the following information depending on the evaluation Status bar information Global instrument settings the instrument status and any irregularities are indicated in the status bar beneath the diagram Furthermore the progress of the current operation is displayed in the status bar EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 14 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurements and Result Displays Code Domain Analysis 3 Measurements and Result Displays The CDMA2000 applications provide several different measurements for signals accord ing to the CDMA2000 standard The main and default measurement is Code Domain Analysis In addition to the code domain power measurements specified by the CDMA2000 standard the CDMA2000 applications offer measurements with predefined settings in the frequency domain
161. annel Walsh Code SE Mapping PICH 0 32 CCCH 2 8 Q User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 255 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Annex Reference Data AAA A Reference Code Tables Table 1 7 Channel table for REVERSE TRAFFIC CHANNEL OPERATION 3 Channel type Code channel Walsh Code SF Mapping PICH 0 32 l FCH 4 16 S1CH 2 4 Q Table 1 8 Channel table for REVERSE TRAFFIC CHANNEL OPERATION 5 Channel type Code channel Walsh Code SF Mapping PICH 0 32 l DCCH 8 16 l FCH 4 16 Q S1CH 2 4 Q S2CH 6 8 l A 2 Reference Code Tables Hadamard and BitReverse Code Tables The following tables show the code sequences with Hadamard and BitReverse orders for the Code Domain Power and Code Domain Error Power result displays As an example the corresponding cells for channel 8 32 channel number 8 for spreading factor 32 are marked to show where the different codes of this channel are located I User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 256 HADAMARO Bona la aAnelun o 001001 001010 001011 001101 001110 001111 01000 010001 010010 010011 011000 25 011001 011010 011011 01110 011101 011110 011111 101001 101010 101011 101100 101101 101110 101111 110100 110101 110110 110111 111100 111101 111110 111111 PEA PURA ER A PA PREG joo o ojo oo AAA PURA EA A PRA PRA ETA A BITREVER SE
162. annel Tables on page 253 O Quasi inactive channels in the MS application In the MS application only one branch in the code domain is analyzed at a time see also chapter 4 5 Code Mapping and Branches on page 40 However even if the code on the analyzed branch is inactive the code with the same number on the other branch may belong to an active channel In this case the channel is indicated as quasi inactive in the current branch evaluation 4 8 1 BTS Channel Types The CDMA2000 standard defines various BTS channel types Some special channels are mandatory and must be contained in the signal as they have control or synchroni zation functions Thus these channels always occupy a specific channel number and use a specific symbol rate by which they can be identified Special channels The CDMA2000 BTS application expects at least the Pilot Channel F PICH or the Transmit Diversity Pilot CHannel F TDPICH for the Code Domain Power measure ments The following channels are detected automatically during automatic channel detection Table 4 4 Common CDMA2000 BTS channels and their usage Channel Ch no Modulation Description type ISF F PICH 0 64 BPSK Pilot channel F PCH 1 64 BPSK Paging channel User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 43 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurement Basics AAA AAA SS ESS SS O Channel Detecti
163. aster channel actually captures data from the input signal The data acquisition settings for the CDMA2000 BTS application in MSRA mode define the application data see chapter 6 2 8 Application Data MSRA on page 88 For details on the MSRA operating mode see the R amp S FSW MSRA User Manual SIMS RIO EL Ut 88 Inc P E 88 Number of POS ci i eene i e e esee exeo th cr a eni venas crea deas ase cra dida venta Fuga Sepa dd 88 tee EE 88 ers E 88 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 87 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration 6 2 8 Code Domain Analysis Sample Rate The sample rate is always 5 33333 MHz indicated for reference only Invert Q Inverts the sign of the signal s Q branch The default setting is OFF Remote command SENSe CDPower QINVert on page 183 Number of PCGs Sets the number of PCGs you want to analyze The input value is always in multiples of the PCGs The maximum capture length is 64 The default value is 3 If the Number of Sets on page 88 to capture is larger than 1 the number of PCGs is always 64 For more information on PCGs and sets see chapter 4 1 PCGs and Sets on page 36 Remote command SENSe CDPower TOLength on page 182 Number of Sets Defines the number of consecutive sets to be captured and stored in the instrument s IQ memory The possible value range is from 1 to a maximum of 1500 BTS application or 810 MS application sets The default settin
164. at you set the reference level close above the expected maximum signal level to ensure an optimum measurement no compression good signal to noise ratio Note that the Reference Level value ignores the Shifting the Display Offset It is important to know the actual power level the R amp S FSW must handle Remote command DISPlay WINDowcn TRACe Y SCALe RLEVel on page 170 Shifting the Display Offset Reference Level Defines an arithmetic level offset This offset is added to the measured level irrespective of the selected unit The scaling of the y axis is changed accordingly rcm R H M M 91 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 79 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration EENEG Code Domain Analysis Define an offset if the signal is attenuated or amplified before it is fed into the R amp S FSW so the application shows correct power results All displayed power level results will be shifted by this value Note however that the Reference Level value ignores the Reference Level Offset It is important to know the actual power level the R amp S FSW must handle To determine the required offset consider the external attenuation or gain applied to the input signal A positive value indicates that an attenuation took place R amp S FSW increa ses the displayed power values a negative value indicates an external gain R amp S FSW decreases the displayed power values The setting rang
165. ate ON Differential OFF Simple ended RST ON Example INP IQ BAL OFF Manual operation See Input configuration on page 68 eee User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 160 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements AAA SS SSS es ee E AT n Configuring Code Domain Analysis INPut IQ FULLscale AUTO State This command defines whether the fullscale level i e the maximum input power on the Baseband Input connector is defined automatically according to the reference level or manually Parameters State ON Automatic definition OFF Manual definition according to 1NPut 10 FULLscale LEVel on page 161 RST ON Example INP IQ FULL AUTO OFF Manual operation See Fullscale Level Mode Value on page 80 INPut IQ FULLscale LEVel lt PeakVoltage gt This command defines the peak voltage at the Baseband Input connector if the fullscale level is set to manual mode see INPut 10 FULLscale AUTO on page 161 Parameters lt PeakVoltage gt 0 25V 0 5V 1V 2V Peak voltage level at the connector For probes the possible fullscale values are adapted according to the probe s attenuation and maximum allowed power RST 1V Example INP IQ FULL 0 5V Manual operation See Fullscale Level Mode Value on page 80 INPut IQ TYPE lt DataType gt This command defines the format of the input signal E N User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 161 R amp S FSW K82 K83 ee A ee eal 11 5 2 4
166. atically using the Auto Level function the internal attenuators and the preamplifier are also adjusted In order to avoid frequent adaptation due to small changes in the input signal you can define a hysteresis This setting defines an upper threshold the signal must exceed compared to the last mea surement before the reference level is adapted automatically Remote command SENSe ADJust CONFigure HYSTeresis UPPer on page 194 Lower Level Hysteresis When the reference level is adjusted automatically using the Auto Level function the internal attenuators and the preamplifier are also adjusted In order to avoid frequent adaptation due to small changes in the input signal you can define a hysteresis This setting defines a lower threshold the signal must fall below compared to the last mea surement before the reference level is adapted automatically Remote command SENSe ADJust CONFigure HYSTeresis LOWer on page 194 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 100 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration REESEN Code Domain Analysis 6 2 12 Zoom Functions The zoom functions are only available from the toolbar SJS LOO ET 101 Ouer E 101 Restore Onginal Display EE 101 Deactivating Zoom Selection waert iiincciie cete tone eee e a 101 Single Zoom ER A single zoom replaces the current diagram by a new diagram which displays an enlarged extract of the trace This function can be used repetitively until the required details are
167. ation This element can be used to store additional information e g the hardware configuration It is recommended that you add user data as XML content PreviewData Optional contains further XML elements that provide a preview of the l Q data The preview data is determined by the routine that saves an iq tar file e g R amp S FSW For the definition of this element refer to the RsIqTar xsd schema Note that the preview can be only displayed by current web browsers that have JavaScript enabled and if the XSLT stylesheet open IqTar xml file in web browser xslt is available Example ScalingFactor Data stored as int16 and a desired full scale voltage of 1 V ScalingFactor 1 V maximum int16 value 1 V 215 3 0517578125e 5 V Scaling Factor Numerical value Numerical value x ScalingFactor Minimum negative int16 value 215 32768 1V Maximum positive int16 value 215 1 32767 0 999969482421875 V Example PreviewData in XML lt PreviewData gt lt ArrayOfChannel length 1 gt lt Channel gt lt PowerVsTime gt lt Min gt lt ArrayOfFloat length 256 gt lt float gt 95 lt float gt lt float gt 94 lt float gt lt float gt 93 lt float gt lt ArrayOfFloat gt lt Min gt lt Max gt lt ArrayOfFloat length 256 gt lt float gt 0 lt float gt lt float gt 41 lt float gt User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 263 R amp S FSW K82 K83 An
168. cation of the command Return values lt Position gt Position of the delta marker in relation to the reference marker or the fixed reference EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 240 11 10 2 2 11 10 2 3 General Analysis Example INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode INIT WAI Starts a sweep and waits for its end CALC DELT2 ON Switches on delta marker 2 CALC DELT2 Y Outputs measurement value of delta marker 2 Usage Query only General Marker Settings DISPlayiMTAB les cca ee ei A a ee nd 241 DISPlay MTABle lt DisplayMode gt This command turns the marker table on and off Parameters lt DisplayMode gt ON Turns the marker table on OFF Turns the marker table off AUTO Turns the marker table on if 3 or more markers are active RST AUTO Example DISP MTAB ON Activates the marker table Manual operation See Marker Table Display on page 115 Marker Search and Positioning Settings CAL Culate nz M Abker mzEUNGCHonbIcCH nennen enne nnne nnns 242 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtION TDPICH eene seen nennen nnnnns 242 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MAXiIMUM LEET 242 CAL Culate nz M AbkermzMAximumNENT ese snn isse ne nnne sese a aas 242 CAL Culate nz M Abker mzMAximum HIGH 242 CAL Culate nzM Abkercmz M ANimum PDEAKT nana nnne 243 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MINIMUM ILEFT 0ccccescccceeceeesseeceaceeceseteeeseceaneeeeeseeeanees 24
169. ce results oooooocococccnnccccononono cocononnnononnnnncconananonons 229 Phase Error vs Chip Trace results oooonocococccnncccconononococonononononnnnnccnnancnnnnns 230 Phase offset sssssssss essen Calculating E Results remote enne 215 218 augue TT 220 Index PICH RE 45 Power reference iei ertet 108 198 Eoi Mc M M 118 Pilot e 17 Pilot Power KO ME 108 Podio iaa ide 40 58 147 False Measurement example 129 Power AbSOlLite EE 17 20 Alias 22 39 Channels 17 20 28 102 Te EE 17 Reference Display esee 13 Relative acosada Threshold ds Doc WS POG EE yx ee Power control groups See PGG EE 15 36 Power vs PCG Evaluation method 2 rere 25 le 229 Power vs Symbol Evaluation method occcccccncccococncinnnnonononananananananannno 25 Trace results ica iaa ta 230 Preamplifier NI a 78 SOMKOY M M ede rast 78 Predefined channel tables Antenna diversity ssssessssssseen 42 BIS x unes tiat e ten acd BTS application BTS MOJ idco iet en toT ree rede Channel detection se sss 43 MS application m pl MS une e EE Provided Restoring USING aei Presetting Channels pt ah te iere etre 56 252 Default values 5 2 nre nri cer retener ins 54 A 85 Probes MiCFrODUItOn
170. configured at the same time depends on the available memory on the instrument Only one measurement can be performed at any time namely the one in the currently active channel However in order to perform the configured measurements consecu tively a Sequencer function is provided If activated the measurements configured in the currently active channels are performed one after the other in the order of the tabs The currently active measurement is indicated by a symbol in the tab label The result displays of the individual channels are updated in the tabs including the MultiView as the measurements are performed Sequential operation itself is independant of the currently displayed tab For details on the Sequencer function see the R amp S FSW User Manual 2 2 Understanding the Display Information The following figure shows a measurement diagram in the CDMA2000 BTS application All different information areas are labeled They are explained in more detail in the fol lowing sections User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 12 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Welcome to the CDMA2000 Applications Understanding the Display Information The basic screen elements are identical in the CDMA2000 MS application MultiView 33 Spectrum CDMA2000 BTS Ref Level JE Freq 13 H Channel 64 Power Ref Rel to Plot Att 10 dE PCG d SymbRate 19 2 1 Code Domain Power 2 Code 0 2 Result Summary General Results Set 0 PCG Results Set 0 PCG O
171. ctor on or off has no effect if the frequency is below that value INPut FILTer YIG STATe on page 151 Input Connector Determines whether the RF input data is taken from the RF INPUT connector default or the optional BASEBAND INPUT I connector This setting is only available if the Analog Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B71 is installed and active for input For more information on the Analog Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B71 see the R amp S FSW UO Analyzer and UO Input User Manual Remote command INPut CONNector on page 150 Digital UO Input Settings The following settings and functions are available to provide input via the Digital Base band Interface R amp S FSW B17 in the applications that support it They can be configured via the INPUT OUTPUT key in the Input dialog box _L_____L_L____ a LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLUIAALLISCX User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 64 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration Code Domain Analysis Input Input Source Power Sensor Radio Frequency op Input Setting Digital IQ Input Sample Rate 10 0 MHz Adjust Reference Level VG e IQR100 101165 Digital IQ OUT Sample Rate 10 MHz Full Scale Level 10 dBm For more information see the R amp S FSW UO Analyzer and l Q Input User Manual Digital PO Input Staters eii ised engadget 65 Input Sample Sale er tee Rer E Rer IHE nto en MR aasesede desbteanedstdcessnaas 65 AS EE 65 Adjust Referenc
172. culated results of the CDMA2000 code domain power measurement R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Query parameters lt Measurement gt Retrieving Results ACTive Number of active channels CDPabsolute Channel power absolute in dBm CDPRelative Channel power relative in dB relative to total or PICH power refer to CDP PREF command CERRor Chip rate error in ppm CHANnel Channel number DMType Domain type EVMRms Error vector magnitude RMS in EVMPeak Error vector mag peak in FERPpm Frequency error in ppm FERRor Frequency error in Hz IQIMbalance IQ imbalance in 96 IQOFfset IQ offset in 96 MACCuracy Composite EVM in 96 PCDerror Peak code domain error in dB POFFset Phase offset in rad PPICh Pilot power in dBm PTOTal Total power in dBm RHO RHO SFACtor Spreading factor of channel SLOT PCG number SRATe Symbol rate in ksps TFRame User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 216 R amp S FSW K82 K83 11 9 2 Example Usage Manual operation Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Retrieving Results Trigger to frame TOFFset Timing offset in s CALC MARK FUNC CDP RES PTOT Query only See Code Domain Power Code Domain Error Power on page 21 See Composite Constellation on page 22 See Composite EVM on page 23 See Peak Code Domain Error on page 24 See Power vs Symbol on page 25 See Result Summary on page 26 See
173. cy EE 74 PEQUE e n 74 Center Defines the normal center frequency of the signal The allowed range of values for the center frequency depends on the frequency span span gt 0 SPAN min 2 E fcenter E fmax SPAN min 2 fmax and SPAN min are specified in the data sheet Remote command SENSe FREQuency CENTer on page 166 Center Frequency Stepsize Defines the step size by which the center frequency is increased or decreased when the arrow keys are pressed When you use the rotary knob the center frequency changes in steps of only 1 10 of the Center Frequency Stepsize The step size can be coupled to another value or it can be manually set to a fixed value This setting is available for frequency and time domain measurements X Span Sets the step size for the center frequency to a defined factor of the span The X Factor defines the percentage of the span Values between 1 and 100 in steps of 1 96 are allowed The default setting is 10 96 Center Sets the step size to the value of the center frequency The used value is indicated in the Value field Manual Defines a fixed step size for the center frequency Enter the step size in the Value field Remote command SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP on page 166 Frequency Offset Shifts the displayed frequency range along the x axis by the defined offset User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 74 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration 6 2 5 2
174. d all PCGs e Results which take the overall signal into account over a power control group PCG e Results which take one channel into account over the whole observation period all PCGs e Results which take one channel into account over a power control group PCG User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 15 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurements and Result Displays Deg Code Domain Analysis Remote command CONF CDP MEAS CDP see CONFigure CDPower BTS MEASurement on page 142 e Code Domain Paramioeters ceca hene cene FR pao Eur rates 16 e Evaluation Methods for Code Domain Anahysis AAA 18 3 1 1 Code Domain Parameters In the Result Summary three different types of measurement results are determined and displayed e General results for the current set e PCG results for the current set and PCG e Channel results for the selected channel In the Channel Table channel results for a channels are displayed General Results Under General Results the measurement results that concern the total signal that is all channels for the entire period of observation that is all PCGs are displayed Table 3 1 General code domain power results for the current set Parameter Description Carrier Frequency Error Shows the frequency error referred to the center frequency of the R amp S FSW The absolute frequency error is the sum of the frequency error of the R amp S FSW and that of the device under test Frequency
175. d in a setting command to disable a channel tempo rarily Power value in dB CONF CDP CTAB NAME NEW TAB Selects channel table for editing If a channel table with this name does not exist a new channel table is created CONF CDP CTAB DATA 0 6 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 10 5 3 4 0 0 1 04 0 Defines a table with the following channels PICH 0 64 and data channel with RC4 Walsh code 3 32 BTS application only See Channel Type on page 94 See Channel Number Ch SF on page 94 See Power on page 95 See Status on page 95 ERA lt lt lt E User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 189 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Configuring Code Domain Analysis CONFigure C DPower BTS CTABle DATA lt ChannelType gt lt CodeClass gt lt CodeNumber gt lt Mapping gt lt Reserved1 gt lt Reserved2 gt lt Status gt lt CDPRelative gt This command defines a channel table The following description applies to MS mode only For BTS mode see CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle DATA on page 188 Before using this command you must set the name of the channel table using the CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle NAME command For a detailed description of the parameters refer to chapter 6 2 9 5 MS Channel Details on page 95 Parameters lt ChannelType gt lt CodeClass gt lt CodeNumber gt lt Mapping gt lt Reserved1 gt lt Reserved2 gt lt Status gt lt C
176. d the RHO Factor 7 AMPT gt Scale Config gt Auto Scale Once The following results are displayed the first window shows the diagram of the Peak Code Domain Error In the second window the Result Summary is displayed Displaying RHO Make sure that all channels except the pilot channel code 0 64 are OFF so that only the pilot channel is available in the measurement No specific measurement is required to get the value for RHO The R amp S FSW always calculates this value automatically regardless of the code domain measurement per formed Besides the results of the code domain measurements the numeric result of the RHO measurement is shown in the Result Summary by default in the second window E M User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 132 R amp SSFSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Introduction 11 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Meas urements The following commands are required to perform measurements in CDMA2000 applica tions in a remote environment It assumes that the R amp S FSW has already been set up for remote operation in a network as described in the base unit manual Note that basic tasks that are also performed in the base unit in the same way are not described here For a description of such tasks see the R amp S FSW User Manual In particular this includes e Managing Settings and Results i e storing and loading settings and result data e Basic instrument configuration e g check
177. d to the next lower integer value If the defined reference level cannot be set for the given attenuation the reference level is adjusted accordingly and the warning Limit reached is displayed in the status bar Remote command INPut EATT STATe on page 173 INPut EATT AUTO on page 173 INPut EATT on page 172 Input Settings Some input settings affect the measured amplitude of the signal as well The parameters Input Coupling and Impedance are identical to those in the Input settings see chapter 6 2 4 1 Input Source Settings on page 62 Preamplifier option B24 Input Settings If option R amp S FSW B24 is installed a preamplifier can be activated for the RF input signal This function is not available for input from the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 For R amp S FSW 26 models the input signal is amplified by 30 dB if the preamplifier is activated For R amp S FSW 8 or 13 models the following settings are available You can use a preamplifier to analyze signals from DUTs with low input power Off Deactivates the preamplifier 15 dB The RF input signal is amplified by about 15 dB 30 dB The RF input signal is amplified by about 30 dB Remote command INPut GAIN STATe on page 170 INPut GAIN VALue on page 171 Amplitude Settings for Analog Baseband Input The following settings and functions are available to define amplitude settings for input via the Analog Baseband Interface R amp
178. dow layout independant of the application Note that the suffix n always refers to the window in the currently selected measure ment channel see INSTrument SELect on page 142 EE Een Se ai 200 DISPlay ee ER Fal Ae 201 DISPlay FORMat Format This command determines which tab is displayed Parameters Format SPLit Displays the MultiView tab with an overview of all active channels SINGIe Displays the measurement channel that was previously focused RST SPL Example DISP FORM SING T User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 200 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements AAN aa A es 11 7 2 Configuring the Result Display DISPlay WINDow lt n gt SIZE Size This command maximizes the size of the selected result display window temporarily To change the size of several windows on the screen permanently use the LAY SPL com mand see LAYout SPLitter on page 204 Parameters Size LARGe Maximizes the selected window to full screen Other windows are still active in the background SMALI Reduces the size of the selected window to its original size If more than one measurement window was displayed originally these are visible again RST SMALI Example DISP WIND2 LARG Working with Windows in the Display The following commands are required to change the evaluation type and rearrange the screen layout for a measurement channel as you do using the SmartGrid in manua
179. ds INIT SEQ are not available RST 0 Example SYST SEQ ON Activates the Sequencer INIT SEQ MODE SING Sets single Sequencer mode so each active measurement will be performed once INIT SEQ IMM Starts the sequential measurements SYST SEQ OFF 11 9 Retrieving Results The following commands retrieve the results from a cdma2000 measurement in a remote environment When the channel type is required as a parameter by a remote command or provided as a result for a remote query abbreviations or assignments to a numeric value are used as described in chapter 11 5 6 Channel Detection on page 183 Specific commands e Retrieving Calculated CDA Resulfs idco titi 215 e Retrieving CDA Trace Resulis iiiter eiie eti eie renis 217 e Measurement Results for TRACe lt n gt DATA TRACE n sss 219 e Exporting Trace Results cancion ee nnnc niian 232 e Retrieving RF Results ot rec ena rne ree SEENEN 233 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 214 Retrieving Results 11 9 1 Retrieving Calculated CDA Results The following commands describe how to retrieve the calculated results from the CDA measurements CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtion CDPower BTS RESUIt cccececeeeeeeeaeeeseeneeeees 215 CALC Ulatesi MARKETS EE 217 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtion CDPower BTS RESult lt Measurement gt This command queries individual values of the measured and cal
180. e eese 145 CONFloure CDbowerf BTGlMCAbrier Fil Ter 145 CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier MAL GO c cccesseeeeeeeeeeeectennecsereecereeteeeenaneaeenees 146 CONFloure CDbowerf BTGlMCAbRrert SGTATel conocia 146 SENSE JEDPOwWerAN Temps niniin AE Ed 146 SENSE COPOWerPNOFIS6t miii EENEG 147 CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier FILTer COFRequency Frequency This command sets the cut off frequency for the RRC filter Parameters lt Frequency gt Range 0 1 MHz to 2 4 MHz RST 1 25 Example CONF CDP MCAR ON Activates multi carrier mode CONF CDP MCAR FILT ON Activates an additional filter for multi carrier measurements CONF CDP MCAR FILT TYPE RRC Activates the RRC filter CONF CDP MCAR FILT COFR 1 5MHZ Sets the cut off frequency to 1 5 MHz Manual operation See Multi Carrier on page 59 See Filter Type on page 59 See Cut Off Frequency on page 60 CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier FILTer ROFF lt RollOffFactor gt This command sets the roll off factor for the RRC filter Parameters lt RollOffFactor gt Range 0 01 to 0 99 RST 0 02 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 144 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements nn A MM Configuring Code Domain Analysis Example CONF CDP MCAR ON Activates multi carrier mode CONF CDP MCAR FILT ON Activates an additional filter for multi carrier measurements CONF CDP MCAR FILT TYPE RRC Activates the
181. e ON OFF 0 1 RST 1 0 for 1 Q Analyzer GSM VSA and MC Group Delay measurements Example INP FILT YIG OFF Deactivates the YIG preselector Manual operation See YIG Preselector on page 64 INPut IMPedance Impedance This command selects the nominal input impedance of the RF input 75 Q should be selected if the 50 Q input impedance is transformed to a higher impedance using a matching pad of the RAZ type 25 Q in series to the input impedance of the instrument The power loss correction value in this case is 1 76 dB 10 log 750 500 The command is not available for measurements with the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 Parameters Impedance 50 75 RST 500 Example INP IMP 75 Usage SCPI confirmed EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 151 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements 11 5 2 2 Configuring Code Domain Analysis Manual operation See Impedance on page 63 INPut SELect lt Source gt This command selects the signal source for measurements i e it defines which connec tor is used to input data to the R amp S FSW If no additional options are installed only RF input is supported Parameters lt Source gt RF Radio Frequency RF INPUT connector DIQ Digital IQ data only available with optional Digital Baseband Inter face R amp S FSW B17 For details on UO input see the R amp S FSW UO Analyzer User Man ual AIQ Analog Baseband sig
182. e R amp S FSW automatically recognizes the data it receives regardless of the format Parameters lt Format gt ASCii ASCii format separated by commas This format is almost always suitable regardless of the actual data format However the data is not as compact as other formats may be REAL 32 32 bit IEEE 754 floating point numbers in the definite length block format In the Spectrum application the format setting REAL is used for the binary transmission of trace data For I Q data 8 bytes per sample are returned for this format set ting RST ASCII Example FORM REAL 32 Usage SCPI confirmed TRACe lt n gt DATA lt ResultType gt This command reads trace data from the R amp S FSW For details on reading trace data for other than code domain measurements refer to the TRACe DATA Command in the base unit description User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 218 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements APA AN Retrieving Results Query parameters lt ResultType gt TRACE1 TRACE2 TRACE3 TRACE4 Reads out the trace data of the corresponding trace in the speci fied measurement window The results of the trace data query depend on the evaluation method in the specified window which is selected by the LAY ADD WIND command The individual results are described in chapter 11 9 3 Measurement Results for TRACe lt n gt DATA TRACE lt n gt on page 219 CTABle For the Channel Table re
183. e 215 Composite Constellation In Composite Constellation evaluation the constellation points of the 1536 chips are displayed for the specified PCG This data is determined inside the DSP even before the channel search Thus it is not possible to assign constellation points to channels The constellation points are displayed normalized with respect to the total power User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 22 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurements and Result Displays AAA AAA A AAA A Code Domain Analysis 2 Composite Constellation Fig 3 5 Composite Constellation display for the BTS application Remote command LAY ADD 1 RIGH CCON see LAYout ADD WINDow on page 201 CALC MARK FUNC CDP RES see CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtion CDPower BTS RESult on page 215 Composite EVM This result display measures the modulation accuracy It determines the error vector magnitude EVM over the total signal The EVM is the root of the ratio of the mean error power root mean square to the power of an ideally generated reference signal Thus the EVM is shown in The diagram consists of a composite EVM for each PCG The measurement evaluates the total signal over the entire period of observation The selected PCG is highlighted red You can set the number of PCGs in the Signal Cap ture settings see Number of PCGs on page 88 1 Composite EVM Fig 3 6 Composite EVM result display
184. e Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Result Summary in window 2 NIT CONT OFF NIT CONT OFF LAY REPL WIND NIT WAI TRAC TRACE1 Select single sweep Select single sweep 1 CTAB Read out channel table Result 0 6 0 O 0 0 F 7 6 327 0 6 3 72 4 fe ly De Kate 10 5 8 3 e E 7 10 7 24 3 2 0 ZIEL 6 2535 47 6 Jd seen 11 6 63 3 47 7 erte 13 3 E e 8 0 59 0 54 54 Start measurement with synchronization 95 95 6 s 9 9 Replace CDP by Channel Table evaluation in window 1 Retrieving Results Measurement Example Retrieving the MS Channel Table Values The example shows the results of the query for 2 channels with the following configura tion Chan type Ch no SF Code class Mapping Power PICH 0 32 5 l 7 0 dB CCCH 2 8 3 Q 10 0 dB NIT CONT OFF NIT CONT OFF LAY REPL WIND NIT WAIL TRAC TRACE1 Select single sweep Select single sweep 1 CTAB Read out channel table Result 0 5 0 0 Le us Dap Me ELS sp Be Do T5 EES CB i 0 ZE b Xu ELS yp By 25 05 ELD o By 35 OG WER oO O N O wW Start measurement with synchronization VD 0 XO 0 10 0 XO OD 0 10 x Replace CDP by Channel Table evaluation in window 1 _L_____L_L___ a User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 222 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remo
185. e Level to Full Scale Level 66 Connected MET E E 66 A EEE E 66 Digital UO Input State Enables or disable the use of the Digital IQ input source for measurements Digital IQ is only available if the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 is installed Remote command INPut SELect on page 152 Input Sample Rate Defines the sample rate of the digital I Q signal source This sample rate must correspond with the sample rate provided by the connected device e g a generator If Auto is selected the sample rate is adjusted automatically by the connected device The allowed range is from 100 Hz to 10 GHz Remote command INPut DIQ SRATe on page 156 INPut DIQ SRATe AUTO on page 156 Full Scale Level The Full Scale Level defines the level and unit that should correspond to an UO sample with the magnitude 1 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 65 R amp S9FSW K82 K83 Configuration PRECIO C eo Code Domain Analysis If Auto is selected the level is automatically set to the value provided by the connected device Remote command INPut DIQ RANGe UPPer on page 155 INPut DIQ RANGe UPPer UNIT on page 155 INPut DIQ RANGe UPPer AUTO on page 154 Adjust Reference Level to Full Scale Level If enabled the reference level is adjusted to the full scale level automatically if any change occurs Remote command INPut DIQ RANGe COUPling on page 155 Connected Instru
186. e capture buffer start and the start ofthe extracted application data The offset must be a positive value as the application can only analyze data that is contained in the capture buffer Range 0 to Record length RST 0 Manual operation See Trigger Source on page 83 See Capture Offset on page 86 11 13 Querying the Status Registers The following commands query the status registers specific to the CDMA2000 applica tions In addition the CDMA2000 applications also use the standard status registers of the R amp S FSW For details on the common R amp S FSW status registers refer to the description of remote commands basics in the R amp S FSW User Manual o RST does not influence the status registers EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 248 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements ua SSS AAA A A A A A A A A eed Querying the Status Registers The STATus QUEStionable DIQregister is described in STATus QUEStionable DIQ Register on page 157 The STATus QUEStionable SYNC register contains information on the error situation in the code domain analysis of the cdma2000 applications The bits can be queried with commands sTATus QUEStionable SYNC CONDition on page 249 and STATus QUEStionable SYNC EVENt on page 249 Table 11 7 Status error bits in STATus QUEStionable SYNC register for CDMA2000 applications Bit No Meaning 0 This bit is not used 1
187. e command CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier FILTer TYPE on page 145 CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier FILTer COFRequency on page 144 6 2 4 Data Input and Output Settings The R amp S FSW can analyze signals from different input sources and provide various types of output such as noise or trigger signals e Input Source SINS EE 62 o utput SOMOS EE 69 e Digital VO Output EE 72 6 2 4 1 Input Source Settings The input source determines which data the R amp S FSW will analyze Input settings can be configured via the INPUT OUTPUT key in the Input dialog box Some settings are also available in the Amplitude tab of the Amplitude dialog box e Radio Frequency IVpllt cocinera eno Rer EEN enne E En ne dao mana et neg 63 e Digital VO Input Setflligs uie nee tree aca 64 e Analog Baseband Input Settings esseeri iet tacit Ae 66 LE ovis po m 69 E N User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 62 R amp S9FSW K82 K83 Configuration mesa Code Domain Analysis Radio Frequency Input The default input source for the R amp S FSW is Radio Frequency i e the signal at the RF INPUT connector on the front panel of the R amp S FSW If no additional options are installed this is the only available input source In a sims 22 Enartrim ven Input Source Power Sensor Probes Frequency External Input Coupling Mixer Impedance Digital I 9 Q H
188. e default instrument settings in the current channel Use INST SEL to select the channel Example INST Spectrum2 Selects the channel for Spectrum2 SYST PRES CHAN EXEC Restores the factory default settings to the Spectrum2 channel Usage Event Manual operation See Preset Channel on page 56 Selecting a Measurement The following commands are required to define the measurement type in a remote envi ronment For details on available measurements see chapter 3 Measurements and Result Displays on page 15 CONFigure CDPower BTS MEASUremerit ariete teet eee ia rne eaa de ea dae 142 CONFigure CDPower BTS MEASurement Measurement This command selects the RF measurement type with predefined settings according to the CDMA2000 standard ERA lt A 5 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 142 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Deeg Configuring Code Domain Analysis Parameters lt Measurement gt ACLR CCDF CDPower ESPectrum OBWidth POWer ACLR Adjacent Channel Power measurement CCDF measurement of the complementary cumulative distribution func tion signal statistics CDPower Code Domain Analyzer measurement ESPectrum check of signal power Spectrum Emission Mask OBWidth measurement of the occupied bandwidth POWer Signal Channel Power measurement with predefined settings according to the CDMA2000 standard RST CDPower Example CONF
189. e is 200 dB in 0 01 dB steps Remote command DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe Y SCALe RLEVel OFFSet on page 170 Unit Reference Level For CDA measurements the unit should not be changed as this would lead to useless results Setting the Reference Level Automatically Auto Level Reference Level Automatically determines the optimal reference level for the current input data At the same time the internal attenuators and the preamplifier for analog baseband input the fullscale level are adjusted so the signal to noise ratio is optimized while signal com pression clipping and overload conditions are minimized In order to do so a level measurement is performed to determine the optimal reference level You can change the measurement time for the level measurement if necessary see Changing the Automatic Measurement Time Meastime Manual on page 100 Remote command SENSe ADJust LEVel on page 194 Fullscale Level Mode Value The fullscale level defines the maximum power you can input at the Baseband Input connector without clipping the signal The fullscale level can be defined automatically according to the reference level or man ually For manual input the following values can be selected e 0 25V e 05V e 1V e 2V If probes are connected the possible fullscale values are adapted according to the pro be s attenuation and maximum allowed power For details on probes see the R amp S FSW
190. e is stored under the name RECENT and is selected for use After the RECENT channel table is switched on another channel table can be selected with the command CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle SELect on page 187 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 187 R amp SSFSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements pm O HM Configuring Code Domain Analysis Parameters State ON OFF RST OFF Example CONF CDP CTAB ON Manual operation See Using Predefined Channel Tables on page 90 11 5 6 3 Configuring Channel Tables Some general settings and functions are available when configuring a predefined channel table CONFloure CDbowerf BTGlCTABleCOMMent nnne nnne 188 CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABIO DATA EE 188 CONFigure GCDPower BTS CTABIEIDATA 1er ceto ce nt aan 190 CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle NAME ecccceccccccnececeseseneeeececerenerecenaeeannenennatenees 191 CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle COMMent lt Comment gt This command defines a comment for the selected channel table Prior to this command the name of the channel table has to be defined with command CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle NAME on page 191 Parameters lt Comment gt Example CONF CDP CTAB NAME MEN TAB Defines the channel table name CONF CDP CTAB COMM Comment for table 1 Defines a comment for the table CONF CDP CTAB DATA 8 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 00 8 1 0 0 0 0 1
191. easurements only Not available for input from the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 For input from the Analog Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B71 this command is interpreted as BBPower for compatibility reasons TIME Time interval For frequency and time domain measurements only PSEN External power sensor For frequency and time domain measurements only GPO GP1 GP2 GP3 GP4 GP5 For applications that process l Q data such as the I Q Analyzer or optional applications and only if the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 is available Defines triggering of the measurement directly via the LVDS con nector The parameter specifies which general purpose bit 0 to 5 will provide the trigger data The assignment of the general purpose bits used by the Digital IQ trigger to the LVDS connector pins is provided in Digital Q on page 84 RST IMMediate TRIG SOUR EXT Selects the external trigger input as source of the trigger signal User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 179 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements 11 5 4 2 Configuring Code Domain Analysis Manual operation See Trigger Source on page 83 See Trigger Source on page 83 See Free Run on page 83 See External Trigger 1 2 3 on page 83 See Digital Q on page 84 See IF Power on page 84 TRIGger SEQuence TIME RINTerval Interval This command defines the repetition interval for the time t
192. ecec s Evaluation settings BTS remote 196 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 272 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Index Parameters nie c HDD 16 P erformihig occa cce erit it Ri eere tit oet 120 crime gedet gebei egedde eden 16 CDE Peak eege gege eegenen eege 24 CDEP Color assignment 22 cc ceeeeee testes eeeeeteeeeeeteeeteeeeeeees NI Evaluation method Trace EE cdma2000 EE 36 L pligere Ule e 11 Measurements 2 rto rie ere zu et 15 Remote commands cccccocnnncccccccnnnncoccnnnnnoconononononos 133 cdma2000 mode Error messages dnte oec Era neces 119 Optimizing Reference RF measurements 5 reiten chr ei trees 28 Troubleshooting eese 119 CDP Absolute Relative occcccccccccncconcconcconininoss 108 197 Channel table 95 97 188 190 Color assignment coococcconcccoccccccononon conan nccncnnnnancncnnnnnns 22 Display iuris it 108 197 198 Evaluation method Measurement examples ssssesess 126 Reference power A Results remote Retrov EE Trace TesultS ii ii Triggered Measurement example Center Irequeri y sion ecrire tetto bea as Analog Baseband GB 68 Deviation Measurement example Toi oie EE Channel bandwidth IMSRA MOJE i i eire he dee rete EE TE PER ERR 48 Channel Dar ern eit tor ete eere rtv eebe 13 Channel detection AUTOS CMC oM 4
193. eeps that the application uses to average traces In case of continuous sweeps the application calculates the moving average over the average count In case of single sweep measurements the application stops the measurement and cal culates the average after the average count has been reached Parameters lt AverageCount gt If you set a average count of 0 or 1 the application performs one single sweep in single sweep mode In continuous sweep mode if the average count is set to 0 a moving average over 10 sweeps is performed Range 0 to 200000 RST 0 Usage SCPI confirmed Manual operation See Sweep Average Count on page 97 SENSe SWEep COUNt lt SweepCount gt This command defines the number of sweeps that the application uses to average traces In case of continuous sweeps the application calculates the moving average over the average count In case of single sweep measurements the application stops the measurement and cal culates the average after the average count has been reached EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 191 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements 11 5 8 Configuring Code Domain Analysis Parameters lt SweepCount gt If you set a sweep count of 0 or 1 the R amp S FSW performs one single sweep in single sweep mode In continuous sweep mode if the sweep count is set to 0 a moving average over 10 sweeps is performed Range 0 to 200000 RST 0 Example SWE COUN
194. efault measurement is Code Domain Analysis In addition to the code domain power measurements specified by the CDMA2000 standard the CDMA2000 applications offer measurements with predefined settings in the frequency domain e g RF power measurements Only one measurement type can be configured per channel however several channels for CDMA2000 applications can be configured in parallel on the R amp S FSW Thus you can configure one channel for a Code Domain Analysis for example and another for a Power measurement for the same input signal Then you can use the Sequencer to per form all measurements consecutively and switch through the results easily or monitor all results at the same time in the MultiView tab For details on the Sequencer function see the R amp S FSW User Manual Selecting the measurement type When you activate a measurement channel in a CDMA2000 application Code Domain Analysis of the input signal is started automatically However the CDMA2000 applica tions also provide other measurement types gt To select a different measurement type do one of the following e Tap the Overview softkey In the Overview tap the Select Measurement button Select the required measurement e Press the MEAS key on the front panel In the Select Measurement dialog box select the required measurement Result DBP M eege A a iba 52 Code Doman Amnalysls croceo ep rtv iia 53 e RE Measuremehls ueridrr ad 102 6
195. efines the minimum value of the y axis for the selected result display Parameters Value numeric value RST depends on the result display The unit and range depend on the result display Example DISP TRAC Y MIN 60 DISP TRAC Y MAX 0 Defines the y axis with a minimum value of 60 and maximum value of 0 Manual operation See Y Maximum Y Minimum on page 81 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe Y SCALe PDIVision Value This remote command determines the grid spacing on the Y axis for all diagrams where possible Parameters Value numeric value the unit depends on the result display Defines the range per division total range 10 lt Value gt RST depends on the result display T User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 169 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements a ee ee Configuring Code Domain Analysis Example DISP TRAC Y PDIV 10 Sets the grid spacing to 10 units e g dB per division For example 10 dB in the Code Domain Power result display DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe Y SCALe RLEVel lt ReferenceLevel gt This command defines the reference level With a reference level offset 0 the value range of the reference level is modified by the offset Parameters lt ReferenceLevel gt The unit is variable Range see datasheet RST 0 dBm Example DISP TRAC Y RLEV 60dBm Usage SCPI confirmed Manual operation See Reference Level on page 76 DISPlay WINDow lt
196. ellation Composite EVM inito it ele le EE Configuring remote DIA ec M Marker EE Peak Code Domain Error m Peak listeriosis enn n ea Power VS POG iof t otto iid iridir Power vs Symbol Result Summary cccccoocccccnonocaccnnnnconnnnnccnnnnnncncnnna nos see also Evaluations sees 15 Symbol Constellation D Symbol EVM cistitis 27 Results Calculated remote cccceeeeeeceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeneeeees 215 CDP remote n ete erectis 215 Data format remote sss 218 Evaluating EN Exporting remote eese 232 Retrieving remote sssesssesses 214 RF remote 2n Trace e EE Trace data remote noococcccnnnicccccccccconcnnnccnnccnnnananono Trace data query remote a Updating the display remote 248 Result Summary Channel results e tette 17 Evaluation method ccccccoocccccncconoconocccnnnnccononnnns 26 34 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 General Results 5 nnne 16 PCG reSulls rientro rn roit etat Result display e Trace reene iros ii rere Retrieving Calculated results remote oooooonnnnnnconcccnccccccncnnns 215 Results remote sse 214 RF Results remote sess 233 Trace results remote
197. em PRESet CHANnel EXECute command Usage Event R amp S FSW K82 K83 Annex Reference Data Reference Predefined Channel Tables A Annex Reference Data A 1 Reference Predefined Channel Tables Predefined channel tables provide quick configuration for the channel search in com monly used measurement scenarios in accordance with the cdma2000 specification To use channels other than those in the predefined channel tables you can copy the original tables and modify the channels in the copy e BISChannelTables ent ore niter te ee oboe eee aea cec Ehe tee echo Ree gena 253 e MS Channel RE e 255 A 1 1 BTS Channel Tables The cdma2000 BTS Analysis application provides the following set of channel tables compliant with the cdma2000 specification O The standard does not specify a channel number for the data channels Channel table Contents RECENT Contains the most recently selected channel table MPC_RC1 Base Station Main Path 6 Channels Radio Configuration 1 Channel table with F PICH F SYNC F PCH and 6 data channels MPC_RC4 Base Station Main Path 6 Channels Radio Configuration 4 Channel table with F PICH F SYNC F PCH and 6 data channels TDC_RC4 Base Station Transmit Diversity Path 6 Channels Radio Configuration 4 Channel table with F PICH F SYNC F PCH and 6 data channels BPC_RC4 Base Station Both Paths 6 Channels Radio Configuration 4 Channel table with F PICH F
198. emote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements PENES GCCRC F A A u X C A q Retrieving Results 11 9 3 13 Phase Error vs Chip When the trace data for this evaluation is queried a list of phase error values of all chips in the selected PCG is returned 722560 values The values are calculated as the phase difference between the received signal and the reference signal for each chip in degrees 11 9 3 14 11 9 3 15 and are normalized to the square root of the average power at the selected PCG Power vs Symbol When the trace data for this evaluation is queried One power value per symbol is returned The number of values depends on the number of symbols and therefore the spreading factor With transmit diversity activated the number of values is reduced to half For details see Number of bits per symbol on page 38 Result Summary When the trace data for this evaluation is queried the results of the result summary are output in the following order lt PCG gt lt PTOTal gt lt PPICh gt lt RHO gt lt MACCuracy gt lt PCDerror gt lt ACTive gt lt FER Ror gt lt FERPpm gt lt TFRame gt lt CERRor gt lt IQOFfset gt lt IQIMbalance gt lt SRATe gt lt CHANnel gt lt SFACtor gt lt TOFFset gt lt POFFset gt lt CDPRelative gt lt CDPabsolute gt lt EVMRms gt lt EVMPeak gt
199. ency 878 49 MHz 5 MEAS gt POWER The spectrum of the signal and the corresponding power levels within the 1 2288 MHz channel bandwidth are displayed Meas 2 Measuring the Spectrum Emission Mask The CDMA2000 specification calls for a measurement that monitors compliance with a spectral mask over a range of at least 4 0 MHz around the CDMA2000 carrier To assess the power emissions within the specified range the signal power is measured with a 30kHz filter The resulting trace is compared with a limit line as defined in the CDMA2000 standard The limit lines are automatically selected as a function of the used band class Test setup gt Connect the RF output of the R amp S SMU to the RF input of the R amp S FSW coaxial cable with N connectors Settings on the R amp S SMU 1 PRESET 2 FREQ 878 49 MHz 3 LEVEL 0 dBm 4 DIGITAL STD cdma2000 5 DIGITAL STD gt Set Default ERA e A 555 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 125 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurement Examples a ee A A A A 5 10 3 Meas 3 Measuring the Relative Code Domain Power and Frequency Error 6 DIGITAL STD gt LINK DIRECTION gt DOWN FORWARD 7 DIGITAL STD gt cdma2000 gt STATE ON Settings on the R amp S FSW 1 PRESET 2 MODE gt cdma2000 BTS 3 AMPT gt Reference level 0 dBm 4 FREQ gt Center frequency 878 49 MHz 5 MEAS gt Spectrum Emission Mask The spectrum of the signal is displayed including the
200. end button and then the Frequency tab to define the input signal s center frequency 5 Optionally select the Trigger button and define a trigger for data acquisition for example an external trigger to start capturing data only when a useful signal is trans mitted 6 Selectthe Signal Capture button and define the acquisition parameters for the input signal In MSRA mode define the application data instead see To select the application data for MSRA measurements on page 122 T Select the Channel Detection button and define how the individual channels are detected within the input signal If necessary define a channel table as described in To define or edit a channel table on page 121 8 Select the Display Config button and select the evaluation methods that are of interest to you Arrange them on the display to suit your preferences 9 Exit the SmartGrid mode and select the Overview softkey to display the Over view again 10 Select the Analysis button in the Overview to configure how the data is evaluated in the individual result displays e Select the set PCG slot or code to be evaluated e Configure specific settings for the selected evaluation method s e Optionally configure the trace to display the average over a series of sweeps If necessary increase the Sweep Average Count in the Sweep Config dialog box e Configure markers and delta markers to determine deviations and offsets within t
201. ends on the used connection protocol version indicated by lt SampleRateType gt parameter lt MaxTransferRate gt Maximum data transfer rate of the connected device in Hz lt ConnProtState gt State of the connection protocol which is used to identify the con nected device Not Started Has to be Started Started Passed Failed Done lt PRBSTestState gt State of the PRBS test Not Started Has to be Started Started Passed Failed Done lt SampleRateType gt 0 Maximum sample rate is displayed 1 Current sample rate is displayed lt FullScaleLevel gt The level in dBm that should correspond to an UO sample with the magnitude 1 if transferred from connected device If not available 9 97e37 is returned Example INP DIQ CDEV Result 1 5MU200A 103634 0ut A 70000000 100000000 Passed Not Started 0 0 Manual operation See Connected Instrument on page 66 INPut DIQ RANGe UPPer AUTO lt State gt If enabled the digital input full scale level is automatically set to the value provided by the connected device if available This command is only available if the optional Digital Baseband interface option R amp S FSW B17 is installed EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 154 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements REENERT Configuring Code Domain Analysis Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Manual operation See Full Scale Level on page 65 INPut DIQ RANGe COUPli
202. er FILTer COFRequency on page 144 6 2 3 2 MS Signal Description These settings describe the input signal in MS measurements Long Code Mask Long Code Offset MATAS a ir eze ESG 101 Multi Carrier Multi Carrier Enhanced Algorithm Multi Carrier Filter Filter Type Towpass Roll Off Factor Cut Off Frequency Long Code TTT 60 ele 61 Long Code Generatio 22s uo tu kae ese ek aa dap de re kk daas de ERR dade o a kann sea kid 61 Ee E 61 L Enhanced AIQOrithim ccscccccccscscssssessssesesesesesssesecessseceseeseseseseneeeseaseesenees 61 L Muli Camer Fief MM CN 61 LEETE EE 61 A RD 62 L Cut Off FreguUenCy iiieoo apaa aiia 62 Long Code Mask Defines the long code mask of the mobile in hexadecimal form The value range is from 0 to 4FFFFFFFFFF For the default mask value of 0 the Long Code Offset is not taken into consideration User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 60 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration EENEG Code Domain Analysis For more information on long codes see Long code scrambling on page 40 Remote command SENSe CDPower LCODe MASK on page 148 Long Code Offset Defines the long code offset including the PN offset in chips in hexadecimal format with a 52 bit resolution This value corresponds to the GPS timing since 6 1 1980 00 00 00 UTC This offset is applied at the next trigger pulse which cannot occur until a setup time of 300 ms has elapsed The defa
203. er and its spreading factor The spread bits are called chips Since a PCG is a fixed time unit knowing the symbol rate you can calculate how many symbols are transmitted for each PCG For evaluations which display symbols on the x axis the maximum number of symbols varies according to the symbol rate of the selected code channel With transmit diversity signals the symbols of the signal are distrubuted on two antennas see chapter 4 7 2 Antenna Diversity on page 42 Therefore the symbol number is reduced to half The following table shows the relationship between the code class the spreading factor the number of codes per channel and the symbol rate Table 4 1 Relationship between various code parameters for CDMA2000 BTS signals Code Spreading No Symbol rate ksps Symbols per PCG Symbols per PCG class factor codes no transmit diver transmit diversity channel sity 2 4 128 307 2 384 192 3 8 64 153 6 192 96 4 16 32 76 8 96 48 5 32 16 38 4 48 24 6 64 8 19 2 24 12 7 128 4 9 6 12 6 Table 4 2 Relationship between various code parameters for CDMA2000 MS signals Code Spreading No codes Symbol rate ksps Symbols per PCG class factor channel 1 2 128 614 4 768 2 4 64 307 2 384 3 8 32 153 6 192 4 16 16 76 8 96 5 32 8 38 4 48 6 64 4 19 2 24 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 37 R amp SSFSW K82 K83 Measurement Ba
204. er is active the Single Sweep softkey only controls the sweep mode for the currently selected channel however the sweep mode only has an effect the next time the Sequencer activates that channel and only for a channel defined sequence In this case a channel in single sweep mode is swept only once by the Sequencer Furthermore the RUN SINGLE key on the front panel controls the Sequencer not indi vidual sweeps RUN SINGLE starts the Sequencer in single mode If the Sequencer is off only the evaluation for the currently displayed measurement channel is updated Remote command INITiate IMMediate on page 211 Continue Single Sweep After triggering repeats the number of sweeps set in Sweep Count without deleting the trace of the last measurement E N User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 98 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration Code Domain Analysis While the measurement is running the Continue Single Sweep softkey and the RUN SINGLE key are highlighted The running measurement can be aborted by selecting the highlighted softkey or key again Remote command INITiate CONMeas on page 210 6 2 11 Automatic Settings Some settings can be adjusted by the R amp S FSW automatically according to the current measurement settings In order to do so a measurement is performed The duration of this measurement can be defined automatically or manually To activate the automatic adjustment of a setting select the corresponding func
205. erface i e the maximum input sample rate that can be processed by the connected instrument e Sample rate currently used to transfer data via the Digital Baseband Interface Level and unit that corresponds to an I Q sample with the magnitude 1 Full Scale Level Remote command OUTPut DIQ CDEVice on page 156 Connected Instrument Displays information on the instrument connected to the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 if available If an instrument is connected the following information is displayed e Name and serial number of the instrument connected to the Digital Baseband Inter face e Used port Remote command OUTPut DIQ CDEVice on page 156 Frontend Settings The frequency amplitude and y axis scaling settings represent the frontend of the measurement setup e Frequency SOMOS siciliana 73 e Amplitude Setlings EEN 75 e Amplitude Settings for Analog Baseband Input 78 O SEE PEE 81 Frequency Settings Frequency settings for the input signal can be configured via the Frequency dialog box which is displayed when you do one of the following e Select the FREQ key and then the Frequency Config softkey e Select the Frequency tab in the Input Settings dialog box E N User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 73 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration Code Domain Analysis Frequency Center 113 25 6Hz 25 GHz Center Freg Stepsize VIER 1 0 MHz Frequency Offset Center Frequen
206. ermore the application firmware CDMA2000 BTS or CDMA2000 MS must be enabled Installation and enabling of the application firmware are described in the R amp S FSW Getting Started manual or in the Release Notes EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 45 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurement Basics a SS A Test Setup for CDMA2000 Tests Risk of instrument damage during operation An unsuitable operating site or test setup can cause damage to the instrument and to connected devices Ensure the following operating conditions before you switch on the instrument e All fan openings are unobstructed and the airflow perforations are unimpeded The minimum distance from the wall is 10 cm e The instrument is dry and shows no sign of condensation e The instrument is positioned as described in the following sections e The ambient temperature does not exceed the range specified in the data sheet e Signal levels at the input connectors are all within the specified ranges e Signal outputs are correctly connected and are not overloaded Required units and accessories The measurements are performed with the following units and accessories e An R amp S FSW equipped with the CDMA2000 BTS or MS option e R amp S SMU signal generator equipped with option SMU B9 B10 B11 baseband gen erator and SMUK46 CDMA2000 incl 1xEVDV e 1 coaxial cable 50 Q approximately 1 m N connector e 2 coaxial cables 50 Q approximately 1 m BNC connector Gene
207. eter Channel Description Channel number including the spreading factor in the form lt Channel gt lt SF gt Modulation Type BTS application only Displays the modulation type of the channel and PCG BPSK QPSK 8PSK or 16QAM Mapping MS application only Indicates the selected branch I or Q Phase Offset Phase offset between the selected channel and the pilot channel If enabled see Timing and phase offset calculation on page 108 the maximum value of the phase offset is displayed together with the associated channel in the last two lines Since the phase offset values of each active channel can be either negative or positive the absolute values are compared and the maximum is dis played with the original sign Power Absolute Absolute dBm power of the channel Power Relative Relative dB power of the channel refers either to the pilot channel or the total power of the signal ERA e AA LLLLLLLLLLLZLLS User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 17 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurements and Result Displays Deg Code Domain Analysis Parameter Description Symbol EVM Peak or mean value of the EVM measurement result For further details refer to the result display Symbol EVM on page 27 Timing Offset Timing offset between the selected channel and the pilot channel If enabled see Timing and phase offset calculation on page 108 the maximum value o
208. event and the start of the PCG can be compensated for by adjusting the trigger offset 1 TRIG gt External Trigger 1 2 TRIG gt Trigger Offset 100 us The following results are displayed the first window shows the power of the code domain of the signal In the second window the Result Summary is displayed The Trigger to Frame offset between the trigger event and and the start of the PCG has been eliminated 10 4 2 Behaviour With the Wrong PN Offset The last adjustment is setting the PN Pseudo Noise offset correctly The measurement is only valid if the PN offset on the analyzer is the same as that of the transmit signal Signal Description gt PN Offset 200 In the Result Summary the Trigger to Frame result is not correct Also the error message SYNC FAILED indicates that the synchronization has failed Correct the PN Offset Signal Description gt PN Offset 0 Now the PN offset on the R amp S FSW is the same as that of the signal In the Result Summary the Trigger to Frame value is now correct 10 5 Meas 5 Measuring the Composite EVM The Error Vector Magnitude EVM describes the quality of the measured signal com pared to an ideal reference signal generated by the R amp S FSW In the I Q plane the error vector represents the ratio of the measured signal to the ideal signal on symbol level The error vector is equal to the square root of the ratio of the measured signal to the reference sig
209. f the timing offset is displayed together with the associated channel in the last two lines Since the timing offset values of each active channel can be either negative or positive the absolute values are compared and the maximum is dis played with the original sign 3 1 2 Evaluation Methods for Code Domain Analysis The captured I Q data can be evaluated using various different methods without having to start a new measurement All evaluation methods available for the selected CDMA2000 measurement are displayed in the evaluation bar in SmartGrid mode To activate SmartGrid mode do one of the following Pd Select the SmartGrid icon from the toolbar e Select the Display Config button in the configuration Overview e Select the Display Config softkey from the MEAS CONFIG menu To close the SmartGrid mode and restore the previous softkey menu select the 2 Close icon in the righthand corner of the toolbar or press any key on the front panel The selected evaluation not only affects the result display but also the results of the trace data query see TRACe lt n gt DATA on page 218 The Code Domain Analyzer provides the following evaluation methods for measurements in the code domain EEEE Eoi Lee 18 Ghamel DET 19 Table Configuration nati id 20 Code Domain Power Code Domain Error Power 21 Wellen ET DEEG 22 COMPOSE EE 23 Peak Gode Domain e TEE 24 vi im da rcp 25 Eet etn tret co esce ee opu ud eno uut
210. formation sese 66 Digital output Enabling eire e dee 72 Display Configuration remote esses 251 ae TEE 12 Display configuration SOfIKOy iia 15 52 Domain conflict Channel table ctos t oce eerie dis 95 97 Drop out time MIO E Eege 85 Duplicating Measurement channel remote 139 E BAC 45 Electronic input attenuation eeseesesesss 77 Eliminating e 108 196 Enhanced algorithm Multi carrier signals 0 0 0 0 cece 59 61 146 Error messages ier eere ere ern erit nee ee d 119 Errors Device connections B17 sesessss 157 ejus 76 79 Error vector magnitude SEENEN EE 23 Evaluation methods REMOTE mucosas sen eE E ni 201 Evaluation range Brani c E 110 195 Channel e 109 195 PCG m 110 196 Remote commands neret nennen 195 cr c 88 110 195 Settings 107 DOMO mM ERE 109 Evaluations D A 18 Dip EE 33 see also Result Displays eeeesesseses 15 SCLC CUM 15 EVM Bell E Results remote Pen A e ini Exporting A GE Ea 50 NOY Cate pure 50 53 264 1 Q data remote 245 SONKEY E 50 Trace results remote sesessssssess 232 External trigger Level remote sesionar tm rer rp ren ees 176 SOMO 83 F CA
211. g channel tables are available by default RECENT Contains the most recently selected channel table BPC_RC4 MPC_RC1 MPC_RC4 TDC_RC4 Channel tables for BTS measurements configured according to a spe cific radio configuration EACHOP RCCCHOP RTCHOP3 RTCHOP5 Channel tables for MS mode configured according to a specific radio configuration Remote command CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle CATalog on page 185 Selecting a Table Selects the channel table currently focussed in the Predefined Tables list and compares it to the measured signal to detect channels Remote command CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle SELect on page 187 E T User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 91 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration 6 2 9 3 Code Domain Analysis Creating a New Table Creates a new channel table For a description of channel table settings and functions see chapter 6 2 9 3 Channel Table Settings and Functions on page 92 For step by step instructions on creating a new channel table see To define or edit a channel table on page 121 Remote command CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle NAME on page 191 Editing a Table You can edit existing channel table definitions The details of the selected channel are displayed in the Channel Table dialog box Copying a Table Copies an existing channel table definition The details of the selected channel are dis played in the Channel Table dialog box Remote command CONFigu
212. g is 1 If you capture more than one set the number of slots PCGs is always 64 CDMA2000 BTS application 32 and is not available for modification Remote command SENSe CDPower SET COUNt on page 183 Set to Analyze Selects a specific set for further analysis The value range is between 0 and Number of Sets on page 88 1 Remote command SENSe CDPower SET on page 195 Application Data MSRA For the CDMA2000 BTS application in MSRA operating mode the application data range is defined by the same settings used to define the signal capturing in Signal and Spectrum Analyzer mode see Number of Sets on page 88 In addition a capture offset can be defined i e an offset from the start of the captured data to the start of the analysis interval for the CDMA2000 BTS measurement see Capture Offset on page 86 The analysis interval cannot be edited manually but is determined automatically according to the selected PCG code or set to analyze which is defined for the evaluation E N User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 88 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration DREES Code Domain Analysis range depending on the result display Note that the PCG code set is analyzed within the application data 6 2 9 Channel Detection The channel detection settings determine which channels are found in the input signal Channel Detection Inactive Channel Threshold 60 0 dB Predefined Channel Tables Use Dredef
213. gnals are not interchanged Normal sideband I j Q RST OFF See Swap Q on page 68 Probes can be connected to the optional BASEBAND INPUT connectors if the Analog Baseband interface option R amp S FSW B71 is installed EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 162 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements DESEN Configuring Code Domain Analysis ISGENGe JP OBe pDzID PDAhTnumber cece eee eaeeaeeaeeeateeeeeeeeseeeeeesaeaaaeaaenenenes 163 SENS PROBe lt p gt ID SRNUMBDET ii a ERC a a aaa 163 SENSe PROBeE p gt SETUPIMODE innsti a anda 163 SENSE PROBE E Ne E 164 SENSe PROBeSps SETUpIS ER 164 ISENSeIPbROBe ps SETuRTYEES cono no nora annonces 165 SENSe PROBe lt p gt ID PARTnumber Queries the R amp S part number of the probe Suffix lt p gt 1 2 3 Selects the connector 1 Baseband Input 2 Baseband Input Q 3 RF currently not supported use 1 with RF Input Connector setting Baseband Input Return values lt PartNumber gt Part number in a string Usage Query only SENSe PROBe lt p gt ID SRNumber Queries the serial number of the probe Suffix lt p gt 1 213 Selects the connector 1 Baseband Input 2 Baseband Input Q 3 RF currently not supported use 1 with RF Input Connector setting Baseband Input I Return values lt SerialNo gt Serial number in a string Usage Query only SENSe PROBe lt p gt SETup MODE lt Mode gt Select the action t
214. hannel Table Two different commands are available to retrieve the channel table results e TRAC DATA TRACEx commands return detailed trace information for each channel e TRAC DATA CTABle provides the maximum values of the timing phase offset between each assigned channel and the pilot channel Results for TRACEx Parameters The command returns 8 values for each channel in the following order lt channel type gt lt code class gt lt code number gt lt radio configuration gt lt absolute level gt lt relative level gt lt timing offset gt lt phase offset gt Value Description Range Unit lt channel type gt channel type 0 13 BTS see table 11 2 0 9 MS and table 11 4 lt code class gt code class of the channel see chapter 4 2 Channels Codes 2 7 BTS and Symbols on page 36 1 6 MS lt code number gt code number within the channel 0 127 BTS 0 63 MS lt radio config gt radio configuration see chapter 4 6 Radio Configuration BTS only on page 41 lt mapping gt MS channel mapping 0 I branch only 1 Q branch User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 220 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements SSS AAA A A A A AA A Pm Retrieving Results Value Description Range Unit lt absolute level gt absolute power level of the channel Lach dBm relative level relative power
215. hat is started with the micro button on the probe head See also Microbutton Action on page 69 T User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 163 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Suffix lt p gt Parameters lt Mode gt Manual operation Configuring Code Domain Analysis 11213 Selects the connector 1 Baseband Input 2 Baseband Input Q 3 RF currently not supported use 1 with RF Input Connector setting Baseband Input RSINgle Run single starts one data acquisition NOACtion Nothing is started on pressing the micro button RST RSINgle See Microbutton Action on page 69 SENSe PROBe lt p gt SETup NAME Queries the name of the probe Suffix lt p gt Return values lt Name gt Usage 11213 Selects the connector 1 Baseband Input 2 Baseband Input Q 3 RF currently not supported use 1 with RF Input Connector setting Baseband Input I Name string Query only SENSe PROBe lt p gt SETup STATe Queries if the probe at the specified connector is active detected or not active not detected To switch the probe on i e activate input from the connector use INP SEL AIQ see INPut SELect on page 152 Suffix lt p gt Return values lt State gt 11213 Selects the connector 1 Baseband Input 2 Baseband Input Q 3 RF currently not supported use 1 with RF Input Connector setting Baseband Inpu
216. he Power measurement determines the CDMA2000 signal channel power EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 102 R amp S9FSW K82 K83 Configuration RF Measurements To do so the RF signal power of a single channel is analyzed with 1 2288 MHz bandwidth over a single trace The displayed results are based on the root mean square The band width and the associated channel power are displayed in the Result Summary In order to determine the signal channel power the CDMA2000 application performs a Channel Power measurement as in the Spectrum application with the following settings Table 6 3 Predefined settings for CDMA2000 Output Channel Power measurements Setting Default Value ACLR Standard CDMA2000 MC1 Number of adjacent channels 0 Frequency Span 2MHz For further details about the Power measurement refer to Channel Power and Adjacent Channel Power ACLR Measurements in the R amp S FSW User Manual 6 3 2 Channel Power ACLR Measurements The Adjacent Channel Power measurement analyzes the power of the TX channel and the power of adjacent and alternate channels on the left and right side of the TX channel The number of TX channels and adjacent channels can be modified as well as the band class The bandwidth and power of the TX channel and the bandwidth spacing and power of the adjacent and alternate channels are displayed in the Result Summary Channel Power ACLR measurements are performed as in the Spectrum ap
217. he corresponding dialog box Select a setting in the channel bar at the top of the measurement channel tab to change a specific setting Preset Channel Select the Preset Channel button in the lower lefthand corner of the Overview to restore all measurement settings in the current channel to their default values Note that the PRESET key on the front panel restores all measurements in all mea surement channels on the R amp S FSW to their default values ERA lt lt lt LLLLLLLLLLLLLLLLILM J User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 56 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration EENEG 6 2 3 6 2 3 1 Code Domain Analysis See chapter 6 2 1 Default Settings for Code Domain Analysis on page 54 for details Remote command SYSTem PRESet CHANnel EXECute on page 142 Select Measurement Selects a different measurement to be performed See Selecting the measurement type on page 52 Specifics for The measurement channel may contain several windows for different results Thus the settings indicated in the Overview and configured in the dialog boxes vary depending on the selected window Select an active window from the Specifics for selection list that is displayed in the Overview and in all window specific configuration dialog boxes The Overview and dialog boxes are updated to indicate the settings for the selected window Signal Description The signal description provides information on the
218. he marker which is currently selected for editing is highlighted orange Remote command Marker selected via suffix lt m gt in remote commands Marker State Activates or deactivates the marker in the diagram Remote command CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt STATe on page 238 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt STATe on page 239 X value Defines the position of the marker on the x axis channel slot symbol depending on evaluation Remote command CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt X on page 240 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt X on page 239 Marker Type Toggles the marker type The type for marker 1 is always Normal the type for delta marker 1 is always Delta These types cannot be changed Note If normal marker 1 is the active marker switching the Mkr Type activates an additional delta marker 1 For any other marker switching the marker type does not acti vate an additional marker it only switches the type of the selected marker Normal A normal marker indicates the absolute value at the defined position in the diagram AAA AAA U User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 114 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Analysis El Markers Delta A delta marker defines the value of the marker relative to the specified reference marker marker 1 by default Remote command CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt STATe on page 238 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt STATe on page 239 All
219. he results e g when comparing errors or peaks 11 Start a new sweep with the defined settings User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 120 R amp S FSW K82 K83 How to Perform Measurements in CDMA2000 Applications In MSRA mode you may want to stop the continuous measurement mode by the Sequencer and perform a single data acquisition a Select the Sequencer icon E from the toolbar b Set the Sequencer state to OFF c Press the RUN SINGLE key To define or edit a channel table Channel tables contain a list of channels to be detected and their specific parameters You can create user defined and edit pre defined channel tables 1 From the main Code Domain Analyzer menu select the Channel Detection soft key to open the Channel Detection dialog box 2 To define a new channel table select the New button next to the Predefined Tables list To edit an existing channel table a Tap the existing channel table in the Predefined Tables list b Select the Edit button next to the Predefined Tables list 3 In the Channel Table dialog box define a name and optionally a comment that describes the channel table The comment is displayed when you set the focus on the table in the Predefined Tables list 4 Define the channels to be detected using one of the following methods Select the Measure Table button to create a table that consists of the channels detected in the currently measured signal a Select
220. he scaling of the y axis logarithmic scaling returns the power in the current unit linear scaling returns the power in W For SEM measurements the return value is the channel power of the reference range PPOWer Peak power measurements Returns the peak power The unit of the return values depends on the scaling of the y axis logarithmic scaling returns the power in the current unit linear scaling returns the power in W For SEM measurements the return value is the peak power of the reference range OBANdwidth OBWidth Occupied bandwidth Returns the occupied bandwidth in Hz Usage Query only User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 235 R amp S FSW K82 K83 11 10 Manual operation Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements General Analysis See Power on page 28 See Channel Power ACLR on page 29 See Spectrum Emission Mask on page 30 See Occupied Bandwidth on page 31 See CCDF on page 32 CALCulate STATistics RESult lt t gt lt ResultType gt This command queries the results of a CCDF or ADP measurement for a specific trace Parameters lt ResultType gt Example Usage Manual operation MEAN Average RMS power in dBm measured during the measure ment time PEAK Peak power in dBm measured during the measurement time CFACtor Determined crest factor ratio of peak power to average power in dB ALL Results of all three measurements mentioned before separated by commas
221. he setting In some cases you can customize the step size with a corresponding command I User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 136 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements 11 1 6 2 11 1 6 3 Introduction Querying numeric values When you query numeric values the system returns a number In case of physical quan tities it applies the basic unit e g Hz in case of frequencies The number of digits after the decimal point depends on the type of numeric value Example Setting SENSe FREQuency CENTer 1GHZ Query SENSe FREQuency CENTer would return 1 amp 9 In some cases numeric values may be returned as text e INF NINF Infinity or negative infinity Represents the numeric values 9 9E37 or 9 9E37 e NAN Not a number Represents the numeric value 9 91E37 NAN is returned in case of errors Boolean Boolean parameters represent two states The ON state logically true is represented by ON or a numeric value 1 The OFF state logically untrue is represented by OFF or the numeric value 0 Querying boolean parameters When you query boolean parameters the system returns either the value 1 ON or the value 0 OFF Example Setting DISPlay WINDow ZOOM STATe ON Query DISPlay WINDow ZOOM STATe would return 1 Character Data Character data follows the syntactic rules of keywords You can enter text using a short or a long form For more informatio
222. hen the R amp S FSW is in Ready for trig Armed ger state This state is indicated by a status bit in the STATus OPERation reg ister bit 5 as well as by a low level signal at the AUX port pin 9 User Defined Sends a trigger when user selects Send Trigger button In this case further parameters are available for the output signal Remote command OUTPut TRIGger lt port gt OTYPe on page 181 Level Output Type Trigger 2 3 Defines whether a constant high 1 or low 0 signal is sent to the output connector Remote command OUTPut TRIGger lt port gt LEVel on page 181 Pulse Length Output Type Trigger 2 3 Defines the length of the pulse sent as a trigger to the output connector Remote command OUTPut TRIGger lt port gt PULSe LENGth on page 182 Send Trigger Output Type Trigger 2 3 Sends a user defined trigger to the output connector immediately Note that the trigger pulse level is always opposite to the constant signal level defined by the output Level setting e g for Level High a constant high signal is output to the connector until the Send Trigger button is selected Then a low pulse is sent Which pulse level will be sent is indicated by a graphic on the button Remote command OUTPut TRIGger lt port gt PULSe IMMediate on page 181 EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 71 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration AAA AAA a NNUS Code Domain Analysis 6 2 4 3
223. his case is 1 76 dB 10 log 750 500 This value also affects the unit conversion see Reference Level on page 76 This function is not available for input from the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 or from the Analog Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B71 For analog baseband input an impedance of 50 O is always used Remote command INPut IMPedance on page 151 High Pass Filter 1 3 GHz Activates an additional internal high pass filter for RF input signals from 1 GHz to 3 GHz This filter is used to remove the harmonics of the R amp S FSW in order to measure the harmonics for a DUT for example This function requires option R amp S FSW B13 Note for RF input signals outside the specified range the high pass filter has no effect For signals with a frequency of approximately 4 GHz upwards the harmonics are sup pressed sufficiently by the YIG filter Remote command INPut FILTer HPASs STATe on page 151 YIG Preselector Activates or deactivates the YIG preselector An internal YIG preselector at the input of the R amp S FSW ensures that image frequencies are rejected However this is only possible for a restricted bandwidth In order to use the maximum bandwidth for signal analysis you can deactivate the YIG preselector at the input of the R amp S FSW which may lead to image frequency display Note that the YIG preselector is active only on frequencies greater than 8 GHz Therefore switching the YIG presele
224. his manual R amp S9FSW is abbreviated as R amp S FSW R amp S FSW K82 R amp S9FSW K83 is abbreviated as R amp S FSW K82 K83 R amp SS9FSW K82 K83 Contents Contents TL PEA c 7 1 1 About this Manual cocer eene rtrnno centran i 7 1 2 Documentation Overview ceesseeeeeeeeen enne nnne nnn nnn nien nnne nar in nter nini nnan 8 1 3 Conventions Used in the Documentation eese 9 2 Welcome to the CDMA2000 Applications eeeesss 11 2 1 Starting the CDMA2000 Applications ceeceeeeeeseeeseeseeeneeeeeernnnnnnn nn 12 2 2 Understanding the Display Information eee 12 3 Measurements and Result Displays eene 15 3 1 Code Domain Analysis nicer croient ti tia 15 3 2 RF Measurements oneri ii id e Ree ERa Ru 28 4 Measurement BASICS cisma 36 AA PCGs and RE 36 4 2 Channels Codes and Symbols esee eene 36 4 3 Code Display and Sort Order eese enne nnns 38 44 Scrambling via PN Offsets and Long Codes eee 40 4 5 Code Mapping and Branches eeeeeeeeeeseeseeseeeseee enne nennen tnnt nn 40 4 6 Radio Corfiguration 12 ceri inertiae ee ida 41 4 7 Transmission with Multiple Carriers and Multiple Antennas
225. his measurement e Reference level and reference level offset e Sweep time e Span The main measurement menus for the RF measurements are identical to the Spectrum application However for ACLR and SEM measurements an additional softkey is avail able to select the required bandclass Bandclass The bandclass defines the frequency band used for ACLR and SEM measurements It also determines the corresponding limits and ACLR channel settings according to the CDMA2000 standard For an overview of supported bandclasses and their usage see chapter A 3 Reference Supported Bandclasses on page 259 Remote command CONFigure CDPower BTS BCLass BANDclass on page 199 6 3 4 Occupied Bandwidth The Occupied Bandwidth measurement is performed as in the Spectrum application with default settings Table 6 6 Predefined settings for CDMA2000 OBW measurements Setting Default value 96 Power Bandwidth 99 Channel bandwidth 1 2288 MHz The Occupied Bandwidth measurement determines the bandwidth that the signal occu pies The occupied bandwidth is defined as the bandwidth in which in default settings 99 of the total signal power is to be found The percentage of the signal power to be included in the bandwidth measurement can be changed For further details about the Occupied Bandwidth measurements refer to Measuring the Occupied Bandwidth in the R amp S FSW User Manual To restore adapted measurement parame
226. ial e List of remote commands Alpahabetical list of all remote commands described in the manual e Index User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 7 R amp S9FSW K82 K83 Preface Documentation Overview 1 2 Documentation Overview The user documentation for the R amp S FSW consists of the following parts e Getting Started printed manual e Online Help system on the instrument e Documentation CD ROM with Getting Started User Manuals for base unit and options Service Manual Release Notes Data sheet and product brochures Online Help The Online Help is embedded in the instrument s firmware It offers quick context sen sitive access to the complete information needed for operation and programming Online help is available using the icon on the toolbar of the R amp S FSW Getting Started This manual is delivered with the instrument in printed form and in PDF format on the CD It provides the information needed to set up and start working with the instrument Basic operations and handling are described Safety information is also included The Getting Started manual in various languages is also available for download from the R amp S website on the R amp S FSW product page at http www2 rohde schwarz com prod uct FSW html User Manuals User manuals are provided for the base unit and each additional software option The user manuals are available in PDF format in printable form on the Documen
227. ies the sample rate of the input signal from the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 see Input Sample Rate on page 65 Parameters lt SampleRate gt Range 1 Hz to 10 GHz RST 32 MHz Example INP DIQ SRAT 200 MHz Manual operation See Input Sample Rate on page 65 INPut DIQ SRATe AUTO lt State gt If enabled the sample rate of the digital UO input signal is set automatically by the con nected device This command is only available if the optional Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 is installed Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Manual operation See Input Sample Rate on page 65 OUTPut DIQ lt State gt This command turns continuous output of UO data to the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 on and off Using the digital input and digital output simultaneously is not possible Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Example OUTP DIQ ON Manual operation See Digital Baseband Output on page 72 OUTPut DIQ CDEVice This command queries the current configuration and the status of the digital UO data output to the optional Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 Return values lt ConnState gt Defines whether a device is connected or not 0 No device is connected 1 A device is connected T User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 156 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements lt DeviceName gt lt SerialNumber gt lt
228. igh Pass Filter 1 3 GHz Analog YIG Preselector Baseband Input Connector e Baseband Input be Radio els ne 63 IOUT E ORG DT 63 al erer 63 Highli Pass UC e WEE E 64 dE ET tk 64 put gie De ET 64 Radio Frequency State Activates input from the RF INPUT connector Remote command INPut SELect on page 152 Input Coupling The RF input of the R amp S FSW can be coupled by alternating current AC or direct current DC This function is not available for input from the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 or from the Analog Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B71 AC coupling blocks any DC voltage from the input signal This is the default setting to prevent damage to the instrument Very low frequencies in the input signal may be dis torted However some specifications require DC coupling In this case you must protect the instrument from damaging DC input voltages manually For details refer to the data sheet Remote command INPut COUPling on page 150 Impedance The reference impedance for the measured levels of the R amp S FSW can be set to 50 O or75 0 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 63 R amp S9FSW K82 K83 Configuration o a MCO MME E ICc Dsc Code Domain Analysis 75 Q should be selected if the 50 Q input impedance is transformed to a higher impedance using a 75 Q adapter of the RAZ type 25 Q in series to the input impedance of the instrument The correction value in t
229. ing the system configuration customizing the screen layout or configuring networks and remote operation e Using the common status registers After a short introduction to remote commands the tasks specific to CDMA2000 appli cations are described here AAN 133 COMMON DUDES uni did 138 e Activating the Measurement Channel ooocooonicicinnnii need nnneae 138 e Selecting a Mezsurement EE 142 e Configuring Code Domain Angels 143 Configuring IRF Measurements ici dia 199 e Configuring the Result Display eene ntt tte E RR Rat nnn Rene enne enhn 200 e Starting a Measurement cese ceiecieiee certe e kennen tentare snnt dE EAR tna 209 WES Le TEE 214 General ANAIS iia 236 e Importing and Exporting UO Data and Resuhts 245 e Configuring the Application Data Range MSRA mode only 246 Querying the Status Registels cse teer ita 248 e Commands for Compatibility EE 250 11 1 Introduction Commands are program messages that a controller e g a PC sends to the instrument or software They operate its functions setting commands or events and request infor mation query commands Some commands can only be used in one way others work in two ways setting and query If not indicated otherwise the commands can be used for settings and queries The syntax of a SCPI command consists of a header and in most cases one or more parameters To use a command as a query you have to append a
230. ion Remote command CONF CDP MEAS CCDF see CONFigure CDPower BTS MEASurement on page 142 Querying results CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt Y on page 217 CALC MARK FUNC POW RES ACP see CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion POWer RESult on page 234 CALC MARK FUNC POW RES ACP see CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion POWer RESult on page 234 CALCulate STATistics RESult t on page 236 E E Evaluation Methods for RF Measurements The evaluation methods for RF measurements are identical to those in the Spectrum application A 33 Result SUMMA eit etel eto Pot Ree Hecuba pede card aeuo d edet ebd na 34 Wii Wie cR 34 Marker Peak NL EENS 34 Diagram Displays a basic level vs frequency or level vs time diagram of the measured data to evaluate the results graphically This is the default evaluation method Which data is displayed in the diagram depends on the Trace settings Scaling for the y axis can be configured E a User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 33 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurements and Result Displays Deg RF Measurements CF 1 95 GHz 1001 pts 2 57 MHz Span 25 7 MHz Remote command LAY ADD 1 RIGH DIAG see LAYout ADD WINDow on page 201 Result Summary Result summaries provide the results of specific measurement functions in a table for numerical evaluation The contents of the result summary vary depending on the selected measurement functi
231. is displayed 0 64 1 64 2 64 63 64 1 Code Domain Error Power Fig 4 2 Code Domain Error Power result display in Hadamard code sorting order In order to compare all codes in the same channel visually a Bit Reverse sorting order is provided In this case all codes of a channel are displayed next to each other Example Example for Bit Reverse order For a base spreading factor of 64 the following code order may be displayed 0 64 32 64 16 64 48 64 8 64 40 64 15 64 47 64 31 64 63 64 2 Code Domain Error Power Fig 4 3 Code Domain Error Power result display in BitReverse code sorting order For the display in the CDMA2000 BTS application the scale for code based diagrams displays 64 codes by default 32 in the MS application However you can change the base spreading factor for the display and thus the number of displayed codes Alias power Note however that if you select a base spreading factor that is lower than the actual spreading factor used by the channel e g 64 for channels with a base spreading factor of 128 the results are distorted This is due to the fact that a wider area of the code domain is taken into consideration for example when calculating the power level than the code actually occupies The excess power calculated due to a false spreading factor is referred to as alias power EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 39 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurement Basics Scrambling via
232. is possible only in single sweep mode Parameters lt Mode gt WRITe Overwrite mode the trace is overwritten by each sweep This is the default setting AVERage The average is formed over several sweeps The Sweep Average Count determines the number of averaging procedures MAXHold The maximum value is determined over several sweeps and dis played The R amp S FSW saves the sweep result in the trace memory only if the new value is greater than the previous one MINHold The minimum value is determined from several measurements and displayed The R amp S FSW saves the sweep result in the trace memory only if the new value is lower than the previous one VIEW The current contents of the trace memory are frozen and dis played BLANk Hides the selected trace RST Trace 1 WRITe Trace 2 6 BLANk Example INIT CONT OFF Switching to single sweep mode SWE COUN 16 Sets the number of measurements to 16 DISP TRAC3 MODE WRIT Selects clear write mode for trace 3 INIT WAI Starts the measurement and waits for the end of the measure ment Manual operation See Trace Mode on page 111 EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 237 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements 11 10 2 11 10 2 1 General Analysis DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt STATe State This command turns a trace on and off The measurement continues in the background Parameters lt State gt ON OFF
233. it The scaling of the y axis is changed accordingly Define an offset if the signal is attenuated or amplified before it is fed into the R amp S FSW so the application shows correct power results All displayed power level results will be shifted by this value Note however that the Reference Level value ignores the Reference Level Offset It is important to know the actual power level the R amp S FSW must handle To determine the required offset consider the external attenuation or gain applied to the input signal A positive value indicates that an attenuation took place R amp S FSW increa ses the displayed power values a negative value indicates an external gain R amp S FSW decreases the displayed power values The setting range is 200 dB in 0 01 dB steps Remote command DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe Y SCALe RLEVel OFFSet on page 170 Unit Reference Level For CDA measurements the unit should not be changed as this would lead to useless results Setting the Reference Level Automatically Auto Level Reference Level Automatically determines the optimal reference level for the current input data At the same time the internal attenuators and the preamplifier for analog baseband input the fullscale level are adjusted so the signal to noise ratio is optimized while signal com pression clipping and overload conditions are minimized EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 76 R amp S9FSW K82 K83 Configu
234. k The Spectrum Emission Mask measurement shows the quality of the measured signal by comparing the power values in the frequency range near the carrier against a spectral mask that is defined by the CDMA2000 specifications The limits depend on the selected bandclass In this way the performance of the DUT can be tested and the emissions and their distance to the limit be identified Note that the CDMA2000 standard does not distinguish between spurious and spectral emissions The Result Summary contains a peak list with the values for the largest spectral emis sions including their frequency and power The CDMA2000 applications perform the SEM measurement as in the Spectrum appli cation with the following settings Table 6 5 Predefined settings for CDMA2000 SEM measurements Bandclass 0 800 MHz Cellular Span 4 MHz to 1 98 MHz Number of ranges 5 Fast SEM ON Sweep time 100 ms Number of power classes 3 Power reference type Channel power For further details about the Spectrum Emission Mask measurements refer to Spectrum Emission Mask Measurement in the R amp S FSW User Manual o Changing the RBW and the VBW is restricted due to the definition of the limits by the standard User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 104 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration RF Measurements To restore adapted measurement parameters the following parameters are saved on exiting and are restored on re entering t
235. ker m STATe nan n oran nro nono rennen neret eren nenne nnne 239 e Berl TD ETC i CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt AOFF ani CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtion CDPower BT S RESUIt 0 cccececccceeeeceeeeeeeeeneeeeeseeteeeeeeeneeeeeneas 215 CAL Culate cnz MAb ker mz EUNGCnon DICH 242 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtiION Dich 242 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MAXiMUM LEET CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MAXimum NEXT CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MAXimum RIGHt CAL Culate cnz MAb ker mz MAximumf PDEART cnn nnnnnnnnnannnnccnanannnanannns 243 CAL Culate cnz MAbRker mzMiNimum LEET 243 CAL Culate cnz MAbRker mzMiNimumNENT enne nenenn nn nnnn nennen nen rnnn ren rnns enter rsen 243 CALCulate n MARKer m MINimum RIGHLE esses eterne nennen nennt nennen nnn nre nne nnn 243 CAL Culate cnz MAbRker mzMiNimmumf PEART enne nnnm enne nnns nnn 243 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt X 1 239 CAL Culatesn gt MARKersm Y e 217 CAL Culate cnz M Ab ker mztSTAaTel nennen nennen nner ient enns nene res sse n rnnt diner nennen 238 CALC latesn gt RR POW TEE 168 CONFigure CDPower BTS BCLass BANDCIASS oooococnnnnnnnonnnoncnnocanocncnoncnannononc conca nana cnn n oran nennen nennen 199 CONFioure CDbowert BTGlCTAble CATalog nc nnnnn cnn naar nn nana ncnnanns 185 CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle COMMent 188 CONFioure CDbowert BTGlCTAb
236. ker tab e Press the MKR key then select the Marker Config softkey Markers in Code Domain Analysis measurements In Code Domain Analysis measurements the markers are set to individual symbols codes slots or channels depending on the result display Thus you can use the markers to identify individual codes for example 7 4 1 e Individual Marker Gettnge AAA 112 e General Marker SeUINGS 3 EE Go pedazo co it Dac deed addins 115 e Marker Search Sewing T ana 116 e Marker Positioning Funchons enne nnns 117 Individual Marker Settings In CDA evaluations up to 4 markers can be activated in each diagram at any time E N User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 112 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Analysis Markers Analysis Markers Marker Settings Search Range Selected State Stimulus Code Domain Marker All Marker Off Salida 1 Code Domain Power e IT Sean an a edet rte t eiat ve nod dardrer tein erae Een EE ee er OT R LS 113 Selected WANK OR ai assess ee suerge AEN dc ci 114 ET EE 114 SE EE EE 114 OTIS OI MYO E 114 PA Vil lt CH O y EE 115 Select Marker Opens a dialog box to select and activate or deactivate one or more markers quickly User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 113 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Analysis Markers Selected State Selected State Selected State pc us Con Kol vera 12 B on Ea Remote command Marker selected via suffix lt m gt in remote commands Selected Marker Marker name T
237. l 11 1 6 11 1 6 1 Introduction Example SENSe BANDwidth BWIDth RESolution In the short form without optional Keywords BAND 1MHZ would have the same effect as BWID 1MHZ SCPI Parameters Many commands feature one or more parameters If a command supports more than one parameter these are separated by a comma Example LAYout ADD WINDow Spectrum LEFT MTABle Parameters may have different forms of values o Numene Vallis catas 136 BOO cini idea 137 Character Data una cidad aa 137 e Character STINGS aiii 138 e Block Dala cuina id did dani 138 Numeric Values Numeric values can be entered in any form i e with sign decimal point or exponent In case of physical quantities you can also add the unit If the unit is missing the command uses the basic unit Example with unit SENSe FREQuency CENTer 1GHZ without unit SENSe FREQuency CENTer 159 would also set a frequency of 1 GHz Values exceeding the resolution of the instrument are rounded up or down If the number you have entered is not supported e g in case of discrete steps the command returns an error Instead of a number you can also set numeric values with a text parameter in special cases e MIN MAX Defines the minimum or maximum numeric value that is supported e DEF Defines the default value e UP DOWN Increases or decreases the numeric value by one step The step size depends on t
238. l b Inthe Select Measurement dialog box select the required measurement The selected measurement is activated with the default settings for CDMA2000 immediately 3 If necessary adapt the settings as described for the individual measurements in the R amp S FSW User Manual 4 Select the Display Config button and select the evaluation methods that are of interest to you Arrange them on the display to suit your preferences 5 Exit the SmartGrid mode and select the Overview softkey to display the Over view again 6 Select the Analysis button in the Overview to make use of the advanced analysis functions in the result displays e Configure a trace to display the average over a series of sweeps if necessary increase the Sweep Count in the Sweep settings e Configure markers and delta markers to determine deviations and offsets within the evaluated signal e Use special marker functions to calculate noise or a peak list e Configure a limit check to detect excessive deviations 7 Optionally export the trace data of the graphical evaluation results to a file a Inthe Traces tab of the Analysis dialog box switch to the Trace Export tab b Select Export Trace to ASCII File c Define a file name and storage location and select OK To select the application data for MSRA measurements In multi standard radio analysis you can analyze the data captured by the MSRA Master in the CDMA2000 BTS applicati
239. l operation Since the available evaluation types depend on the selected application some parameters for the following commands also depend on the selected measurement channel Note that the suffix n always refers to the window in the currently selected measure ment channel see INSTrument SELect on page 142 LAY ouEADODWINDGOWJ cosita dee a aA pa usu dana 201 LAYout CATal g WINDOW 2 cicero tot cates 203 PAY Uris DE ele 203 LAYout REMoVeE WINDOW dee NENNEN AEESNEEEENEEE EEN ENEEEEEEEAEEEERAEEENRNE ENNEN 204 LAYO REP Lace WINDOW react uacua e nia aan 204 LAYOUTS EEN 204 LAY OUIVWINDOW lt i ADD EE 206 LAY out ee TEL 206 Bee 206 Bee ee E EE 207 LAYout ADD WINDow lt WindowName gt lt Direction gt lt WindowT ype gt This command adds a window to the display This command is always used as a query so that you immediately obtain the name of the new window as a result To replace an existing window use the TAYout REPLace WINDow command ERA SSS User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 201 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Parameters lt WindowName gt lt Direction gt lt WindowType gt Return values lt NewWindowName gt Example Example Usage Manual operation Configuring the Result Display String containing the name of the existing window the new window is inserted next to By default the name of a window is the same as its index
240. l rises to the trigger level rising edge NEGative Triggers when the signal drops to the trigger level falling edge RST POSitive Example TRIG SLOP NEG _L_L_____L_____ SSSR SSS User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 177 Configuring Code Domain Analysis Manual operation See Trigger Source on page 83 See Slope on page 85 TRIGger SEQuence SOURce lt Source gt This command selects the trigger source Note on external triggers If a measurement is configured to wait for an external trigger signal in a remote control program remote control is blocked until the trigger is received and the program can con tinue Make sure this situation is avoided in your remote control programs R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Parameters lt Source gt Example Configuring Code Domain Analysis IMMediate Free Run EXTernal Trigger signal from the TRIGGER INPUT connector EXT2 Trigger signal from the TRIGGER INPUT OUTPUT connector Note Connector must be configured for Input EXT3 Trigger signal from the TRIGGER 3 INPUT OUTPUT connector Note Connector must be configured for Input RF Power First intermediate frequency Frequency and time domain measurements only Not available for input from the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 or the Analog Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B71 IFPower Second intermediate frequency For frequency and time domain m
241. le Code Domain Error Power Code Domain Power Composite Constellation Peak Code Domain Error Power vs PCG Power vs Symbol Result Summary Symbol Constellation Symbol EVM Remote command SENSe CDPower SLOT on page 196 Set to Analyze Selects a specific set for further analysis The value range is between 0 and Number of Sets on page 88 1 Remote command SENSe CDPower SET on page 195 Branch MS application only Switches between the evaluation of the and the Q branch in MS measurements This affects the following evaluations Code Domain Power Code Domain Error Power Peak Code Domain Error Power vs PCG Result Summary Remote command SENSe CDPower MAPPing on page 195 ERA e AA t LLLLLLLLLL LLLLL LLALLLI J User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 110 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Analysis Traces 7 3 Traces The trace settings determine how the measured data is analyzed and displayed on the screen Traces Saad 1 Code Domain Power In CDA evaluations only one trace can be active in each diagram at any time Window specific configuration The settings in this dialog box are specific to the selected window To configure the set tings for a different window select the window outside the displayed dialog box or select the window from the Specifics for selection list in the dialog box Trace Mode Defines the update mode for subsequent traces Clear Write Overwri
242. leCObPy ne tnnne enn nca nena ncanann rca nana ara nnnnncannnns 186 CONFioure CDbowert BTGlCTAble DATA 188 CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle DATA eere cerneret enne o etienne en ro ona Ene o Een o NER Hanan 190 CONFioure CDbowert BTGlCTAble DE eie eene ener nnnm esent nnnentn nnn 187 CONFioure CDbowert BTGICTABIeNAME nennen en nnrn nensi snnt sien nnns re nentn nnne 191 ERA AA LLLL LLLALLALDILLE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 267 R amp S FSW K82 K83 List of Remote Commands CDMA2000 CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle RESTOFO oooocnnnnnncnnocccinnnnnonccnnn ccoo nro na nnn nr cnr narran rca rica 187 CONFioure CDbowert BTGICTAble SEL ect 187 CONFioure CDPowert BTGICTABielGTATel rancio narco nora norris 187 CONFioure CDbowert BTGlMCAbnter El TerCOFReoguency nennen nnne 144 CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARr ier FILTer ROFF eese nennen neret 144 CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier FILTer TYPE 145 CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARr ier FILTer STATe sess nnne 145 CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier MALGO sess eene nnne enne nsn nennen enne ren n sene rnnr sinn 146 CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARr ier GTATel enn rnee nnne nerit 146 CONFioure CDPowert BT GIMEAGurement nennen eene e tenens 142 DIAGnostic SERViCe NSOULFGG ierra iret EFE ENEE An Ee iaa acaso EU ES a ria 165 DISPlay FORMalivs sien EE 200 DISPlay MTABI6 coito aii 241 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt S
243. level of the channel referred to either Total or Pilot power dB lt timing offset gt referred to the pilot channel S phase offset referred to the pilot channel 9 for e CDFE TPM OFF e gt 50 active channels found e inactive channel rad In BTS measurements the channels are sorted according to these rules 1 All detected special channels 2 Data channels in ascending order by code class and within the code class in ascend ing order by code number 3 Unassigned codes with the code class of the base spreading factor In MS measurements the channels are sorted according to these rules 1 All active channels 2 Allinactive or quasi active channels in ascending code number order branch first followed by Q branch Data channels in ascending order by code class and within the code class in ascend ing order by code number 3 Unassigned codes with the code class of the base spreading factor Measurement Example Retrieving the BTS Channel Table Values The example shows the results of the query for 5 channels with the following configura tion Chan type Ch no SF Code class Power PICH 0 64 6 7 0 dB PCH 1 64 6 7 3 dB CHAN 8 32 5 8 0 dB CHAN 24 128 7 9 0 dB alias with 24 64 SYNC 32 64 6 13 3 dB INST SEL BC2K Activate cdma2000 BTS default is CDP relative in window 1 and User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 221 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remot
244. lias power of own and other antenna o To avoid alias power set the base spreading factor correctly For details on these parameters see TRACe lt n gt DATA on page 218 11 9 3 4 Code Domain Power The command returns four values for each channel code class code number signal level power ID The number of displayed values depends on the spreading factor In Hadamard order the different codes are output in ascending order together with their code power The number of output codes corresponds to the base spreading factor In BitReverse order codes belonging to a channel are next to one another and are there fore output in the class of the channel together with the consolidated channel power The maximum number of output codes or channels cannot be higher than the base spreading factor but decreases with every concentrated channel User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 224 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements AP A A Retrieving Results Value Description Range Unit lt code class gt code class of the channel see chapter 4 2 Channels Codes and 2 7 BTS Symbols on page 36 1 6 MS code number code number within the channel 0 127 BTS 0 63 MS lt signal level gt absolute or relative power depending on the setting 0 dB or dBm See SENSe CDPower PREFerence Hadamard order power values for each code BitReverse order powe
245. ll as on the RF attenu ation and preamplification For details on available trigger levels and trigger bandwidths see the data sheet This trigger source is only available for RF input Remote command TRIG SOUR IFP see TRIGger SEQuence SOURce on page 178 Trigger Level Trigger Source Defines the trigger level for the specified trigger source EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 84 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration AAA AAA eS I U G Code Domain Analysis For details on supported trigger levels see the data sheet Remote command TRIGger SEQuence LEVel EXTernal port on page 176 For analog baseband B7 1 or digital baseband B17 input only TRIGger SEQuence LEVel BBPower on page 176 Drop Out Time Trigger Source Defines the time the input signal must stay below the trigger level before triggering again Note For input from the Analog Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B71 using the baseband power trigger BBP the default drop out time is set to 100 ns to avoid unintentional trigger events as no hysteresis can be configured in this case Remote command TRIGger SEQuence DTIMe on page 174 Trigger Offset Trigger Source Defines the time offset between the trigger event and the start of the sweep offset gt 0 Start of the sweep is delayed offset lt 0 Sweep starts earlier pre trigger Remote command TRIGger SEQuence HOLDoff TIME
246. load at the product homepage http www2 rohde schwarz com product FSW html Installation You can find detailed installation instructions in the R amp S FSW Getting Started manual or in the Release Notes User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 11 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Welcome to the CDMA2000 Applications Starting the CDMA2000 Applications 2 1 Starting the CDMA2000 Applications The CDMA2000 measurements require special applications on the R amp S FSW To activate the CDMA2000 applications 1 Press the MODE key on the front panel of the R amp S FSW A dialog box opens that contains all operating modes and applications currently available on your R amp S FSW 2 Select the cdma2000 BTS or cdma2000 MS item CDMA2000 BTS CDMA2000 MS The R amp S FSW opens a new measurement channel for the CDMA2000 application The measurement is started immediately with the default settings It can be configured in the CDMA2000 Overview dialog box which is displayed when you select the Over view softkey from any menu see chapter 6 2 2 Configuration Overview on page 55 Multiple Measurement Channels and Sequencer Function When you activate a CDMA2000 application a new measurement channel is created which determines the measurement settings for that application The same application can be activated with different measurement settings by creating several channels for the same application The number of channels that can be
247. low pass filter and an RRC filter By default the low pass filter is active The low pass filter affects the quality of the mea sured signal compared to a measurement without a filter The frequency response of the low pass filter is shown below Frequency resporse of low pass filter Multi Carrier On IH b in dB 1 D 01 02 03 04 05 06 OF 08 09 1 Frequency in MHz Fig 4 4 Frequency response of the low pass multi carrier filter The RRC filter comes with an integrated Hamming window The roll off factor of the RRC filter defines the slope of the filter curve and therefore the excess bandwidth of the filter The cut off frequency of the RRC filter is the frequency at which the passband of the filter begins Both parameters can be configured 4 7 2 Antenna Diversity The standard allows for transmission via multiple antennas transmit diversity If trans mit diversity is implemented for the input signal the CDMA2000 BTS application must know which antenna to analyze the input from This information is provided by the signal description Antenna Diversity Depending on which antenna is selected for analysis certain special channels are required for predefined channel tables see also Channel table definition for transmit diversity on page 44 Antenna Required special channels 1 Pilot channel F PICH 0 64 required and used as power reference Transmit diversity pilot channel F TDPICH 16 128 not allowed
248. lt ScalingFactor gt lt NumberOfChannels gt 1 lt NumberOfChannels gt DataFilename xyz complex float32 DataFilename UserData lt UserDefinedElement gt Example lt UserDefinedElement gt lt UserData gt User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 261 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Annex Reference Data AAA AAA E AI H n Reference UO Data File Format iq tar lt PreviewData gt lt PreviewData gt lt RS_IQ TAR FileFormat gt Element Description RS IQ TAR FileFormat The root element of the XML file It must contain the attribute fileFormatVersion that contains the number of the file format definition Cur rently ileFormatVersion 2 is used Name Optional describes the device or application that created the file Comment Optional contains text that further describes the contents of the file DateTime Contains the date and time of the creation of the file lts type is xs dateTime see RsIqTar xsd Samples Contains the number of samples of the UO data For multi channel signals all channels have the same number of samples One sample can be e A complex number represented as a pair of and Q values e A complex number represented as a pair of magnitude and phase values e Areal number represented as a single real value See also Format element Clock Contains the clock frequency in Hz
249. lt port gt 0O1TYPe Suffix lt port gt 2 3 Selects the trigger port to which the output is sent 2 trigger port 2 front 3 trigger port 3 rear Parameters Level HIGH TTL signal LOW OV RST LOW Manual operation See Trigger 2 3 on page 70 See Output Type on page 71 See Level on page 71 OUTPut TRIGger lt port gt OTYPe lt OutputType gt This command selects the type of signal generated at the trigger output Suffix lt port gt 213 Selects the trigger port to which the output is sent 2 trigger port 2 front 3 trigger port 3 rear Parameters lt OutputType gt DEVice Sends a trigger signal when the R amp S FSW has triggered internally TARMed Sends a trigger signal when the trigger is armed and ready for an external trigger event UDEFined Sends a user defined trigger signal For more information see OUTPut TRIGger lt port gt LEVel RST DEVice Manual operation See Trigger 2 3 on page 70 See Output Type on page 71 OUTPut TRIGger lt port gt PULSe IMMediate This command generates a pulse at the trigger output EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 181 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements 11 5 5 Configuring Code Domain Analysis Suffix lt port gt 213 Selects the trigger port to which the output is sent 2 trigger port 2 front 3 trigger port 3 rear Usage Event Manual operation See Trigger 2 3 on page 70 See Out
250. luding the inactive ones enable the Show Inactive Channels option The following parameters of the detected channels are determined by the CDP mea surement and can be displayed in the Channel Table result display For details see chapter 3 1 1 Code Domain Parameters on page 16 Table 3 4 Code domain power results in the channel table Parameter Description Channel Type Shows the channel type for inactive channels Walsh Ch SF Channel number including the spreading factor in the form lt Channel gt lt SF gt P Offs mrad Phase offset between the selected channel and the pilot channel If enabled see Timing and phase offset calculation on page 108 the maximum value of the phase offset is displayed together with the associated channel in the last two lines Since the phase offset values of each active channel can be either negative or positive the absolute values are compared and the maximum is displayed with the original sign Pwr dBm Absolute dBm power of the channel Pwr dB Relative dB power of the channel refers either to the pilot channel or the total power of the signal User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 20 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurements and Result Displays DEET Code Domain Analysis Parameter Description RC BTS application only Radio configuration Mapping MS application only Branch the data is mapped to Statu
251. m BNC connector The following measurements are described e Meas 1 Measuring the Signal Channel Power eee 124 e Meas 2 Measuring the Spectrum Emission Mask 125 e Meas 3 Measuring the Relative Code Domain Power and Frequency Error 126 e Meas 4 Measuring the Triggered Relative Code Domain Power 128 e Meas 5 Measuring the Composite EVM eene 129 e Meas 6 Measuring the Peak Code Domain Error and the RHO Factor 130 10 1 Meas 1 Measuring the Signal Channel Power In the Power measurement the total channel power of the CDMA2000 signal is displayed The measurement also displays spurious emissions like harmonics or intermodulation products that occur close to the carrier Test setup gt Connect the RF output of the R amp S SMU to the RF input of the R amp S FSW coaxial cable with N connectors User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 124 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurement Examples AAA SS SS a a es 10 2 Meas 2 Measuring the Spectrum Emission Mask Settings on the R amp S SMU 1 PRESET FREQ 878 49 MHz LEVEL 0 dBm DIGITAL STD cdma2000 DIGITAL STD gt Set Default DIGITAL STD gt LINK DIRECTION gt DOWN FORWARD N Oo oO ho Nw DIGITAL STD gt cdma2000 gt STATE ON Settings on the R amp S FSW 1 PRESET 2 MODE gt cdma2000 BTS 3 AMPT gt Reference level 0 dBm 4 FREQ gt Center frequ
252. m the same task In this case the procedure using the touchscreen is described Any elements that can be activated by touching can also be clicked using an additionally connected mouse The alternative procedure using the keys on the instru ment or the on screen keyboard is only described if it deviates from the standard oper ating procedures User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 9 Conventions Used in the Documentation The term select may refer to any of the described methods i e using a finger on the touchscreen a mouse pointer in the display or a key on the instrument or on a keyboard R amp S FSW K82 K83 Welcome to the CDMA2000 Applications 2 Welcome to the CDMA2000 Applications The CDMA2000 options are firmware applications that add functionality to the R amp S FSW to perform measurements on downlink or uplink signals according to the CDMA2000 standard R amp S FSW K82 performs Base Transceiver Station BTS measurements on forward link signals on the basis of the 3GPP2 Standard Third Generation Partnership Project 2 R amp S FSW K83 performs Mobile Station MS measurements on reverse link signals on the basis of the 3GPP2 Standard Third Generation Partnership Project 2 The measurements are based on the Physical Layer Standard for CDMA2000 Spread Spectrum Systems Release C of version C S0002 C V1 0 dated May 2002 and Rec ommended Minimum Performance Standard for CDMA2000 Spread Spectrum Base Stations of version C
253. marker lt m gt MAXimum RIGHt This command moves a delta marker to the next higher value The search includes only measurement values to the right of the current marker position Usage Event Manual operation See Search Mode for Next Peak on page 116 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MAXimum PEAK This command moves a delta marker to the highest level If the marker is not yet active the command first activates the marker Usage Event Manual operation See Peak Search on page 118 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MINimum LEFT This command moves a delta marker to the next higher minimum value The search includes only measurement values to the right of the current marker position Usage Event Manual operation See Search Mode for Next Peak on page 116 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MINimum NEXT This command moves a marker to the next higher minimum value Usage Event EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 244 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements 11 11 Importing and Exporting UO Data and Results Manual operation See Search Mode for Next Peak on page 116 See Search Next Minimum on page 118 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MINimum RIGHt This command moves a delta marker to the next higher minimum value The search includes only measurement values to the right of the current marker position Usage Event Manual operation See Search Mode for Next Pe
254. ment Displays the status of the Digital Baseband Interface connection If an instrument is connected the following information is displayed e Name and serial number of the instrument connected to the Digital Baseband Inter face e Used port e Sample rate of the data currently being transferred via the Digital Baseband Interface Level and unit that corresponds to an UO sample with the magnitude 1 Full Scale Level if provided by connected instrument Remote command INPut DIQ CDEVice on page 153 DiglConf Starts the optional R amp S DiglConf application This softkey is available in the In Output menu but only if the optional software is installed Note that R amp S DiglConf requires a USB connection not LAN from the R amp S FSW to the R amp S EX IQ BOX in addition to the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 connection R amp S DiglConf version 2 20 360 86 Build 170 or higher is required To return to the R amp S FSW application press any key on the front panel The R amp S FSW application is displayed with the Input Output menu regardless of which key was pressed For details on the R amp S DiglConf application see the R amp SGEX IQ BOX Digital Interface Module R amp SGDiglConf Software Operating Manual Note If you close the R amp S DiglConf window using the Close icon the window is mini mized not closed If you select the File gt Exit menu item in the R amp S DiglConf window the application is
255. mplex sample 1 0 2 Q 0 2 Channel 0 Complex sample 2 11 21 0 11121 Channel 1 Complex sample 2 ERA lt lt lt 55555 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 264 R amp S FSW K82 K83 A 5 Annex Reference Data Abbreviations I 2 2 Q 2 2 Channel 2 Complex sample 2 I 01 31 Q 0 3 Channel 0 Complex sample 3 I 1 3 Q 1 3 Channel 1 Complex sample 3 I 2 3 Q 2 3 Channel 2 Complex sample 3 Abbreviations For a comprehensive glossary refer to the cdma2000 standard APICH auxiliary pilot channel ATDPCH auxiliary transmit diversity pilot channel BCH broadcast channel CACH common assignment channel CCCH common control channel 2 8 CDEP code domain error power CDP code domain power Composite EVM in accordance with the cdma2000 specifications determines the square root of the squared error between the real and the imaginary parts of the test signal and an ideally generated reference signal EVM referred to the total signal in a composite EVM mea surement CPCCH common power control channel Crest factor ratio of peak to average value of the signal EACH Enhanced access channel 2 8 FCH Fundamental channel 4 16 Inactive Channel minimum power that a single channel must have compared with the total signal to be Threshold recognized as an active channel MC1 multi carrier
256. n E N User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 21 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurements and Result Displays Code Domain Analysis 1 Code Domain Error Power Fig 3 4 Code Domain Error Power result display for the MS application Active and inactive data channels are defined via the Inactive Channel Threshold The power values of the active and inactive channels are shown in different colors In addition codes with alias power can occur see Alias power on page 39 Table 3 5 Assignment of colors in CDEP result display Color Usage Red Selected channel code number Yellow Active channel Green Inactive channel Light blue Alias power of higher spreading factor Magenta Alias power as a result of transmit diversity Note If codes with alias power are displayed set the highest base spreading factor available in the Base Spreading Factor field It is not recommended that you select more detailed result displays such as Symbol Constell for unassigned or inactive codes since the results are not valid Remote command CDP LAY ADD 1 RIGH CDPower see LAYout ADD WINDow on page 201 CALC MARK FUNC CDP RES CDP OrCALC MARK FUNC CDP RES CDPR see CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtion CDPower BTS RESult on page 215 CDEP LAY ADD 1 RIGH CDEPower see LAYout ADD WINDow on page 201 CALC MARK FUNC CDP RES see CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtion CDPower BTS RESult on pag
257. n Usage SCPI confirmed Manual operation See Input Settings on page 78 See Preamplifier option B24 on page 78 Configuring the Attenuation AS A aetates dea year n a e ted ene rove Yu ras 171 INPUEAT FeniatongAL DO usina dee ona ENEE 172 INPO EAT EE 172 INPUBEAT FAUTO EE 173 INPUEESTE S TATO tit EE 173 INPut ATTenuation lt Attenuation gt This command defines the total attenuation for RF input If an electronic attenuator is available and active the command defines a mechanical attenuation see INPut EATT STATe on page 173 If you set the attenuation manually it is no longer coupled to the reference level but the reference level is coupled to the attenuation Thus if the current reference level is not compatible with an attenuation that has been set manually the command also adjusts the reference level This function is not available if the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 is active Parameters lt Attenuation gt Range see data sheet Increment 5dB RST 10 dB AUTO is set to ON EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 171 R amp SS9FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements ENEEMEECAECM O O X A ume Configuring Code Domain Analysis Example INP ATT 30dB Defines a 30 dB attenuation and decouples the attenuation from the reference level Usage SCPI confirmed Man
258. n CDPower BTS RESult on page 215 Symbol EVM The Symbol EVM evaluation shows the error between the measured signal and the ideal reference signal in percent for the selected channel and the selected PCG A trace over all symbols of a PCG is drawn 1 Symbol EVM Fig 3 12 Symbol EVM display for the BTS application The number of symbols is in the range from 6 min to 384 max depending on the symbol rate of the channel see chapter 4 Measurement Basics on page 36 Inactive channels can be measured but the result is meaningless since these channels do nat contain data Remote command LAY ADD 1 RIGH SEVM see LAYout ADD WINDow on page 201 CALC MARK FUNC CDP RES see CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtion CDPower BTS RESult on page 215 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 27 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurements and Result Displays RF Measurements 3 2 RF Measurements In addition to the Code Domain Analysis measurements the CDMA2000 firmware appli cations also provide some RF measurements as defined in the CDMA2000 standard RF measurements are identical to the corresponding measurements in the base unit but configured according to the requirements of the CDMA2000 standard For details on these measurements see the R amp S FSW User Manual 3 2 1 RF Measurement Types and Results The CDMA2000 applications provide the following RF measurements o ci a 28 Channel Power ACLUR iia ada 2
259. n 54 Configuratidn OWVervieW TT 55 Signal srrjeei EE 57 Data Inputand Output SSTINOS accionista li rro acia 62 euer M 73 Ree SONS EE EN signal Capture Data ASquisitloH e cei eue cirios EEN 87 Application Data MSRA AE 88 ribi pL 89 S EES e M 97 Automate SIS EE 99 ZOOM FUNGON ET 101 6 2 1 Default Settings for Code Domain Analysis When you activate a CDMA2000 application the first time a set of parameters is passed on from the currently active application center frequency and frequency offset reference level and reference level offset attenuation signal source and digital UO input settings input coupling YIG filter state After initial setup the parameters for the measurement channel are stored upon exiting and restored upon re entering the channel Thus you can switch between applications quickly and easily Apart from these settings the following default settings are activated directly after a CDMA2000 application is activated or after a Preset Channel The following default settings of the Code Domain Analysis are activated Table 6 1 Default settings for CDMA2000 channels Parameter Value Common CDMA2000 settings Digital standard CDMA 2000 MC1 where MC1 stands for Multi carrier 1 and thus describes CDMA2000 1X i e a single carrier Measurement Code Domain Analysis Bandclass BC 0 800 MHz Cellular Band Sweep CONTIN
260. n page 190 Status Indicates the channel status Codes that are not assigned are marked as inactive chan nels Remote command BTS application CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle DATA on page 188 MS application CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle DATA on page 190 Domain Conflict Indicates a code domain conflict between channel definitions e g overlapping channels 6 2 10 Sweep Settings The sweep settings define how the data is measured Sweep Average Count nennen een nnns nente tnn nnne n nnns 97 Continuous Sweep RUN ONT aired eee neat etre ted a Hae a Mone chapa aaa aa aia 98 Single Sweep RENASINGLE conri es pna etr hae eoe o D Ende edet e tua 98 Conus Single SWOOP TEE 98 Sweep Average Count Defines the number of sweeps to be performed in the single sweep mode Values from 0 to 200000 are allowed If the values 0 or 1 are set one sweep is performed The sweep count is applied to all the traces in all diagrams If the trace configurations Average Max Hold or Min Hold are set this value also determines the number of averaging or maximum search procedures User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 97 R amp S9FSW K82 K83 Configuration Ne MC E E R O A e Code Domain Analysis In continuous sweep mode if sweep count 0 default averaging is performed over 10 sweeps For sweep count 1 no averaging maxhold or minhold operations are per formed Remote command SENSe
261. n page 59 See Roll Off Factor on page 59 See Cut Off Frequency on page 60 CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier MALGo lt State gt This command activates or deactivates the enhanced algorithm for the filters in multi carrier mode Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST ON Example CONF CDP MCAR ON Activates multi carrier mode CONF CDP MCAR FILT ON Activates an additional filter for multi carrier measurements CONF CDP MCAR MALG OFF Deactivates the enhanced algorithm Manual operation See Multi Carrier on page 59 See Enhanced Algorithm on page 59 CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier STATe lt State gt This command activates or deactivates the multi carrier mode Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Example CONF CDP MCAR ON Activates the multi carrier settings Manual operation See Multi Carrier on page 59 SENSe CDPower ANTenna lt AntennaState gt This command deactivates the orthogonal transmit diversity two antenna system or defines the antenna for which the result display is evaluated For details on antenna diversity see also chapter 4 7 2 Antenna Diversity on page 42 E N User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 146 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements 11 5 1 2 Configuring Code Domain Analysis Parameters lt AntennaState gt OFF 1 2 OFF The aggregate signal from both antennas is fed in 1 The signal of antenna 1 is fed in 2 The sign
262. n see chapter 11 1 2 Long and Short Form on page 134 Querying text parameters When you query text parameters the system returns its short form Example Setting SENSe BANDwidth RESolution TYPE NORMal Query SENSe BANDwidth RESolution TYPE would return NORM EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 137 R amp SS9FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Common Suffixes 11 1 6 4 Character Strings Strings are alphanumeric characters They have to be in straight quotation marks You can use a single quotation mark or a double quotation mark Example INSTRument DELete Spectrum 11 1 6 5 Block Data Block data is a format which is suitable for the transmission of large amounts of data The ASCII character introduces the data block The next number indicates how many of the following digits describe the length of the data block In the example the 4 following digits indicate the length to be 5168 bytes The data bytes follow During the transmission of these data bytes all end or other control signs are ignored until all bytes are transmitted 0 specifies a data block of indefinite length The use of the indefinite format requires a NL END message to terminate the data block This format is useful when the length of the transmission is not known or if speed or other considerations prevent segmentation of the data into blocks of definite length 11 2 Common Suffixes
263. nPDISplay isc x ces ccacedases cheese deeoseseudsaee e Eun sae e ERR Pane eR Rande MAR phu deas 197 SENS amp CDPOwer ET 197 SENSe COPowerPREFerence RN 198 SENSeICDPOWERSFACION M EET 198 ISGENGeJCDbower TPMeas enne enne nnn nna ntn etn annakaan aeara dauana danean 198 SENSe CDPower NORMalize State If enabled the UO offset is eliminated from the measured signal This is useful to deduct a DC offset to the baseband caused by the DUT thus improving the EVM Note however that for EVM measurements according to standard compensation must be disabled Parameters State ON OFF RST OFF Example SENS CDP NORM ON Activates the elimination of the l Q offset Manual operation See Compensate IQ Offset on page 108 I User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 196 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements AAA _ AAA A CT HT M Configuring Code Domain Analysis SENSe CDPower ORDer lt SortOrder gt This command sets the channel sorting for the Code Domain Power and Code Domain Error Power result displays Parameters lt SortOrder gt HADamard BITReverse RST HADamard For further details refer to chapter 4 3 Code Display and Sort Order on page 38 DP ORD HAD ets Hadamard order RAC TRACE2 eads out the results in Hadamard order DP ORD BITR ets BitReverse order RAC TRACE2 Reads out the results in BitReve
264. nal The result is given in In the Composite EVM measurement the error is averaged over all channels by means of the root mean square for a given PCG The measurement covers the entire signal during the entire observation time In the graphical display the results are shown in a diagram in which the x axis represents the examined PCGs and the y axis shows the EVM values User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 129 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurement Examples Meas 6 Measuring the Peak Code Domain Error and the RHO Factor Test setup 1 2 Connect the RF output of the R amp S SMU to the input of the R amp S FSW Connect the reference input REF INPUT on the rear panel of the R amp S FSW to the reference input REF on the rear panel of the R amp S SMU coaxial cable with BNC connectors Connect the external trigger input on the front panel of the R amp S FSW TRIGGER INPUT to the external trigger output on the front panel of the R amp S SMU TRIGOUT1 of PAR DATA Settings on the R amp S SMU 1 o a Po N PRESET FREQ 878 49 MHz LEVEL 0 dBm DIGITAL STD cdma2000 DIGITAL STD gt Set Default DIGITAL STD gt LINK DIRECTION gt DOWN FORWARD DIGITAL STD gt cdma2000 gt STATE ON Settings on the R amp S FSW 1 occ Bo wm PRESET MODE gt cdma2000 BTS AMPT gt Reference level 10 dBm FREQ gt Center frequency 878 49 MHz TRIG External Trigger 1 MEAS CONFIG gt Dis
265. nal only available with optional Analog Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B71 For details on Analog Baseband input see the R amp S FSW UO Ana lyzer User Manual RST RF Manual operation See Radio Frequency State on page 63 See Digital UO Input State on page 65 See Analog Baseband Input State on page 67 Remote Commands for the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 The following commands are required to control the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 in a remote environment They are only available if this option is installed Information on the STATus QUEStionable DIQ register can be found in STA Tus QUEStionable DIQ Register on page 157 e Configuring Digital UO Input and Output 153 e OSTATus QUES onable DIQ Register tec reae REENEN 157 EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 152 R amp SS9FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Configuring Code Domain Analysis Configuring Digital UO Input and Output Remote commands for the R amp S DiglConf software Remote commands for the R amp S DiglConf software always begin with SOURce EBOX Such commands are passed on from the R amp S FSW to the R amp S DiglConf automatically which then configures the R amp S EX IQ BOX via the USB connection All remote commands available for configuration via the R amp S DiglConf software are described in the R amp SGEX IQ BOX Digital Interface Module R8 SODiglConf Software Operating Manual
266. nds for CDMA2000 Measurements 11 5 4 Configuring Code Domain Analysis INPut EATT AUTO lt State gt This command turns automatic selection of the electronic attenuation on and off If on electronic attenuation reduces the mechanical attenuation whenever possible This command is only available with option R amp S FSW B25 It is not available if R amp S FSW B17 is active Parameters lt State gt ON OFF 0 1 RST 1 Example INP EATT AUTO OFF Manual operation See Using Electronic Attenuation Option B25 on page 77 INPut EATT STATe lt State gt This command turns the electronic attenuator on and off This command is only available with option R amp S FSW B25 It is not available if R amp S FSW B17 is active Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Example INP EATT STAT ON Switches the electronic attenuator into the signal path Manual operation See Using Electronic Attenuation Option B25 on page 77 Configuring Triggered Measurements The following commands are required to configure a triggered measurement in a remote environment The tasks for manual operation are described in chapter 6 2 6 Trigger Settings on page 81 The OPC command should be used after commands that retrieve data so that subse quent commands to change the selected trigger source are held off until after the sweep is completed and the data has been returned e Configuring the Triggering Conditions
267. ned Channel Table Predefined Stee arch Predefined Tables Generated by CDMA2000 e General Channel Detection SettingS cccccceeedeseesteedesseenteeetereeentaeteeseeneaee 89 e Channel Table Manage Menton dad 91 e Channel Table Settings and FUNCUIONS 0 22 cccciceedeeeeecceeeeedeeeeeeeeteedeseereeeeteeae 92 e BTS Channel Details ooo ERKENNEN 93 e MS Chamel Details eocena id AEA 95 6 2 9 1 General Channel Detection Settings Channel detection settings are configured in the Channel Detection dialog box which is displayed when you select the Channel Detection button in the configuration Over view User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 89 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration Code Domain Analysis Channel Detection Predefined Channel Tables AA oti alate ate SM sa Predefined isa Inactive Channel Threshold 60 0 dB Predefined Tables Generated by CDMA2000 Delete Inactive Channel Threshelg ii 90 Using Predefined Channel Tables iia EE 90 Inactive Channel Threshold Defines the minimum power that a single channel must have compared to the total signal in order to be recognized as an active channel The default value is 60 dB With this value all channels with signals such as the CDMA2000 test models are detected by the Code Domain Power analysis Decrease the Inactive Channel Threshold value if not all channels contained in the signal are
268. nex Reference Data AAA in A A M Reference UO Data File Format iq tar lt float gt 0 lt float gt lt ArrayOfFloat gt lt Max gt lt PowerVsTime gt lt Spectrum gt lt Min gt lt ArrayOfFloat length 256 gt lt float gt 107 lt float gt lt float gt 96 lt float gt lt float gt 94 lt float gt lt ArrayOfFloat gt lt Min gt lt Max gt lt ArrayOfFloat length 256 gt lt float gt 25 lt float gt lt float gt 1 lt float gt lt float gt 1 lt float gt lt ArrayOfFloat gt lt Max gt lt Spectrum gt lt Channel gt lt ArrayOfChannel gt lt PreviewData gt A 4 2 Q Data Binary File The 1 Q data is saved in binary format according to the format and data type specified in the XML file see Format element and DataType element To allow reading and writing of streamed UO data all data is interleaved i e complex values are interleaved pairs of and Q values and multi channel signals contain interleaved complex samples for channel 1 channel 2 channel 3 etc Example NumberOfChannels Element ordering for complex cartesian data Complex data I channel no time index Q channel no time index 01 01 OTOI 0 Channel 0 Complex sample 0 1 0 Qf1 0 Channel 1 Complex sample 0 2 0 Q 2 0 Channel 2 Complex sample 0 01 11 0 0 11 Channel 0 Complex sample 1 TEE 2 Channel 1 Complex sample 1 2 1 0121111 Channel 2 Co
269. ng and restored upon re entering the channel Thus you can switch between applications quickly and easily When you activate a CDMA2000 application Code Domain Analysis of the input signal is started automatically with the default configuration The Code Domain Analyzer menu is displayed and provides access to the most important configuration functions This menu is also displayed when you press the MEAS CONFIG key on the front panel The Span Bandwidth Lines and Marker Functions menus are not available for CDA measurements Code Domain Analysis can be configured easily in the Overview dialog box which is displayed when you select the Overview softkey from any menu Importing and Exporting UO Data The 1 Q data to be evaluated for CDMA2000 can not only be measured by the CDMA2000 applications themselves it can also be imported to the applications provided it has the correct format Furthermore the evaluated I Q data from the CDMA2000 applications can be exported for further analysis in external applications The import and export functions are available in the Save Recall menu which is dis played when you select the LI Save or EI Open icon in the toolbar For details on importing and exporting UO data see the R amp S FSW User Manual User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 53 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration Code Domain Analysis Default Settings for Code Domain Analysis see
270. ng lt State gt If enabled the reference level for digital input is adjusted to the full scale level automat ically if the full scale level changes This command is only available if the optional Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 is installed Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Manual operation See Adjust Reference Level to Full Scale Level on page 66 INPut DIQ RANGe UPPer lt Level gt Defines or queries the Full Scale Level i e the level that corresponds to an I Q sample with the magnitude 1 This command is only available if the optional Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 is installed Parameters lt Level gt lt numeric value gt Range 1pV to 7 071 V RST 1V Manual operation See Full Scale Level on page 65 INPut DIQ RANGe UPPer UNIT Unit Defines the unit of the full scale level see Full Scale Level on page 65 The availability of units depends on the measurement application you are using This command is only available if the optional Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 is installed Parameters Level VOLT DBM DBPW WATT DBMV DBUV DBUA AMPere RST Volt Manual operation See Full Scale Level on page 65 I User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 155 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements DESEN Configuring Code Domain Analysis INPut DIQ SRATe lt SampleRate gt This command specifies or quer
271. nnels If a channel covers several codes the display shows the individual power of each code Bit Reverse Bundles the channels with concentrated codes i e all codes of a chan nel are next to one another Thus you can see the total power of a concentrated channel Remote command SENSe CDPower ORDer on page 197 Evaluation Range The evaluation range defines which channel Code Number PCG or set is analyzed in the result display For CDMA2000 MS measurements the branch to be analyzed can also be defined Code Number Power Control Group go Set to Analyze Code NUMBOF coria seaswecdidentnesandsdeatexceatecuaa 109 Power Control EODD TEE 110 SOLO DEENEN 110 Branch MS application E ET 110 Code Number Selects a code for the following evaluations see also chapter 3 1 2 Evaluation Methods for Code Domain Analysis on page 18 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 109 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Analysis a Evaluation Range Bitstream Code Domain Power Code Domain Error Power Peak Code Domain Error Power vs PCG Power vs Symbol Result Summary Symbol Constellation Symbol EVM The specified code is selected and marked in red For details on how specific codes are displayed see chapter 4 3 Code Display and Sort Order on page 38 Remote command SENSe CDPower CODE on page 195 Power Control Group Selects a PCG for the following evaluations Bitstream Channel Tab
272. nnrnnnnnnnnnnns 245 Configuring the Application Data Range MSRA mode only 246 Querying the Status RegisterS oooonnicccnnninnnnnncccnnnnnnaccn cnn rnrnnnn cercare 248 Commands for Compatibility ecce nennen nennen nnn 250 Annex Reference Data ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 253 Reference Predefined Channel Tables eeeeeeeeeennnn 253 Reference Code Tables Iib AAAA reri ERR RR eege 256 Reference Supported Bandclasses essent 259 LEE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 4 AA Reference UO Data File Format iq tar cccceecceesseeeeeessseeeeesseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeneneneeeees 260 AS Abbreviadtions eterne erinnere di iaa 265 List of Remote Commands CDMA2000 267 jj T T 272 R amp S9FSW K82 K83 Preface About this Manual 1 Preface 1 1 About this Manual This R amp S FSW K82 K83 User Manual provides all the information specific to the CDMA2000 applications All general instrument functions and settings common to all applications and operating modes are described in the main R amp S FSW User Manual The main focus in this manual is on the measurement results and the tasks required to obtain them The following topics are included e Welcome to the CDMA2000 Measurements
273. nt to the R amp S FSW on a parallel channel to clear all currently active remote channels Depending on the used interface and protocol send the following commands e Visa viClear e GPIB ibcir e RSIB RSDLLibclr Now you can send the ABORt command on the remote channel performing the mea surement Example ABOR INIT IMM Aborts the current measurement and immediately starts a new one Example ABOR WAI INIT IMM Aborts the current measurement and starts a new one once abor tion has been completed Usage SCPI confirmed INITiate CONMeas This command restarts a single measurement that has been stopped using INIT CONT OFF or finished in single sweep mode The measurement is restarted at the beginning not where the previous measurement was stopped As opposed to INITiate IMMediate this command does not reset traces in max hold minhold or average mode Therefore it can be used to continue measurements using maxhold or averaging functions Example for Spectrum application INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode DISP WIND TRAC MODE AVER Switches on trace averaging SWE COUN 20 Setting the sweep counter to 20 sweeps INIT WAI Starts the measurement and waits for the end of the 20 sweeps INIT CONM WAI Continues the measurement next 20 sweeps and waits for the end Result Averaging is performed over 40 sweeps LEE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 210 R amp S FSW K8
274. nt to the specified file Manual operation See Export on page 50 See IQ Export on page 50 MMEMory STORe IQ STATe 1 lt FileName gt This command writes the captured l Q data to a file The file extension is iq tar By default the contents of the file are in 32 bit floating point format Parameters 1 lt FileName gt String containing the path and name of the target file Example MMEM STOR IQ STAT 1 C R_S Instr user data ig tar Stores the captured UO data to the specified file Manual operation See Export on page 50 See IQ Export on page 50 Configuring the Application Data Range MSRA mode only In MSRA operating mode only the MSRA Master actually captures data the MSRA applications define an extract of the captured data for analysis referred to as the appli cation data For the CDMA2000 BTS application the application data range is defined by the same commands used to define the signal capture in Signal and Spectrum Analyzer mode see SENSe CDPower SET COUNt on page 183 Be sure to select the correct measure ment channel before executing this command In addition a capture offset can be defined i e an offset from the start of the captured data to the start of the application data for the 3GPP FDD BTS measurement ERA lt A 555553 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 246 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Configuring the Application Data Range MS
275. ocinicacccnnonncnnns 77 High pass filter B13 Preamplifier B24 sess Output Configuration remote ssssesssssss 165 Configuration softkey sss 69 Digital Baseband Interface B17 settings 72 Digital Baseband Interface B17 status s Digital 1 Q remote sese Noise SOUFGB vicio onere retenti eres Power measurement Configuring Tue EN A Overload RE input remota sssini aaar a 150 Overview Configuring cdma2000 sese 55 P Parameters CDA C c 16 G J EAST 17 Channel table ococconininicocooooccococanonananonononononnnnnnnnna 20 PCDE Evaluation Method ococccccccocococncinnonononanonanonaranananno 24 Measurement examples Trace results oooonocooocccnccccconononococonononononnnnnnccnanana nono FC Mc Captured Display Evaluation range esee Number of symbols PO eH IS Selecting aec c Ee 36 Capture sonoras caos 88 Peak Code Domain Error see PODE EN 24 Peak list Evaluation method ococccccccococonocinnonononononananacanacnnnno 34 Peaks Marker positioning essen 118 Next Softkey Peak search O P 118 Mode cotos oi Gra atada abi 116 Performing cdma2000 measurement ssssssssssssss 120 Phase Discontinuity vs PCG Tra
276. ode INIT CONT ON are repeated RST CONTinuous SYST SEQ ON Activates the Sequencer INIT SEQ MODE SING Sets single sequence mode so each active measurement will be performed once INIT SEQ IMM Starts the sequential measurements INITiate SEQuencer REFResh ALL This function is only available if the Sequencer is deactivated SYSTem SEQuencer SYST SEQ OFF and only in MSRA mode The data in the capture buffer is re evaluated by all active MSRA applications Example Usage SYST SEQ OFF Deactivates the scheduler INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode INIT WAI Starts a new data measurement and waits for the end of the sweep INIT SEO REFR Refreshes the display for all MSRA channels Event User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 213 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Retrieving Results SYSTem SEQuencer lt State gt This command turns the Sequencer on and off The Sequencer must be active before any other Sequencer commands INIT SEQ are executed otherwise an error will occur A detailed programming example is provided in the Operating Modes chapter in the R amp S FSW User Manual Parameters lt State gt ON OFF 0 1 ON 1 The Sequencer is activated and a sequential measurement is started immediately OFF 0 The Sequencer is deactivated Any running sequential measure ments are stopped Further Sequencer comman
277. ompatibility Usage Query only STATus QUEStionable SYNC ENABle lt BitDefinition gt lt ChannelName gt This command controls the ENABle part of a register The ENABle part allows true conditions in the EVENt part of the status register to be reported in the summary bit If a bit is 1 in the enable register and its associated event bit transitions to true a positive transition will occur in the summary bit reported to the next higher level Parameters lt BitDefinition gt Range 0 to 65535 lt ChannelName gt String containing the name of the channel The parameter is optional If you omit it the command works for the currently active channel STATus QUEStionable SYNC NTRansition lt BitDefinition gt lt ChannelName gt This command controls the Negative TRansition part of a register Setting a bit causes a 1 to 0 transition in the corresponding bit of the associated register The transition also writes a 1 into the associated bit of the corresponding EVENt register Parameters lt BitDefinition gt Range 0 to 65535 lt ChannelName gt String containing the name of the channel The parameter is optional If you omit it the command works for the currently active channel STATus QUEStionable SYNC PTRansition lt BitDefinition gt lt ChannelName gt These commands control the Positive TRansition part of a register Setting a bit causes a 0 to 1 transition in the corresponding bit of the associated register The transition
278. on Assuming you have detected a suspect area of the captured data in another application you would now like to analyze the same data in the CDMA2000 BTS application 1 Select the Overview softkey to display the Overview for Code Domain Analysis 2 Select the Signal Capture button EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 122 R amp S FSW K82 K83 How to Perform Measurements in CDMA2000 Applications PENE 3 Define the application data range as and the Number of Sets You must determine the number of sets according to the following formula lt No of sets gt lt measurement time in seconds gt 80 ms time per set Enter the next larger integer value 4 Define the starting point of the application data as the Capture offset The offset is calculated according to the following formula lt capture offset gt lt starting point for application gt lt starting point in capture buffer gt 5 The analysis interval is automatically determined according to the selected channel slot or frame to analyze defined for the evaluation range depending on the result display Note that the frame slot channel is analyzed within the application data f the analysis interval does not yet show the required area of the capture buffer move through the frames slots channels in the evaluation range or correct the application data range 6 If the Sequencer is off select the Refresh softkey in the Sweep menu to update the result displa
279. on See the description of the individual measurement functions for details 2 Result Summary Channel Bandwidth Power TX1 Ref 1 229 MHz 0 86 dBm 0 86 dBm ower Upper 79 59 dB 80 34 dB 85 04 dB 83 85 dB Remote command LAY ADD 1 RIGH RSUM see LAYout ADD WINDow on page 201 Marker Table Displays a table with the current marker values for the active markers This table may be displayed automatically if configured accordingly see Marker Table Display on page 115 Stimulus Response Function Function Result 13 197 GH C der 1 1705 nt Remote command LAY ADD 1 RIGH MTAB see LAYout ADD WINDow on page 201 Results CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt X on page 239 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt Y on page 217 Marker Peak List The marker peak list determines the frequencies and levels of peaks in the spectrum or time domain How many peaks are displayed can be defined as well as the sort order In addition the detected peaks can be indicated in the diagram The peak list can also be exported to a file for analysis in an external application EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 34 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurements and Result Displays RF Measurements 2 Marker Peak List No 1 Remote command LAY ADD 1 RIGH PEAK see LAYout ADD WINDow on page 201 Results CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt X on page 239 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt Y on page 217
280. on and Channel Types Channel Ch no Modulation Description type ISF F TDPICH 16 128 BPSK Transmit Diversity Pilot CHannel F SYNC 32 64 BPSK Synchronization channel F CHAN BPSK RC 1 2 active data channel QPSK RC 3 5 INACTIVE inactive channel F PDCCH QPSK Packet Data Control CHannel F PDCH 32 QPSK 8PSK Packet Data CHannel or 16 QAM In addition the following channel types can be defined in a predefined channel table for the CDMA2000 BTS application Channel type Ch no SF Description F APICH BPSK Auxiliary Pilot CHannel F ATDPICH BPSK Auxiliary Ttransmit Diversity Pilot CHannel F BCH QPSK Broadcast CHannel F CACH QPSK Common Assignment Channel F CCCH QPSK Common Control CHannel F CPCCH QPSK Common Power Control CHannel o Channel table definition for transmit diversity In a measurement scenario with two antennas transmit diversity the following condi tions apply to the channel table definition e Antenna 1 is used for transmission The pilot channel F PICH must be included The pilot channel of antenna 2 F TDPICH must not be included e Antenna 2 is used for transmission The pilot channel of antenna 2 F TDPICH must be included The pilot channel F PICH must not be included e Both antennas are used for transmission The pilot channel F PICH must be included The pilot channel of antenna 2 F TDPICH mus
281. onononnnnnnncnnos 20 Windows Adding remote EE 201 Closing remote 204 Configuring m PEN YA Layout remote 204 Maximizing remote 201 Querying remote n 203 Replacing remote 204 Splitting remote 201 Title bar 14 Types remote rrr nre tren enne 201 X X value Marker usina dc 114 Y YIG preselector Activating Deactivating sss 64 Activating Deactivating remote 151 Y maximum Y minimum Scaling da oA dit 81 Z Zooming Activating remote ss sse 208 Area Multiple mode remote oooocccccinicccccococcccccnnos 208 Area remote ae Ge RI en Le EE Multiple mode sese Multiple mode remote a FROM OG seater senses E H Restoring original display 280 Single mode cce rte eite 101 Single mode remote sess 207
282. ont ordet ER 38 109 197 Hardware settings Displayed E 13 High pass filter Ee 151 A E A EE AEE 64 Hysteresis Lower Auto level erre 100 EI en 85 Upper Auto level erre 100 l 1 Q data Export file binary data description 264 Export file parameter description 261 EXPOMING Be 50 53 Exporting remote T 245 Importing id 51 53 Importing Exporting eee 50 Importing remote ooococccccccncconccconnanancononcncnnnana nono 245 UO Power Trigger level remote sssesessesss 177 IF Power Trigger SoftKey iicet etn 84 Trigger level remote ssesesessssss 176 Impedance hocce M 151 uM 63 Importing ager 50 Odia caminaba 50 51 53 261 I Q data remote sese 245 Softkey s Inactive Channel Threshold 90 185 Input Analog Baseband Interface B71 settings 66 Connector remote sseessssssssseeseeee 150 iereie roe a aaa ii Coupling remote n Digital Baseband Interface B17 settings 64 Overload remote oooccconncoccccccnonccnnnccnnonannncncnnnnn cnn 150 Tue EE Source Analog Baseband l neee Source connection errors i Source digital I O ic
283. ontains all information required for repairing the R amp S FSW by replacing modules Release Notes The release notes describe the installation of the firmware new and modified functions eliminated problems and last minute changes to the documentation The corresponding firmware version is indicated on the title page of the release notes The most recent release notes are also available for download from the R amp S website on the R amp S FSW product page at http www2 rohde schwarz com product FSW html gt Downloads Firmware Conventions Used in the Documentation Typographical Conventions The following text markers are used throughout this documentation Convention Description Graphical user interface ele All names of graphical user interface elements on the screen such as dia ments log boxes menus options buttons and softkeys are enclosed by quota tion marks KEYS Key names are written in capital letters File names commands File names commands coding samples and screen output are distin program code guished by their font Input Input to be entered by the user is displayed in italics Links Links that you can click are displayed in blue font References References to other parts of the documentation are enclosed by quotation marks Conventions for Procedure Descriptions When describing how to operate the instrument several alternative methods may be available to perfor
284. ower BTS MCARrier FILTer STATe on page 145 Filter Type Multi Carrier Selects the filter type if Filter Type is activated Two filter types are available for selection a low pass filter and an RRC filter EES User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 61 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration EENEG Code Domain Analysis By default the low pass filter is active The low pass filter affects the quality of the mea sured signal compared to a measurement without a filter The RRC filter comes with an integrated Hamming window If selected two more settings become available for configuration the Roll Off Factor and the Cut Off Frequency Remote command CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier FILTer TYPE on page 145 Roll Off Factor Filter Type Multi Carrier Defines the roll off factor of the RRC filter which defines the slope of the filter curve and therefore the excess bandwidth of the filter Possible values are between 0 01 and 0 99 in 0 01 steps The default value is 0 02 This parameter is available for the RRC filter Remote command CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier FILTer TYPE on page 145 CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier FILTer ROFF on page 144 Cut Off Frequency lt Filter Type Multi Carrier Defines the frequency at which the passband of the RRC filter begins Possible values are between 0 1 MHz and 2 4 MHz in 1 Hz steps The default value is 1 25 MHz This parameter is available for the RRC filter Remot
285. play Config gt Composite EVM Window 2 AMPT gt Scale Config gt Auto Scale Once The following results are displayed the first window shows the diagram of the Com posite EVM measurement result In the second window the Result Summary is dis played It shows the numeric results of the Code Domain Power measurement including the values for the Composite EVM 10 6 Meas 6 Measuring the Peak Code Domain Error and the RHO Factor The Code Domain Error Power describes the quality of the measured signal compared to an ideal reference signal generated by the R amp S FSW In the I Q plane the error vector User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 130 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurement Examples AA EE Meas 6 Measuring the Peak Code Domain Error and the RHO Factor represents the difference of the measured signal and the ideal signal The Code Domain Error is the difference in power on symbol level of the measured and the reference signal projected to the class of of the base spreading factor The unit of the result is dB In the Peak Code Domain Error PCDE measurement the maximum error value over all channels is determined and displayed for a given PCG The measurement covers the entire signal during the entire observation time In the graphical display the results are shown in a diagram in which the x axis represents the PCGs and the y axis shows the PCDE values A measurement of the RHO factor is shown in the second part of the example
286. plication with the following predefined settings according to CDMA2000 specifications adjacent chan nel leakage ratio Table 6 4 Predefined settings for CDMA2000 ACLR Channel Power measurements Setting Default value Bandclass 0 800 MHz Cellular Number of adjacent channels 2 For further details about the ACLR measurements refer to Measuring Channel Power and Adjacent Channel Power in the R amp S FSW User Manual To restore adapted measurement parameters the following parameters are saved on exiting and are restored on re entering this measurement e Reference level and reference level offset e RBW VBW e Sweep time e Span e Number of adjacent channels e Fast ACLR mode User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 103 R amp S9FSW K82 K83 Configuration RF Measurements The main measurement menus for the RF measurements are identical to the Spectrum application However for ACLR and SEM measurements in CDMA2000 applications an additional softkey is available to select the required bandclass Bandclass The bandclass defines the frequency band used for ACLR and SEM measurements It also determines the corresponding limits and ACLR channel settings according to the CDMA2000 standard For an overview of supported bandclasses and their usage see chapter A 3 Reference Supported Bandclasses on page 259 Remote command CONFigure CDPower BTS BCLass BANDclass on page 199 6 3 3 Spectrum Emission Mas
287. provided for each con nected probe e Probe name e Serial number e R amp S part number e Type of probe Differential Single Ended For more information on using probes with an R amp S FSW see the R amp S FSW User Manual For general information on the R amp S9RTO probes see the device manuals eeler ele Parere TER 69 Microbutton Action Active R amp S probes except for RT ZS10E have a configurable microbutton on the probe head By pressing this button you can perform an action on the instrument directly from the probe Select the action that you want to start from the probe Run single Starts one data acquisition No action Prevents unwanted actions due to unintended usage of the microbut ton Remote command SENSe PROBe p SETup MODE on page 163 6 2 4 2 Output Settings The R amp S FSW can provide output to special connectors for other devices For details on connectors refer to the R amp S FSW Getting Started manual Front Rear Panel View chapters User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 69 R amp S9FSW K82 K83 Configuration Code Domain Analysis o How to provide trigger signals as output is described in detail in the R amp S FSW User Manual Output settings can be configured via the INPUT OUTPUT key or in the Outputs dialog box Output Digital IQ IF Video Output IF Out Frequency Noise Source Trigger 2 Trigger 3 A A LT 70 Hrs EE 70 Ge A EE 71 M NU EE 71
288. put Type on page 71 See Send Trigger on page 71 OUTPut TRIGger lt port gt PULSe LENGth lt Length gt This command defines the length of the pulse generated at the trigger output Suffix lt port gt 213 Selects the trigger port to which the output is sent 2 trigger port 2 front 3 trigger port 3 rear Parameters lt Length gt Pulse length in seconds Manual operation See Trigger 2 3 on page 70 See Output Type on page 71 See Pulse Length on page 71 Signal Capturing The following commands configure how much and how data is captured from the input signal MSRA operating mode In MSRA operating mode only the MSRA Master channel actually captures data from the input signal The data acquisition commands for the CDMA2000 application in MSRA mode define the application data see chapter 11 12 Configuring the Application Data Range MSRA mode only on page 246 For details on the MSRA operating mode see the R S FSW MSRA User Manual Ee elle Te EE 182 SENSe CDOPOWEROINVeMt eoe te ener tdt 183 ISENSeEJGDPoOWOISETISOU NT ca gedeien 183 SENSe CDPower lQLength lt CaptureLength gt This command sets the capture length in multiples of the power control group E N User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 182 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Configuring Code Domain Analysis Parameters lt CaptureLength gt Range 2 to 64 RST 3 Example SENS CDP IQLength 3
289. r values for combined channels lt power ID gt type of power detection 0 inactive channel 1 power of own antenna 2 alias power of own antenna 3 alias power of other antenna 4 alias power of own and other antenna O To avoid alias power set the base spreading factor correctly For details on these parameters see TRACe lt n gt DATA on page 218 Measurement Example Retrieving the Code Domain Power in the BTS Application The example shows the results of the query for 5 channels with the following configura tion Chan type Ch no SF Code class Power PICH 0 64 6 7 0 dB PCH 1 64 6 7 3 dB CHAN 8 32 5 8 0 dB CHAN 24 128 7 9 0 dB alias with 24 64 SYNC 32 64 6 13 3 dB INST SEL BC2K Activate cdma2000 BTS default is CDP relative in window 1 and Result Summary in window 2 INIT CONT OFF Select single sweep CDP ORD HAD Set order to Hadamard INIT WAI Start measurement with synchronization TRAC TRACE1 EE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 225 Retrieving Results Read out CDP relative Hadamard Channel 8 32 is distributed to 8 64 and 40 64 in each case with half power 8dB 3dB 11 0 dB Result 1 6 De 7 0 1 6 1 7 391 6 2 54 6 0 65 35 55 3 0 6 7 58 2 0 6 8 11 0 1 6 9 53 4 0 6 24 9 0 2 PP 6 32 1331 E 6 40 11 0 1 6 63 54 7 0 CDP ORD BITR Set order to Bit
290. ral Test Setup Connect the antenna output or TX output of the base station mobile station to the RF input of the R amp S FSW Use a power attenuator exhibiting suitable attenuation T d TX signal 00 0000 E RF INPUT The following values for external attenuation are recommended to ensure that the RF input of the R amp S FSW is protected and the sensitivity of the unit is not reduced too much User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 46 R amp SS9FSW K82 K83 Measurement Basics EMG GN NCC P A CDA Measurements in MSRA Operating Mode Maximum Power Recommended external attenuation 2 55 to 60 dBm 35 to 40 dB 2 50 to 55 dBm 30 to 35 dB 2 45 to 50 dBm 25 to 30 dB 2 40 to 45 dBm 20 to 25 dB 2 35 to 40 dBm 15 to 20 dB 2 30 to 35 dBm 10 to 15 dB 2 25 to 30 dBm 0 to 10 dB 2 20 to 25 dBm 0 to 5 dB lt 20 dBm 0 dB e For signal measurements at the output of two port networks connect the reference frequency of the signal source to the rear reference input REF INPUT of the R amp S FSW e The R amp S FSW must be operated with an external frequency reference to ensure that the error limits of the CDMA2000 specification for frequency measurements on base stations mobile stations are met A rubidium frequency standard can be used as a reference source for example e If the
291. ration AAA SS SS C AA A Code Domain Analysis In order to do so a level measurement is performed to determine the optimal reference level You can change the measurement time for the level measurement if necessary see Changing the Automatic Measurement Time Meastime Manual on page 100 Remote command SENSe ADJust LEVel on page 194 RF Attenuation Defines the attenuation applied to the RF input This function is not available for input from the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 Attenuation Mode Value RF Attenuation The RF attenuation can be set automatically as a function of the selected reference level Auto mode This ensures that the optimum RF attenuation is always used It is the default setting By default and when Using Electronic Attenuation Option B25 is not available mechanical attenuation is applied This function is not available for input from the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 In Manual mode you can set the RF attenuation in 1 dB steps down to 0 dB also using the rotary knob Other entries are rounded to the next integer value The range is speci fied in the data sheet If the defined reference level cannot be set for the defined RF attenuation the reference level is adjusted accordingly and the warning Limit reached is displayed NOTICE Risk of hardware damage due to high power levels When decreasing the atten
292. re CDPower BTS CTABle COPY on page 186 Deleting a Table Deletes the currently selected channel table after a message is confirmed Remote command CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle DELete on page 187 Restoring Default Tables Restores the predefined channel tables delivered with the instrument Remote command CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle RESTore on page 187 Channel Table Settings and Functions Some general settings and functions are available when configuring a predefined channel table Channel tables are configured in the Channel Table dialog box which is displayed when you select the New Copy or Edit buttons for a predefined channel table in the Channel Detection dialog box O For details on channel table entries see chapter 6 2 9 4 BTS Channel Details on page 93 or chapter 6 2 9 5 MS Channel Details on page 95 Cu OPE qu M 93 iei eene 93 Adding a Channel 2 tae Rata ero aee EES SEA 93 Deleting Chanel eret erret fte er le da 93 Creating a New Channel Table from the Measured Signal Measure Table 93 E N User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 92 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration 6 2 9 4 Code Domain Analysis Soring br 93 Gancelling the ComTigur alor ee Reed tede te dde dades 93 SAVING MS Tabla cR 93 Name Name of the channel table that will be displayed in the Predefined Channel Tables list Remote command CO
293. reen i e in the figure above to the left Example LAY SPL 1 4 70 Moves the splitter between window 1 Frequency Sweep and 3 Marker Peak List towards the top 70 of the screen The following commands have the exact same effect as any com bination of windows above and below the splitter moves the splitter vertically AY SPL 3 2 70 AY SPL 4 1 70 AY SPL 2 1 70 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 205 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Configuring the Result Display LAY out WINDow lt n gt ADD lt Direction gt lt WindowType gt This command adds a measurement window to the display Note that with this command the suffix lt n gt determines the existing window next to which the new window is added as opposed to LAYout ADD WINDow for which the existing window is defined by a parameter To replace an existing window use the LAYout WINDow lt n gt REPLace command This command is always used as a query so that you immediately obtain the name of the new window as a result Parameters lt Direction gt LEFT RIGHt ABOVe BELow lt WindowType gt Type of measurement window you want to add See LAYout ADD WINDow on page 201 for a list of available window types Return values lt NewWindowName gt When adding a new window the command returns its name by default the same as its number as a result Example LAY WIND1 ADD LEFT MTAB Result
294. results Auto SCalling WEE 81 Configuring cdma2000 sees 103 Autosearch Results remote eren 234 Channel detection s esses 43 Activating Auto settings vue 99 cdma2000 measurements remote 138 Meastime Auto softkey ssssesssssss 100 A A cis reor eene 16 Meastime Manual softkey sssusss 100 Quasi inactive osiris iep ener nnne 43 Remote commands Active probe Average COUNT EE MICKOBULON sire erre e eieiei 69 Adjacent channel leakage ratio B GE E 29 Agilent Bandclasses Long code generation mode sssssssss 40 ACIR essen eene nn enne NC 22 39 108 198 Defining Amplitude SEM Analog Baseband Interface B71 settings 78 Supported Configuration softkey sss 75 Bandwidth Configuring remote sssssseeern 168 Coverage MSRA mode RID MEC 75 MENU oo eee eeeeeeteteeeeeeteeees Analog Baseband Base spreading factor suesssse Amplitude settings sn 78 Base station Input 8 soe EE 11 Input settings coooccococcocconoccncnnonnonoconncnnnonnoncncnnnncnns 66 Base transceiver station Analog Baseband B71 AE 11 Fullscale level eene 80 Bit Reverse MA AAA Ls m a 67 Gode table m 256 Input type remote control esses 161 Sort order Analog Baseband Interface
295. rface R amp S FSW B17 is available Defines triggering of the measurement directly via the LVDS connector In the selection list you must specify which general purpose bit GPO to GP5 will provide the trigger data The following table describes the assignment of the general purpose bits to the LVDS connector pins For details on the LVDS connector see the R amp S FSW UO Analyzer User Manual Table 6 2 Assignment of general purpose bits to LVDS connector pins Bit LVDS pin GPO SDATAA P Trigger GP1 SDATAA P Trigger2 GP2 SDATAO P Reserve1 GP3 SDATA4_P Reserve2 GP4 SDATAO P Marker1 GP5 SDATA4_P Marker2 Remote command TRIG SOUR GPO see TRIGger SEQuence SOURce on page 178 IF Power Trigger Source Trigger Source The R amp S FSW starts capturing data as soon as the trigger threshold is exceeded around the third intermediate frequency This trigger source is available for frequency and time domain measurements only It is not available for input from the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 or the Analog Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B71 For frequency sweeps the third IF represents the start frequency The trigger bandwidth at the third IF depends on the RBW and sweep type For measurements on a fixed frequency e g zero span or UO measurements the third IF represents the center frequency The trigger threshold depends on the defined trigger level as we
296. rigger Parameters Interval 2 0 ms to 5000 Range 2ms to 5000s RST 1 0s Example TRIG SOUR TIME Selects the time trigger input for triggering TRIG TIME RINT 50 The sweep starts every 50 s Configuring the Trigger Output The following commands are required to send the trigger signal to one of the variable TRIGGER INPUT OUTPUT connectors The tasks for manual operation are described in Trigger 2 3 on page 70 OUTPut TRIGgereport DI Rectibn iiuuss ecran eene aeu ennt anre huh ndiii REENEN 180 OLITPut PRIGSereponts DEE 181 OUTPut TRIGger port OTYPe EE 181 OUTPut TRIGger lt port gt PULSe IMMediate nnne 181 OUTbutTRlGoerzportz PULL Se ENG 182 OUTPut TRIGger port DIRection Direction This command selects the trigger direction Suffix port 2 3 Selects the trigger port to which the output is sent 2 trigger port 2 front 3 trigger port 3 rear Parameters lt Direction gt INPut Port works as an input OUTPut Port works as an output RST INPut Manual operation See Trigger 2 3 on page 70 T User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 180 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements AAA SS ESSE A A ee ee Configuring Code Domain Analysis OUTPut TRIGger lt port gt LEVel lt Level gt This command defines the level of the signal generated at the trigger output This command works only if you have selected a user defined output with OUTPut TRIGEer
297. rse order Example na DH Ho oO Manual operation See Code Display Order on page 109 SENSe CDPower PDISplay Mode This command defines how the pilot channel power is displayed in the Result Summary In relative mode the reference power is the total power Parameters Mode ABS REL RST ABS Example CDP PDIS REL Pilot channel power is displayed in relation to the total power Manual operation See Code Power Display on page 108 SENSe CDPower PPReference Mode This command is only available for Code Domain Power evaluation in MS mode This command defines how the pilot channel poweris displayed in the absolute summary In relative mode the reference power is the total power Parameters Mode ABS REL RST ABS Example CDP PPR REL Pilot channel power is displayed in relation to the total power Manual operation See Pilot Power Display MS application only on page 108 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 197 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements A AAA AAA A A A A A A A A A A A A Configuring Code Domain Analysis SENSe CDPower PREFerence lt Power gt This command specifies the reference power for the relative power result displays e g Code Domain Power Power vs PCG Parameters lt Power gt PICH TOTal PICH The reference power is the power of the pilot channel Which pilot channel is used as reference depend
298. s Channel status Unassigned codes are identified as inactive channels Symbol Rate ksps Symbol rate at which the channel is transmitted 9 6 ksps to 307 2 ksps T Offs ns Timing offset between the selected channel and the pilot channel If enabled see Timing and phase offset calculation on page 108 the maximum value of the timing offset is displayed together with the associated channel in the last two lines Since the timing offset values of each active channel can be either negative or positive the absolute values are compared and the maximum is displayed with the original sign Code Domain Power Code Domain Error Power The Code Domain Power evaluation shows the power of all possible code channels in the total signal over the selected PCG Code Domain Error Power is the difference in power between the measured and the ideal signal The x axis represents the channel code number which corresponds to the base spread ing factor The y axis is a logarithmic level axis that shows the error power of each channel With the error power both active and inactive channels can be evaluated ata glance Both evaluations support either Hadamard or BitReverse code sorting order see chap ter 4 3 Code Display and Sort Order on page 38 MS application only the error power is calculated only for the selected branch I or Q 1 Code Domain Power Fig 3 3 Code Domain Power Display for the BTS applicatio
299. s and determine correlations If the marked point in time is contained in the analysis interval of the application the line is indicated in all time based result displays such as time symbol slot or bit diagrams By default the analysis line is displayed however it can be hidden from view manually In all result displays the AL label in the window title bar indicates whether or not the analysis line lies within the analysis interval or not e orange AL the line lies within the interval e white AL the line lies within the interval but is not displayed hidden e no AL the line lies outside the interval E N User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 48 R amp SS9FSW K82 K83 Measurement Basics CDA Measurements in MSRA Operating Mode 1 Code Domain Power 1 w 3 Symbol EVM Analysis Interval inalysis Interval Code 0 4 Code Code 68 Symb 0 4 Symb 23 2 Power vs Symbol Symb 0 For details on the MSRA operating mode see the R amp S FSW MSRA User Manual E N User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 49 R amp S FSW K82 K83 1 Q Data Import and Export Import Export Functions 5 1 Q Data Import and Export Baseband signals mostly occur as so called complex baseband signals e a signal rep resentation that consists of two channels the in phase I and the quadrature Q channel Such signals are referred to as UO signals UO signals are useful because the specific RF or IF frequencies are not needed The complete modulation
300. s of an object In that case the suffix selects a particular instance e g a measurement window Numeric suffixes are indicated by angular brackets lt n gt next to the keyword If you don t quote a suffix for keywords that support one a 1 is assumed Example DISPlay WINDow lt 1 4 gt ZOOM STATe enables the zoom in a particular mea surement window selected by the suffix at WINDow DISPlay WINDow4 ZOOM STATe ON refers to window 4 Optional Keywords Some keywords are optional and are only part of the syntax because of SCPI compliance You can include them in the header or not Note that if an optional keyword has a numeric suffix and you need to use the suffix you have to include the optional keyword Otherwise the suffix of the missing keyword is assumed to be the value 1 Optional keywords are emphasized with square brackets Example Without a numeric suffix in the optional keyword SENSe FREQuency CENTer is the same as FREQuency CENTer With a numeric suffix in the optional keyword DISPlay WINDow lt 1 4 gt ZOOM STATe DISPlay ZOOM STATe ON enables the zoom in window 1 no suffix DISPlay WINDow4 ZOOM STATe ON enables the zoom in window 4 Alternative Keywords A vertical stroke indicates alternatives for a specific keyword You can use both keywords to the same effect ES User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 135 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements E
301. s on the antenna diversity for details see SENSe CDPower ANTenna on page 146 command TOTal The reference power is the total power of the signal RST PICH For further information refer to Power Reference on page 108 Example CDP PREF TOT Sets total power as reference power Manual operation See Power Reference on page 108 SENSe CDPower SFACtor lt SpreadingFactor gt This command defines the base spreading factor If the base spreading factor of 64 is used for channels with a spreading factor of 128 code class 7 an alias power is dis played in the Code Domain Power and Code Domain Error Power diagrams For more information see chapter 4 3 Code Display and Sort Order on page 38 Parameters lt SpreadingFactor gt 64 128 RST 64 Example CDP SFAC 128 Selects base spreading factor 128 Manual operation See Base Spreading Factor on page 108 SENSe CDPower TPMeas lt State gt This command activates or deactivates the timing and phase offset evaluation of the channels to the pilot The results are queried using the TRAC DATA CTAB command or the CALC MARK FUNC CDP BTS RES command Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF I User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 198 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Configuring RF Measurements Example CDP TPM ON Activates timing and phase offset CDP SLOT 2 Selects slot 2 CDP CODE 11 Selects code n
302. s sinn sereni n rsen nnn nnns en nnis 206 LAY out WINDow lt n gt IDENtify 2 tenen nnne ettet aardeni eia Eana ata 206 LAYout WINDowsn REMOYe ccn ecanci conor ke Fontana Rm RIS xta bab a Rag era Gea CR Uo sa oe Ernie buen ape o Rake ER 206 LAYout WINDowsnz REPLac 6 aie cete eee id ide ca oe a De ru vede edn o deba uda dpa RR 207 MMEMorv LOADiO SrATe nennen neret rere ne en rns inns nenne seres inns erre sers inns erre nnns in nnis 245 MMEMory STORse IQ COMMernl 5 rino etre rhet rhe en rene eh hoe ra ena Yen era nae Ya aaa o 246 NA Eine CHIRRSHEL NEE MMEMory STORe lt n gt TRACe OTP Elle DEE OUTPUt o leede OUTPut TRiGgers lt port gt DIRGCHOMss ed gefide alates dida ia 180 NNEN 181 OUTPutTRiGger lt port O1yY Pe cuca lili ac dedu dX DEZ 181 OUTPut TRIGger lt port gt PULSe IMMediate A 181 OUTPut TRIGgersports PUESe DENGItd 4 ino ais 182 STATus QUEStionable DIQ CONDition esses eene enne nennen deaa aba aaa 158 STATus QUEStionable DIQ ENABle STATus QUEStionable DIQ NTRansition conan ono nonnn conan n nn nnnnn cnn rnnnn cn naar nn nnanancananns 159 STATus QUEStionable DIQ PTRAnSition cnn nan carr nnns nnnnn nent nrte sni tnn n eis 159 STATus QUEStionable DIQ EVEN E 2 euet toner rione rnt ara CE enean era an EE ERR de 159 STAT s QUESIionable SYNC CONDIOFI erger eege dees rere de ers ere p yr ede erro ro dr edad 249 STATusOUEG onable GNCENADile
303. sd teeege de REENEN ENEE Ae 208 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt ZOOM AREA lt x1 gt lt y1 gt lt x2 gt lt y2 gt This command defines the zoom area To define a zoom area you first have to turn the zoom on 1 Frequency Sweep iRm e 1 origin of coordinate system x1 0 y1 0 2 end point of system x2 100 y2 100 3 zoom area e g x1 60 y1 30 x2 80 y2 75 Parameters lt x1 gt lt y1 gt Diagram coordinates in of the complete diagram that define the lt x2 gt lt y2 gt zoom area The lower left corner is the origin of coordinate system The upper right corner is the end point of the system Range 0 to 100 Default unit PCT Manual operation See Single Zoom on page 101 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 207 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements 11 7 3 2 Configuring the Result Display DISPlay WINDow lt n gt ZOOM STATe State This command turns the zoom on and off Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Example DISP ZOOM ON Activates the zoom mode Manual operation See Single Zoom on page 101 See Restore Original Display on page 101 See Deactivating Zoom Selection mode on page 101 Using the Multiple Zoom DISPlay WINDow n ZOOM MULTiple zoom AREA cessisse 208 DiSblavlfWiNDow nztZOOM ML Tiple zo0omz GTATe nn 209 DISPlay WINDow lt n gt Z00M MULTiple lt zoom gt AREA lt x1 gt lt y1 gt lt x2 gt lt y
304. set e Analysis bandwidth e Number of samples E User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 106 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Analysis Code Domain Analysis Settings 7 Analysis General result analysis settings concerning the evaluation range trace markers etc can be configured via the Analysis button in the Overview The remote commands required to perform these tasks are described in chapter 11 10 General Analysis on page 236 Analyzing RF Measurements General result analysis settings concerning the trace markers lines etc for RF meas urements are identical to the analysis functions in the Spectrum application except for some special marker functions and spectrograms which are not available in CDMA2000 applications For details see the General Measurement Analysis and Display chapter in the R amp S FSW User Manual e Code Domain Analysis SCWINGS deisde edel iclidicia cdi 107 e Evaluation RE Le 109 A E 111 EN OH 112 7 1 Code Domain Analysis Settings Some evaluations provide further settings for the results The settings for CDA meas urements are described here Code Domain Analy Base Spreading Factor Compensate IQ Offset Timing and phase offset calculation Absolute Relative Pilot Power Display Absolute Relative Power Reference PICH Total Code Display Order EEE MBIittReverse User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 107 R amp S9FSW K82 K83 Analysis AAA A A O EHH H H 4
305. sics 4 3 Code Display and Sort Order Number of bits per symbol Depending on the modulation type a symbol consists of the following number of bits e BPSK 1 bit for BTS signals only the Lcomponent is assigned e QPSK 2 bits I component followed by the Q component e 8PSK 3 bits e 16QAM 4 bits QPSK BPSK d 0011 0001 0000 0101 0100 e e e e Qe s a a 1101 1100 e e e e 1001 1000 e e Fig 4 1 Bits per symbol constellations for different modulation types in the BTS application Code Display and Sort Order In the result displays that refer to codes the currently selected code is highlighted in the diagram You select a code by entering a code number in the Evaluation Range settings By default codes are displayed in ascending order of the code number Hadamard order The currently selected code number is highlighted If the code belongs to a detec ted active channel the entire channel is highlighted For details on active channels and channel detection see chapter 4 8 Channel Detection and Channel Types on page 43 However in CDMA2000 signals the codes that belong to the same channel need not lie next to each other in the code domain they may be distributed IESSE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 38 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurement Basics El Code Display and Sort Order Example Example for Hadamard order For a base spreading factor of 64 the following code order
306. standards separate applications are used to analyze each data channel Thus it is of interest to know which application is analyzing which data channel The MSRA Master display indicates the data covered by each application restricted to the channel bandwidth used by the corre sponding standard for CDMA2000 1 2288 MHz by vertical blue lines labeled with the application name Analysis interval However the individual result displays of the application need not analyze the complete data range The data range that is actually analyzed by the individual result display is referred to as the analysis interval In the CDMA2000 BTS application the analysis interval is automatically determined according to the selected set PCG or code to analyze which is defined for the evaluation range depending on the result display The analysis interval can not be edited directly in the CDMA2000 BTS application but is changed automatically when you change the evaluation range Analysis line A frequent question when analyzing multi standard radio signals is how each data chan nelis correlated in time to others Thus an analysis line has been introduced in firmware version 1 60 The analysis line is a common time marker for all MSRA applications It can be positioned in any MSRA application or the MSRA Master and is then adjusted in all other applications Thus you can easily analyze the results at a specific time in the mea surement in all application
307. starting the measurement You can synchronize to the end of the measurement with OPC OPC or WAI For details on synchronization see the Remote Basics chapter in the R amp S FSW User Manual LEE User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 211 R amp SS9FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements ENEMLEECAEC N c H c s Starting a Measurement Example For Spectrum application INIT CONT OFF Switches to single sweep mode DISP WIND TRAC MODE AVER Switches on trace averaging SWE COUN 20 Sets the sweep counter to 20 sweeps INIT WAI Starts the measurement and waits for the end of the 20 sweeps Manual operation See Single Sweep RUN SINGLE on page 98 INITiate SEQuencer ABORt This command stops the currently active sequence of measurements The Sequencer itself is not deactivated so you can start a new sequence immediately using INITiate SEQuencer IMMediate on page 212 To deactivate the Sequencer use SYSTem SEQuencer on page 214 Usage Event INITiate SEQuencer IMMediate This command starts a new sequence of measurements by the Sequencer Its effect is similar to the INITiate IMMediate command used for a single measurement Before this command can be executed the Sequencer must be activated see SYSTem SEQuencer on page 214
308. steps using the SENS FREQ UP AND SENS FREQ DOWN commands see SENSe FREQuency CENTer on page 166 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 166 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements REENERT Configuring Code Domain Analysis Parameters lt StepSize gt fmax iS specified in the data sheet Range 1 to fMAX RST 0 1 x span Default unit Hz Example FREQ CENT 100 MHz FREQ CENT STEP 10 MHz FREQ CENT UP Sets the center frequency to 110 MHz Manual operation See Center Frequency Stepsize on page 74 SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP AUTO lt State gt This command couples or decouples the center frequency step size to the span Parameters lt State gt ON OFF 0 1 RST 1 Example FREQ CENT STEP AUTO ON Activates the coupling of the step size to the span SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK lt CouplingType gt This command couples and decouples the center frequency step size to the span or the resolution bandwidth Parameters lt CouplingType gt SPAN Couples the step size to the span Available for measurements in the frequency domain RBW Couples the step size to the resolution bandwidth Available for measurements in the time domain OFF Decouples the step size RST SPAN Example FREQ CENT STEP LINK SPAN SENSe FREQuency CENTer STEP LINK FACTor lt Factor gt This command defines a step
309. sult display reads out the maximum val ues of the timing phase offset between each assigned channel and the pilot channel see SENSe CDPower TPMeas com mand To query the detailed channel information use the TRAC DATA TRACE1 command for a window with Channel Table evaluation LIST Queries the results of the peak list evaluation for Spectrum Emis sion Mask measurements For each peak the following entries are given lt peak frequency gt lt absolute level of the peak gt lt distance to the limit line gt For details refer to the TRACe DATA command in the base unit description Usage Query only SCPI confirmed 11 9 3 Measurement Results for TRACe lt n gt DATA TRACE lt n gt The results of the trace data query TRACe lt n gt DATA TRACE lt n gt depend on the evaluation method in the specified window which is selected by the LAY ADD WIND command For each evaluation method the returned values for the trace data query are described in the following sections For details on the graphical results of these evaluation methods see chapter 3 Meas urements and Result Displays on page 15 EA deret erro O er err ro s ri e erre ad eR C ed cn RR a 220 e Chanel Table 220 e Code Domain Error POWER da o A Er er AEN 224 e Code Doman IPOWOF c c rectc ekent ad da mix Y nae edu Ta eua esi eX eun ax Oc aad ege 224 e Composite Constellation E 228 e Composite EVM RM cett tecti reri Leder eae rh
310. t EE 233 CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion POWer RESUIE esssssssssssssssseseeeeeene eene enne ennt nere nt neni 234 CAL Culate MSRACALING SEIQW ieiarte iint irri ceteri eer ep ened ae tendu doe dp dd 247 CALCulate MSRACALINeEMVALUG 3 tii toos on ra eundo ea ende ep ere eno cra reed ee hd vedete rede vedo 247 CALCulate MSRA WINDowzxn IVAL essssssssssssssseeenenee nennen enne nn nn n cnn nn n nn nnnnn rn sentirte set enn sinn nnn inn 247 CALCulate STATistics TE 236 CALC late lt sn gt DEI Tamarker AO 239 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MAXimum LEET 244 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MAXimum NEXT 1 244 CALCulate n DELTamarker m MAXimum RIGHE sesssssssssssse sees enn rnnt 244 CALOCulate n DELTamarker m MAXimum PEAK eseeeseeeeeeeeeeneeenne nnne rennes 244 CAL Culate nz DEI Tamarker mz MiNmmum LEET 244 CALCulate n DELTamarker m MINimum NEXT sss eene enne nnn nsn nents nnns inna 244 CALCulate n DELTamarker m MINimum RIGHLE esses eene nennen nennen nnne nnne n nn 245 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MINimum PEAK 1245 CAL Culate sn gt DELTamarker Municipis lll ltd 240 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt X RELative ooooococcinoccccnocccccnnoccncononcnnonannnnonnnconononcnnann cra nano ncnnann rca nnn rnt 240 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt M gt vi 240 CALOCulate n DELTamar
311. t Spectrum 2 The channel to be duplicated must be selected first using the INST SEL command This command is not available if the MSRA Master channel is selected Example INST SEL Spectrum INST CRE DUPL Duplicates the channel named Spectrum and creates a new mea surement channel named Spectrum 2 Usage Event INSTrument CREate NEW lt ChannelType gt lt ChannelName gt This command adds an additional measurement channel The number of measurement channels you can configure at the same time depends on available memory Parameters lt ChannelType gt Channel type of the new channel For a list of available channel types see table 11 1 lt ChannelName gt String containing the name of the channel The channel name is displayed as the tab label for the measurement channel Note If the specified name for a new channel already exists the default name extended by a sequential number is used for the new channel see table 11 1 Example INST CRE SAN Spectrum 2 Adds an additional spectrum display named Spectrum 2 INSTrument CREate REPLace lt ChannelName1 gt lt ChannelType gt lt ChannelName2 gt This command replaces a measurement channel with another one Parameters lt ChannelName1 gt String containing the name of the measurement channel you want to replace T User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 139 R amp SS9FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Activating
312. t MINimum NEXT on page 244 Peak Search Sets the selected marker delta marker to the maximum of the trace If no marker is active marker 1 is activated Remote command CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MAXimum PEAK on page 243 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MAXimum PEAK on page 244 Search Minimum Sets the selected marker delta marker to the minimum of the trace If no marker is active marker 1 is activated Remote command CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MINimum PEAK on page 243 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MINimum PEAK on page 245 Marker To PICH Sets the marker to the PICH channel Remote command CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtion PICH on page 242 Marker To TDPICH Sets the marker to the TDPICH channel Remote command CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt FUNCtion TDPIch on page 242 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 118 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Optimizing and Troubleshooting the Measurement REENEN Error Messages 8 Optimizing and Troubleshooting the Mea surement If the results do not meet your expectations try the following methods to optimize the measurement Synchronization fails e Check the center frequency e Perform an automatic reference level adjustment e n BTS measurements when using an external trigger check whether an external trigger signal is being sent to the R amp S FSW and check the PN offset e n M
313. t Reference level 10 dBm 4 FREQ gt Center frequency 878 49 MHz The following results are displayed the first window shows the power of the code domain of the signal The x axis represents the individual channels or codes while the y axis shows the power of each channel In the second window the Result Summary is displayed It shows the numeric results of the code domain power measurement including the frequency error Synchronization of the reference frequencies The frequency error can be reduced by synchronizing the transmitter and the receiver to the same reference frequency gt SETUP gt Reference gt External Reference Again the first window shows the Code Domain Power measurement and the second window contains the Result Summary After the reference frequencies of the devices have been synchronized the frequency error should be smaller than 10 Hz Behavior with deviating center frequency setting A measurement can only be valid if the center frequency of the DUT and the analyzer are balanced 1 Onthe signal generator change the center frequency in steps of 0 1 kHz and observe the analyzer display Up to a frequency error of approximately 1 0 kHz a Code Domain Power measure ment on the R amp S FSW is still possible A frequency error within this range causes no apparent difference in the accuracy of the Code Domain Power measurement In case of a frequency error of more than 1 0 kHz the probability of
314. t I DETected NDETected RST NDETected User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 164 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements DESSERT 11 5 2 5 11 5 3 Configuring Code Domain Analysis Usage Query only SENSe PROBe lt p gt SETup TYPE Queries the type of the probe Suffix lt p gt 11213 Selects the connector 1 Baseband Input 2 Baseband Input Q 3 RF currently not supported use 1 with RF Input Connector setting Baseband Input Return values lt Type gt String containing one of the following values None no probe detected active differential active single ended Usage Query only Configuring the Outputs Configuring trigger input output is described in chapter 11 5 4 2 Configuring the Trigger Output on page 180 DIAGnostic SERVice NSOurce esses hene nenne enin nne esa n sa nano ssa ennenen 165 DIAGnostic SERVice NSOurce State This command turns the 28 V supply of the BNC connector labeled NOISE SOURCE CONTROL on the front panel on and off Parameters State ON OFF RST OFF Example DIAG SERV NSO ON Manual operation See Noise Source on page 70 Frontend Configuration The following commands configure frequency amplitude and y axis scaling settings which represent the frontend of the measurement setup For more information see chapter 6 2 5 Frontend Settings on page 73 T User Manual 1173 9334 02
315. t be included 4 8 2 MS Channel Types The following channel types can be detected in CDMA2000 MS signals by the CDMA2000 MS application User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 44 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurement Basics Test Setup for CDMA2000 Tests Channel Ch no Mapping Description type SF ACKCH 16 64 Q Reverse Acknowledgment Channel 1xEV DV CCCH 2 8 Q Reverse Common Control Channel CQICH 12 16 I if FCH Reverse Channel Quality Indicator Channel 1xEV DV availa ble Q DCCH 8 16 Reverse Dedicated Control Channel EACH 2 8 Q Enhanced Access Channel FCH 4 16 Q Reverse Fundamental Channel PICH 0 32 Reverse Pilot Channel S1CH 120r JQ Reverse Supplemental 1 Channel 24 S2CH 2 4 or l Reverse Supplemental 2 Channel 6 8 Note Since the EACH has the same mapping the same channel number and the same spreading factor as the CCCH it is not possible to distinguish them during an automatic search In this case both the EACH and CCCH are output 4 9 Test Setup for CDMA2000 Tests Before a CDMA measurement can be performed the R amp S FSW must be set up in a test environment This section describes the required settings of the R amp S FSW if it is used as a CDMA2000 base or mobile station tester Before starting the measurements the R amp S FSW has to be configured correctly and supplied with power as described in the R amp S FSW Getting Started manual Preparing For Use Furth
316. t channel Mode BTS application only Manual operation See Marker To TDPICH on page 118 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MAXimum LEFT This command moves a marker to the next lower peak The search includes only measurement values to the left of the current marker position Usage Event Manual operation See Search Mode for Next Peak on page 116 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MAXimum NEXT This command moves a marker to the next lower peak Usage Event Manual operation See Search Mode for Next Peak on page 116 See Search Next Peak on page 117 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MAXimum RIGHt This command moves a marker to the next lower peak E N User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 242 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements AAA AAA AAA A A A A A A A A General Analysis The search includes only measurement values to the right of the current marker position Usage Event Manual operation See Search Mode for Next Peak on page 116 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MAXimum PEAK This command moves a marker to the highest level If the marker is not yet active the command first activates the marker Usage Event Manual operation See Peak Search on page 118 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MINimum LEFT This command moves a marker to the next minimum value The search includes only measurement values to the right of the current marker position Usage Event Man
317. tation CD ROM delivered with the instrument In the user manuals all instrument functions are described in detail Furthermore they provide a complete description of the remote con trol commands with programming examples The user manual for the base unit provides basic information on operating the R amp S FSW in general and the Spectrum application in particular Furthermore the software func tions that enhance the basic functionality for various applications are described here An introduction to remote control is provided as well as information on maintenance instru ment interfaces and troubleshooting In the individual application manuals the specific instrument functions of the application are described in detail For additional information on default settings and parameters refer to the data sheets Basic information on operating the R amp S FSW is not included in the application manuals All user manuals are also available for download from the R amp S website on the R amp S FSW product page at http www2 rohde schwarz com product FSW html EEUU RA lt lt lt 0 SSS User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 8 R amp S9FSW K82 K83 Preface 1 3 1 3 1 1 3 2 Conventions Used in the Documentation Service Manual This manual is available in PDF format on the CD delivered with the instrument It describes how to check compliance with rated specifications instrument function repair troubleshooting and fault elimination It c
318. te Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements PEA a a Retrieving Results dg ELS Be 3ly 1 47 7 54 7 9 9 Results for CTABle Parameter The command returns 12 values for each channel in the following order lt max time offset in s gt lt code number for max time gt lt code class for max time gt lt max phase offset in rad gt lt code number for max phase gt lt code class for max phase gt lt reserved 1 gt lt reserved 6 gt Value Description Range Unit lt time offset gt maximum time offset S code number code number of the channel with maxi 0 127 BTS mum time offset 0 63 MS lt code class gt code class of the channel with maximum 2 7 BTS time offset 1 6 MS phase offset maximum phase offset rad code number of the channel with maxi mum phase offset code number 0 127 BTS 0 63 MS lt code class gt code class of the channel with maximum 2 7 BTS phase offset 1 6 MS lt reserved 1 6 gt reserved for future use 0 Measurement example for TRAC DATA CTAB NIT CONT OFF Select single sweep NIT CONT OFF Select single sweep LAY REPL WIND 1 CTAB Replace CDP by Channel Table evaluation in window 1 NIT WAI Start measurement with synchronization TRAC CTAB Read out maximum timing and phase offsets Result 1 20E 009 2 2 3 01E 003 15 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 where 1
319. te mode the trace is overwritten by each sweep This is the default setting The Detector is automatically set to Auto Peak Max Hold The maximum value is determined over several sweeps and displayed The R amp S FSW saves the sweep result in the trace memory only if the new value is greater than the previous one The Detector is automatically set to Positive Peak Min Hold The minimum value is determined from several measurements and displayed The R amp S FSW saves the sweep result in the trace memory only if the new value is lower than the previous one The Detector is automatically set to Negative Peak Average The average is formed over several sweeps The Sweep Average Count determines the number of averaging pro cedures The Detector is automatically set to Sample View The current contents of the trace memory are frozen and displayed Ee User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 111 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Analysis 7 4 O Markers Blank Removes the selected trace from the display Remote command DISPlay WINDow lt n gt TRACe lt t gt MODE on page 237 Markers Markers help you analyze your measurement results by determining particular values in the diagram Thus you can extract numeric values from a graphical display Markers are configured in the Marker dialog box which is displayed when you do one of the following e Inthe Overview select Analysis and switch to the vertical Mar
320. tenente eterne tnter ensis nnns nnns 250 T User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 269 R amp S FSW K82 K83 List of Remote Commands CDMA2000 STATus QUEStionable SYNC NTRansition sees nennen nennt nenne nenne tenen nnns 250 STATus QUEStionable SYNC PTRansition esses enne nennen nre nre ree en rennen 250 STATusOUEGonable GNCTEVMENO AAA 249 SYSTem PRESetCHANnel EXEQGuUte rna mete ide bed re dye ta Re da dne 142 SYSTEM SEQUSNCE E 214 Bie By e ada 218 TRIGger SEQuence BBPower HOLDoff TRIGger SEQuence DT IMe aont tre eo tri rer n rien ere Eeer TRIGger SEQuence HODbDoft HINNE oriri peter hare pn ete e nb nemen eran nne dE TRIGger SEQuence IFPower HOLDOofl eoruin aaron aereas TRlGoert GEOuencelltbowerHvGTeresis eee nnnen nennt rnnt rra nac 175 TRIGger SEQuence LEVel BBPower sessi cnn ron cnn conc nennen nennen nennen nnne nnn enne 176 TRIGger SEQuence LEVel IFPOWer rco tento en tenentur ht rhe nra rne ternura i kas 176 TRIGger SEQuence LEVel IQPoOWer neret rente rtt nnne rho nene ota uae nae nan ANISA En 177 TRIGger SEQuence LEVel RRFEPOWer e rrr pini siii cri 177 TRIGger SEQuence LEVel VIDeo TRIGger SEQuence LEVel EXTernal port essent reete 176 TRIGger SEQuence SCHER ege ttr e eere Re Enea nh Ye Fee e anan 177 TRI
321. ters the following parameters are saved on exiting and are restored on re entering this measurement e Reference level and reference level offset e RBW VBW e Sweep time e Span User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 105 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration Ke RF Measurements 6 3 5 CCDF The CCDF measurement determines the distribution of the signal amplitudes comple mentary cumulative distribution function The CCDF and the Crest factor are displayed For the purposes of this measurement a signal section of user definable length is recor ded continuously in zero span and the distribution of the signal amplitudes is evaluated The measurement is useful to determine errors of linear amplifiers The crest factor is defined as the ratio of the peak power and the mean power The Result Summary displays the number of included samples the mean and peak power and the crest factor The CCDF measurement is performed as in the Spectrum application with the following settings Table 6 7 Predefined settings for CDMA2000 CCDF measurements CCDF Active on trace 1 Analysis bandwidth 10 MHz Number of samples 62500 VBW 5 MHz For further details about the CCDF measurements refer to Statistical Measurements in the R amp S FSW User Manual To restore adapted measurement parameters the following parameters are saved on exiting and are restored on re entering this measurement e Reference level and reference level off
322. the Add Channel button to insert a row for a new channel below the currently selected row in the channel table b Define the channel specifications required for detection Channel type Channel number and spreading factor used by the channel Symbol rate Which RC is used BTS mode only Which mapping is applied MS mode only The channel s code domain power relative to the total signal power The channel s state active or inactive 5 Select the Save Table button to store the channel table The table is stored and the dialog box is closed The new channel table is included in the Predefined Tables list in the Channel Detection dialog box 6 To activate the use of the new channel table a Select the table in the Predefined Tables list b Tap the Select button A checkmark is displayed next to the selected table E a User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 121 R amp S FSW K82 K83 How to Perform Measurements in CDMA2000 Applications c Toggle the Use Predefined Channel Table setting to Predefined d Toggle the Compare Meas Signal with Predefined Table setting to On e Start anew measurement To perform an RF measurement 1 Press the MODE key on the front panel and select the cdma2000 BTS application for base station tests or cdma2000 MS for mobile station tests Code Domain Analysis of the input signal is performed by default 2 Select the RF measurement a Press the MEAS key on the front pane
323. the Overview provides quick access to the main settings dialog boxes Thus you can easily configure an entire measurement channel from input over processing to output and evaluation by stepping through the dialog boxes as indicated in the Overview The available settings and functions in the Overview vary depending on the currently selected measurement For RF measurements see chapier 6 3 RF Measurements on page 102 For Code Domain Analysis the Overview provides quick access to the following con figuration dialog boxes listed in the recommended order of processing 1 Select Measurement See Selecting the measurement type on page 52 2 Signal Description See chapter 6 2 3 Signal Description on page 57 3 Input Frontend See chapter 6 2 4 Data Input and Output Settings on page 62 and chapter 6 2 5 Frontend Settings on page 73 4 Optionally Trigger See chapter 6 2 6 Trigger Settings on page 81 5 Signal Capture See chapter 6 2 7 Signal Capture Data Acquisition on page 87 Note The Synchronization button indicated in the Overview is not required for CDMA2000 measurements 6 Channel Detection See chapter 6 2 9 Channel Detection on page 89 7T Analysis See chapter 7 Analysis on page 107 8 Display Configuration See chapter 3 1 2 Evaluation Methods for Code Domain Analysis on page 18 To configure settings gt Select any button in the Overview to open t
324. the Measurement Channel lt ChannelType gt Channel type of the new channel For a list of available channel types see table 11 1 lt ChannelName2 gt String containing the name of the new channel Note If the specified name for a new channel already exists the default name extended by a sequential number is used for the new channel see table 11 1 Example INST CRE REPL Spectrum2 IQ IQAnalyzer Replaces the channel named Spectrum2 by a new measurement channel of type IQ Analyzer named IQAnalyzer INSTrument DELete lt ChannelName gt This command deletes a measurement channel If you delete the last measurement channel the default Spectrum channel is activated Parameters lt ChannelName gt String containing the name of the channel you want to delete A measurement channel must exist in order to be able delete it Example INST DEL Spectrum4 Deletes the spectrum channel with the name Spectrum4 INSTrument LIST This command queries all active measurement channels This is useful in order to obtain the names of the existing measurement channels which are required in order to replace or delete the channels Return values lt ChannelType gt For each channel the command returns the channel type and lt ChannelName gt channel name see table 11 1 Tip to change the channel name use the INSTrument REName command Example INST LIST Result for 3 measurement channels ADEM
325. time PUB ORR EE EE 209 INIT iat ee 210 MTS ee ON Nee DE 211 INI Tate EE 211 Nimate EES nint e A eens 212 INITiate SEQuencerIMMediale aoreet nne en NEESS 212 INiTiate SEQuence MODES E 212 INITiate SEQuencerREFResh ALE coord ondaa 213 SY ST em SEQUENC EE 214 ABORt This command aborts a current measurement and resets the trigger system To prevent overlapping execution of the subsequent command before the measurement has been aborted successfully use the OPC or WAI command after ABOR and before the next command For details see the Remote Basics chapter in the R amp S FSW User Manual To abort a sequence of measurements by the Sequencer use the INITiate SEQuencer ABORt on page 212 command Note on blocked remote control programs OL User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 209 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements AAA AAA AAA V IH C H A A Starting a Measurement If a sequential command cannot be completed for example because a triggered sweep never receives a trigger the remote control program will never finish and the remote channel GPIB LAN or other interface to the R amp S FSW is blocked for further commands In this case you must interrupt processing on the remote channel first in order to abort the measurement To do so send a Device Clear command from the control instrume
326. ting all Determinable Settings Automatically Auto All on page 99 SENSe ADJust CONFigure DURation Duration In order to determine the ideal reference level the R amp S FSW performs a measurement on the current input data This command defines the length of the measurement if SENSe ADJust CONFigure DURation MODE is set to MANual Parameters lt Duration gt Numeric value in seconds Range 0 001 to 16000 0 RST 0 001 Default unit s Example ADJ CONF DUR MODE MAN Selects manual definition of the measurement length ADJ CONF LEV DUR 5ms Length of the measurement is 5 ms Manual operation See Changing the Automatic Measurement Time Meastime Manual on page 100 SENSe ADJust CONFigure DURation MODE Mode In order to determine the ideal reference level the R amp S FSW performs a measurement on the current input data This command selects the way the R amp S FSW determines the length of the measurement Parameters Mode AUTO The R amp S FSW determines the measurement length automatically according to the current input data MANual The R amp S FSW uses the measurement length defined by SENSe ADJust CONFigure DURation on page 193 RST AUTO Manual operation See Resetting the Automatic Measurement Time Meastime Auto on page 100 See Changing the Automatic Measurement Time Meastime Manual on page 100 T User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 193 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote
327. tion in the AUTO SET menu or in the configuration dialog box for the setting where available MSRA operating mode In MSRA operating mode the following automatic settings are not available as they require a new data acquisition However CDMA2000 applications cannot perform data acquisition in MSRA operating mode Adjusting all Determinable Settings Automatically Auto All 99 Setting the Reference Level Automatically Auto Level 99 Auto Scale Widow tances 100 PUG SAS Alai 100 Resetting the Automatic Measurement Time Meastime Auto 100 Changing the Automatic Measurement Time Meastime Manual 100 Upper Level Hvsteresis EEN 100 Lower Level FIySIOLesia i re i cere eene rt dianas 100 Adjusting all Determinable Settings Automatically Auto AII Activates all automatic adjustment functions for the current measurement settings This includes e Auto Level e Auto Scale All on page 100 Remote command SENSe ADJust ALL on page 192 Setting the Reference Level Automatically Auto Level Automatically determines the optimal reference level for the current input data At the same time the internal attenuators and the preamplifier for analog baseband input the fullscale level are adjusted so the signal to noise ratio is optimized while signal com pression clipping and o
328. to Perform Measurements in CDMA2000 Applications 120 Measurement Examples cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 124 Meas 1 Measuring the Signal Channel Power eene 124 Meas 2 Measuring the Spectrum Emission Mask eeeeeeeee 125 Meas 3 Measuring the Relative Code Domain Power and Frequency Error 126 Meas 4 Measuring the Triggered Relative Code Domain Power 128 Meas 5 Measuring the Composite EVM eene enn 129 Meas 6 Measuring the Peak Code Domain Error and the RHO Factor 130 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements 133 ugeet ec EE 133 COMMON Suffixes ceci edes Dedi eset eieiu ape coe c x Lie dg 138 Activating the Measurement Channel eene een 138 Selecting a Measurement eeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeenee nennen nennen nnne nennen nnn nnn nnn 142 Configuring Code Domain Analysis cessere nennen 143 Configuring RF Measurements eese eene 199 Configuring the Result Display esee enne cer 200 Starting a Measurement eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ener nnn nennt nnn nnn 209 Retrieving Results onte DRE UT Diner ees 214 General AnalySIS coil id 236 Importing and Exporting UO Data and ResSUltS oooonnnnncccnnnnnncconnnnacccannnnnnn
329. to be regarded as an active channel Channels below the specified threshold are regarded as inactive Parameters lt ThresholdLevel gt Range 100 dB to 0 dB RST 60 dB Example CDP ICTR 50 Sets the Inactice Channel Threshold to 50 dB Manual operation See Inactive Channel Threshold on page 90 Managing Channel Tables CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle CATalog ecol reete eaae e ck aen caa 185 GONFigure GDPowerBTSEGCTABIeXODY E 186 CONFloure CDbower BITGlCTABle DEI ete ene 187 CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle NET 187 CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle SEL Gt 1i ainia aiii 187 CONFloure CDbower BTGICTABetST ATel rers nnnnnn nne n nn 187 CONFigure CDPower BTS CTABle CATalog This command reads out the names of all channel tables stored on the instrument The first two result values are global values for all channel tables the subsequent values are listed for each individual table Return values lt TotalSize gt Sum of file sizes of all channel table files in bytes lt FreeMem gt Available memory left on hard disk in bytes lt FileName gt File name of individual channel table file lt FileSize gt File size of individual channel table file in bytes T User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 185 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements Configuring Code Domain Analysis Example CONF CDP CTAB CAT Sample result description see table below 52853 2634403840 3GB 1 16 X
330. ts Remote command SENSe CDPower TPMeas on page 198 Code Power Display For Code Domain Power evaluation Defines whether the absolute power or the power relative to the chosen reference in BTS application relative to total power is displayed Remote command SENSe CDPower PDISplay on page 197 Pilot Power Display MS application only For Code Domain Power evaluation in the MS application only Defines whether the absolute power or the power relative to the chosen reference is displayed for the pilot channel Remote command SENSe CDPower PPReference on page 197 Power Reference For Code Domain Power evaluation in the MS application only I User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 108 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Analysis Re rr eel 7 2 Evaluation Range Defines the reference for relative power display Total Relative to the total signal power PICH Relative to the power of the PICH Remote command SENSe CDPower PREFerence on page 198 Code Display Order Defines the sorting of the channels for the Code Domain Power and Code Domain Error result displays For further details on the code order refer to chapter 4 3 Code Display and Sort Order on page 38 and chapter A 2 Reference Code Tables on page 256 Hadamard By default the codes are sorted in Hadamard order i e in ascending order The power of each code is displayed there is no visible distinction between cha
331. ual operation See Input Connector on page 64 INPut COUPling lt CouplingType gt This command selects the coupling type of the RF input The command is not available for measurements with the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 Parameters lt CouplingType gt AC AC coupling DC DC coupling RST AC Example INP COUP DC Usage SCPI confirmed Manual operation See Input Coupling on page 63 ES User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 150 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements AAA AA AAA A A MM Configuring Code Domain Analysis INPut FILTer HPASs STATe lt State gt Activates an additional internal high pass filter for RF input signals from 1 GHz to 3 GHz This filter is used to remove the harmonics of the R amp S FSW in order to measure the harmonics for a DUT for example This function requires option R amp S FSW B13 Note for RF input signals outside the specified range the high pass filter has no effect For signals with a frequency of approximately 4 GHz upwards the harmonics are sup pressed sufficiently by the YIG filter Parameters lt State gt ON OFF RST OFF Usage SCPI confirmed Manual operation See High Pass Filter 1 3 GHz on page 64 INPut FILTer YIG STATe State This command turns the YIG preselector on and off Note the special conditions and restrictions for the YIG filter described in YIG Preselec tor on page 64 Parameters Stat
332. ual operation See RF Attenuation on page 77 See Attenuation Mode Value on page 77 INPut ATTenuation AUTO State This command couples or decouples the attenuation to the reference level Thus when the reference level is changed the R amp S FSW determines the signal level for optimal internal data processing and sets the required attenuation accordingly This function is not available if the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 is active Parameters lt State gt ON OFF 0 1 RST 1 Example INP ATT AUTO ON Couples the attenuation to the reference level Usage SCPI confirmed Manual operation See RF Attenuation on page 77 See Attenuation Mode Value on page 77 INPut EATT lt Attenuation gt This command defines an electronic attenuation manually Automatic mode must be switched off INP EATT AUTO OFF see INPut EATT AUTO on page 173 If the current reference level is not compatible with an attenuation that has been set manually the command also adjusts the reference level This command is only available with option R amp S FSW B25 It is not available if R amp S FSW B17 is active Parameters lt Attenuation gt attenuation in dB Range see data sheet Increment 1dB RST 0 dB OFF Example INP EATT AUTO OFF INP EATT 10 dB Manual operation See Using Electronic Attenuation Option B25 on page 77 E N User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 172 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Comma
333. ual operation See Search Mode for Next Peak on page 116 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MINimum NEXT This command moves a marker to the next minimum value Usage Event Manual operation See Search Mode for Next Peak on page 116 See Search Next Minimum on page 118 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MINimum RIGHt This command moves a marker to the next minimum value The search includes only measurement values to the right of the current marker position Usage Event Manual operation See Search Mode for Next Peak on page 116 CALCulate lt n gt MARKer lt m gt MINimum PEAK This command moves a marker to the minimum level If the marker is not yet active the command first activates the marker Usage Event Manual operation See Search Minimum on page 118 User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 243 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Remote Commands for CDMA2000 Measurements AAA EE ESSE M A ee Se General Analysis CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MAXimum LEFT This command moves a delta marker to the next higher value The search includes only measurement values to the left of the current marker position Usage Event Manual operation See Search Mode for Next Peak on page 116 CALCulate lt n gt DELTamarker lt m gt MAXimum NEXT This command moves a marker to the next higher value Usage Event Manual operation See Search Mode for Next Peak on page 116 See Search Next Peak on page 117 CALCulate lt n gt DELTa
334. uation manually ensure that the power level does not exceed the maximum level allowed at the RF input as an overload may lead to hardware damage Remote command INPut ATTenuation on page 171 INPut ATTenuation AUTO on page 172 Using Electronic Attenuation Option B25 If option R amp S FSW B25 is installed you can also activate an electronic attenuator In Auto mode the settings are defined automatically in Manual mode you can define the mechanical and electronic attenuation separately This function is not available for input from the Digital Baseband Interface R amp S FSW B17 Note Electronic attenuation is not available for stop frequencies or center frequencies in zero span gt 13 6 GHz In Auto mode RF attenuation is provided by the electronic attenuator as much as pos sible to reduce the amount of mechanical switching required Mechanical attenuation may provide a better signal to noise ratio however When you switch off electronic attenuation the RF attenuation is automatically set to the same mode auto manual as the electronic attenuation was set to Thus the RF attenu ation may be setto automatic mode and the full attenuation is provided by the mechanical attenuator if possible E N User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 77 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration EENEG 6 2 5 3 Code Domain Analysis Both the electronic and the mechanical attenuation can be varied in 1 dB steps Other entries are rounde
335. ult value is 0 The setting is ignored if the Long Code Mask is set to 0 For more information on long codes see Long code scrambling on page 40 Remote command SENSe CDPower LCODe OFFSet on page 148 Long Code Generation Selects the mode of the long code generation Standard The CDMA2000 standard long code generator is used ESG 101 The Agilent ESG option 101 long code is used in this case only signals from that generator can be analyzed Remote command SENSe CDPower LCODe MODE on page 148 Multi Carrier Activates or deactivates the multi carrier mode This mode improves the processing of multi carrier signals It allows you to measure one carrier out of a multi carrier signal Remote command CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier STATe on page 146 Enhanced Algorithm Multi Carrier Activates or deactivates the enhanced algorithm that is used for signal detection on multi carrier signals This algorithm slightly increases the calculation time This setting is only available if Enhanced Algorithm on page 59 is activated Remote command CONFigure CDPower BTS MCARrier MALGo on page 146 Multi Carrier Filter Multi Carrier Activates or deactivates the usage of a filter for signal detection on multi carrier signals This setting is only available if Enhanced Algorithm on page 59 is activated For details see chapter 4 7 1 Multi Carrier Mode on page 41 Remote command CONFigure CDP
336. umber 11 CALC MARK FUNC CDP RES TOFF Reads out timing offset of the code with number 11 in slot 2 CALC MARK FUNC CDP RES POFF Reads out the phase offset of the code with number 11 in slot 2 Manual operation See Timing and phase offset calculation on page 108 11 6 Configuring RF Measurements RF measurements are performed in the Spectrum application with some predefined set tings as described in chapter 3 2 RF Measurements on page 28 For details on configuring these RF measurements in a remote environment see the Remote Commands chapter of the R amp S FSW User Manual The cdma2000 RF measurements must be activated in a CDMA2000 application see chapter 11 3 Activating the Measurement Channel on page 138 The individiual measurements are activated using the CONFigure CDPower BTS MEASurement on page 142 command see chapter 11 4 Selecting a Measurement on page 142 e Special RF Configuration Commands EEN ia 199 e Analysis for RF Measurements nan nnnnn cnn rn 200 11 6 1 Special RF Configuration Commands In addition to the common RF measurement configuration commands described for the base unit the following special commands are available in cdma2000 applications CONFigure CDPower BTS BCLass BANDoGlass nono 199 CONFigure CDPower BTS BCLass BANDclass lt Bandclass gt This command selects the bandclass for the measurement The bandclass defines the frequency band
337. uous sweep ie 98 Conventions SCPI COMMANAS n rrr 134 Copying Measurement channel remote 139 Coupling Input remote EE 150 COUCH TE 45 Cut off frequency RRO TE 60 62 144 D Data acquisition MSRA Ec Ld e 87 88 182 see Signal capturing sese 87 Data format REMOS dates 218 Data Input ep 62 prm S 62 Kee CPC 45 DC offset SOCIO OSCE cree depara 108 Default values inj 54 Delta markers i m TR 114 Diagram footer information sees 14 Diagrams Evaluation method eee 33 Differential input Analog Baseband B71 remote control 160 Analog Baseband DG 68 DiglConf Softkey see also R amp S DiglConf 66 Digital Baseband Interface B17 m P Connected instrument 00 cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeees 73 INPULSOTINGS EE Input status remote Output connection status remote 156 Output settings rre tenete tm erret 72 Status registers oreet m rene Pra rennen 157 Digital UO Connection information sese 73 Input connection information esses 66 Index Input Settirigs scooter reete bens 64 Output le eorr tte etait retta 72 Output settings information wide RR 84 Digital input Connection in
338. ut signal For more information on UO data processing modes see the R amp S FSW UO Analyzer and UO Input User Manual jQ The input signal is filtered and resampled to the sample rate of the application Two inputs are required for a complex signal one for the in phase com ponent and one for the quadrature component TE lt lt lt lt lt User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 67 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration EENEG Code Domain Analysis Only Low IF I The input signal at the BASEBAND INPUT connector is filtered and resampled to the sample rate of the application If the center frequency is not 0 the input signal is down converted first Low IF Q Only Low IF Q The input signal at the BASEBAND INPUT Q connector is filtered and resampled to the sample rate of the application If the center frequency is not 0 the input signal is down converted first Low IF Q Remote command INPut IQ TYPE on page 161 Input configuration Defines whether the input is provided as a differential signal via all 4 Analog Baseband connectors or as a plain UO signal via 2 simple ended lines Note Both single ended and differential probes are supported as input however since only one connector is occupied by a probe the Single ended setting must be used for all probes Differential l Q and inverse 1 Q data Single Ended Q data only Remote command INPut IQ BALanced STATe on page 160 Swap UO Activates
339. verload conditions are minimized In order to do so a level measurement is performed to determine the optimal reference level User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 99 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Configuration a a Code Domain Analysis You can change the measurement time for the level measurement if necessary see Changing the Automatic Measurement Time Meastime Manual on page 100 Remote command SENSe ADJust LEVel on page 194 Auto Scale Window Automatically determines the optimal range and reference level position to be displayed for the current measurement settings in the currently selected window No new mea surement is performed Auto Scale All Automatically determines the optimal range and reference level position to be displayed for the current measurement settings in all displayed diagrams No new measurement is performed Resetting the Automatic Measurement Time Meastime Auto Resets the measurement duration for automatic settings to the default value Remote command SENSe ADJust CONFigure DURation MODE on page 193 Changing the Automatic Measurement Time Meastime Manual This function allows you to change the measurement duration for automatic setting adjustments Enter the value in seconds Remote command SENSe ADJust CONFigure DURation MODE on page 193 SENSe ADJust CONFigure DURation on page 193 Upper Level Hysteresis When the reference level is adjusted autom
340. ws the results of the query for 2 channels with the following configura tion Chan type Ch no SF Code class Mapping Power PICH 0 32 5 l 7 0 dB CCCH 2 8 10 0 dB INST SEL MC2K Activate cdma2000 MS default is CDP relative in window 1 and Result Summary in window 2 Mapping set to I INIT CONT OFF Select single sweep CDDP MAPP Q Select Q branch CDP ORD HAD Set order to Hadamard INIT WAL Start measurement with synchronization TRAC TRACE1 Read out CDP relative Hadamard Q Result 755 05 552 5 3 3 Bu 555354950 dro 2 516 31 1 b 3595543507 ia 5 9 958 2 0 5 10 16 0 1 5 11 953 4 0 5 17 49 0 0 F 5 18 s5l15b B8 3 5195 953 3 05 525251 0 07 115 26 16 1 17 5 27 54 7 0 De SL h 750 Code 0 is quasi inactive since PICH is set to I Channel 2 32 each with one quarter of the power CDP ORD BITR 2 8 is distributed between the active codes 0 32 18 32 and 26 32 10dB 6dB 16 0dB EEUU RA I UT SSS User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 227 11 9 3 5 11 9 3 6 Retrieving Results Set order to BitReverse TRAC TRACE1 Read out CDP relative BitReverse Q Sorting is changed according to BitReverse Result PS 072525 34 3 EE d 5 8 56 3 0 113 272102071 5 6 555 3 0 5 31 9514 7 0 Code 0 is quasi inactive since PICH is set to I Channel 2 8 can now be read out directly with its total power
341. ys for the changed application data E N User Manual 1173 9334 02 07 123 R amp S FSW K82 K83 Measurement Examples Meas 1 Measuring the Signal Channel Power 10 Measurement Examples The following measurement examples demonstrate the basic Code Domain Analysis functions for the CDMA2000 standard These examples assume a basic test setup as described in chapter 4 9 Test Setup for CDMA2000 Tests on page 45 The following measurement examples are basic CDMA2000 base station tests using a setup with a signal generator e g an R amp S SMU They are meant to demonstrate how operating and measurement errors can be avoided using correct settings The meas urements are performed on a CDMA2000 signal with an R amp S FSW equipped with the CDMA2000 BTS application O Measurement examples for mobile station tests The measurements can be performed for mobile station tests in a similar way with the CDMA2000 MS application In this case use the following settings e DIGITAL STD gt LINK DIRECTION gt UP REVERSE e FREQ 833 49GHz The measurements are performed using the following devices and accessories e The R amp S FSW with Application Firmware R amp S FSW K82 CDMA2000 Base Station Test e The Vector Signal Generator R amp S SMU with option R amp S SMU B46 digital standard CDMA2000 options R amp S SMU B20 and R amp S SMU B11 required e 1 coaxial cable 500 approx 1 m N connector e 1 coaxial cable 500 approx 1
Download Pdf Manuals
Related Search
Related Contents
User manual PS 800 series 240W Betriebsanleitung G-BH1e 取扱説明書ダウンロード MODE D`EMPLOI: ENTRETIEN: MANUEL D`UTILISATION 保管用 - マックスレイ キックスケーター走行中の子どもの事故に注意!-頭を強く Manuel d`installation et de maintenance Acer Aspire 571PG-33224G75Mass TxGradebook/TxConnect Administrator Training Guide Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file